BFPD SOG's by Liz Del Valle

Standard Operating Guidelines SOGâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s

Bensenville Fire Protection District 2011

Table of Contents DISCLAIMER .............................................................................................................................. 8 EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT .............................................................. 9 UINTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................... 10 MISSION STATEMENT ............................................................................................................. 11 ORGANIZATION CHART ........................................................................................................... 12 VISION STATEMENT ................................................................................................................ 13 DISTRICT GOALS ...................................................................................................................... 13 Administrative Goals ........................................................................................................... 13 Fire Prevention Goal............................................................................................................ 14 Fire Suppression Goal .......................................................................................................... 15 Emergency Medical Services Goal....................................................................................... 16 Recruiting Goal .................................................................................................................... 17 AUTHORITY ............................................................................................................................. 17 RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................... 18 FIREFIGHTER CONTINUING EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS ...................................................... 18 INDOCTRINATION AND ORIENTATION (I&O) CLASS ............................................................... 18 DISTRICT REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................... 19 Membership Requirements ................................................................................................ 19 Application Process Prospective Firefighters ...................................................................... 19 DRILL SCHEDULE...................................................................................................................... 20 Regular Drill Schedule: (Duty Personnel) ............................................................................ 20 Special Drills ........................................................................................................................ 20 OFFICERS MEETINGS ............................................................................................................... 21 STANDBY DURING ALARMS .................................................................................................... 21 DUTIES OF MEMBERS.............................................................................................................. 21 DRILL ATTENDANCE ................................................................................................................ 22 LEAVES OF ABSENCE ............................................................................................................... 22 PERSONNEL RULES .................................................................................................................. 22 Knowledge of Standard Operating Guidelines (S.O.G.’s) .................................................. 22 Duty Tour Roll Call ............................................................................................................... 23 Drivers-License .................................................................................................................... 23 Uniform/Badges .................................................................................................................. 23 Misuse of Uniform ........................................................................................................... 23 Protective Clothing .......................................................................................................... 23 Hearing Protection ........................................................................................................... 23 Grooming............................................................................................................................. 24 Tattoos ................................................................................................................................ 24 Speaking for the Fire Protection District ............................................................................. 24 Conduct ............................................................................................................................... 24 Complaint/Recommendations ............................................................................................ 24 Injuries, Reporting ............................................................................................................... 24 Intoxicants/Drugs ................................................................................................................ 24 Personal Status Changes ..................................................................................................... 25 Reporting ............................................................................................................................. 25 Absence from A Tour of Duty .............................................................................................. 25 Gratuities ............................................................................................................................. 25 1

Resignation .......................................................................................................................... 25 Care of Bensenville Fire Protection District Property ......................................................... 25 Commendable Acts ............................................................................................................. 26 Qualified Personnel ............................................................................................................. 26 Use of Titles ......................................................................................................................... 26 Issuing a Conflicting Order .................................................................................................. 26 Receiving a Conflicting Order .............................................................................................. 26 Acting in Higher Capability .................................................................................................. 26 Maintenance of equipment ................................................................................................ 26 Smoking/Chewing Tobacco ................................................................................................. 27 JOB DESCRIPTIONS .................................................................................................................. 28 Fire Prevention .................................................................................................................... 28 Training................................................................................................................................ 28 EMS...................................................................................................................................... 28 MAINTENANCE .................................................................................................................... 29 The Fire Chief....................................................................................................................... 30 Nature Of Work ............................................................................................................... 30 Illustrative Examples Of Work ......................................................................................... 30 Desirable Knowledge, Abilities And Skills ........................................................................ 31 Desirable Experience and Training .................................................................................. 32 Desirable And Or Required Degrees And Certifications .......................................................... 32 BATTALION CHIEF ................................................................................................................ 33 Illustrative Examples Of Work ......................................................................................... 33 Desirable Knowledge, Abilities and Skills ......................................................................... 34 Desirable Experience and Training .................................................................................. 35 Desirable Required Degrees And Certification ................................................................ 35 Director of Finance and Administration .............................................................................. 36 Position Summary ............................................................................................................ 36 DIRECTOR OF TRAINING ...................................................................................................... 38 Nature Of Work ............................................................................................................... 38 Illustrative Examples Of Work ......................................................................................... 38 Required Training And Certification................................................................................. 38 LIEUTENANT ........................................................................................................................ 40 Illustrative Examples of Work .......................................................................................... 40 Desirable Knowledge, Abilities and Skills ......................................................................... 40 Desired Degrees and Certifications .................................................................................. 41 Required Degrees and Certifications ............................................................................... 41 DRIVER/ENGINEER............................................................................................................... 42 Illustrative Examples Of Work ......................................................................................... 42 Desirable Knowledge, Abilities And Skills ........................................................................ 42 Required Degrees Or Certification ................................................................................... 43 FIRE APPARATUS OPERATOR ............................................................................................... 43 Statement of Duties ......................................................................................................... 43 FIREFIGHTER ........................................................................................................................ 45 Nature of Work ................................................................................................................ 45 Illustrative Examples of Work .......................................................................................... 45 Desirable Knowledge, Abilities and Skills ......................................................................... 45 Desirable Experience and Training .................................................................................. 46 2

Required Training and Certification ................................................................................. 46 FIREFIGHTERS, PARAMEDICS, EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN-B. ............................... 46 Nature of Work: ............................................................................................................... 46 Functions and Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 46 FIRE SUPPRESSION .............................................................................................................. 47 EMS...................................................................................................................................... 47 ORGANIZATIONAL SUPPORT ............................................................................................... 47 RISK CARE MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................. 47 EQUIPMENT......................................................................................................................... 48 ENVIRONMENTAL AND WORKING CONDITIONS ................................................................ 48 SAFETY OFFICER................................................................................................................... 50 Characteristic ................................................................................................................... 50 Responsibilities ................................................................................................................ 50 ACCIDENT REPORTING ............................................................................................................ 51 Public Safety Officer’s Benefits Act ......................................................................................... 52 FUNERAL / LINE OF TOUR DEATH ........................................................................................... 54 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 56 PURPOSE OF MANUAL ........................................................................................................ 57 PREPARATION...................................................................................................................... 58 PREPARATORY CONSIDERATIONS ....................................................................................... 58 PERSONNEL INFORMATION SHEET ..................................................................................... 58 PHOTOGRAPHS.................................................................................................................... 58 FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT RESUME OR BACKGROUND.................................................... 58 INJURY OF A SERIOUS NATURE NOTIFICATION ................................................................... 58 AMBULANCE CREW ............................................................................................................. 59 ON SCENE DEATH OR INJURY THAT MAY CAUSE DEATH .................................................... 59 HOSPITAL LIAISON OFFICER ................................................................................................ 59 NOTIFICATION OF NEXT OF KIN .......................................................................................... 60 FUNERAL TYPES ................................................................................................................... 60 TYPE I ............................................................................................................................... 60 TYPE II .............................................................................................................................. 60 TYPE III ............................................................................................................................. 61 TYPE IV ............................................................................................................................. 61 TYPE V .............................................................................................................................. 61 TYPE VI ............................................................................................................................. 61 SUGGESTED SERVICES FOR FUNERAL TYPES ....................................................................... 61 TYPE I - On - tour Death - Rapid Onset of biological Death ............................................. 61 TYPE III - Off Tour Death .................................................................................................. 62 TYPE IV - PAST FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT MEMBER (does not meet any other types) . 62 TYPE V - Non - Firefighting Related Individual ................................................................. 62 TOUR DESCRIPTIONS (KEY PERSONNEL) ............................................................................. 62 SURVIVOR ACTION OFFICER ................................................................................................ 63 FAMILY LIAISON OFFICER .................................................................................................... 64 FUNERAL OFFICER ............................................................................................................... 66 CHURCH OFFICER ................................................................................................................ 66 CEMETERY OFFICER ............................................................................................................. 67 FUNERAL OPTIONS .............................................................................................................. 69 HONOR GUARD ................................................................................................................... 69 3

PALL BEARERS...................................................................................................................... 69 BURIAL IN UNIFORM ........................................................................................................... 70 CLOSED CASKET ................................................................................................................... 70 FLOWER CAR ....................................................................................................................... 70 CAISSON .............................................................................................................................. 70 CROSSED AERIAL LADDERS .................................................................................................. 70 WELFARE FUND ................................................................................................................... 70 REFRESHMENTS OR POST FUNERAL RECEPTION ................................................................ 70 TRANSPORTATION ............................................................................................................... 71 WALK THROUGH ................................................................................................................. 71 SCRIPTURE READINGS ......................................................................................................... 71 EULOGY................................................................................................................................ 71 FIREMEN’S PRAYER.............................................................................................................. 71 LAST ALARM SREVICE .......................................................................................................... 71 CHILD CARE.......................................................................................................................... 72 FUNERAL PROCESSION ........................................................................................................ 72 FORMATION - FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT PERSONNEL ..................................................... 72 STANDARD FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT PROCEDURES ....................................................... 73 WHITE GLOVES .................................................................................................................... 73 EMERGENCY LIGHTS ............................................................................................................ 73 FLAGS AT HALF STAFF.......................................................................................................... 73 BADGE SHROUDING ............................................................................................................ 73 FUNERAL BUNTING ............................................................................................................. 73 AMBULANCE ASSIGNMENT ................................................................................................. 74 POLICE ASSISTANCE ............................................................................................................. 74 REGISTRATION CARDS ......................................................................................................... 74 FUNERAL FORMATIONS ...................................................................................................... 74 MILITARY STANDARDS......................................................................................................... 74 POSITION OF ATTENTION .................................................................................................... 75 REST POSITIONS AT THE HALT ............................................................................................. 75 Parade Rest ...................................................................................................................... 75 Stand at Ease ................................................................................................................... 75 At Ease ............................................................................................................................. 75 FACING AT THE HALT ........................................................................................................... 76 ALIGNING THE SQUAD......................................................................................................... 76 MARCHING THE SQUAD ...................................................................................................... 77 NOTIFICATION OF OTHER AGENCIES................................................................................... 77 FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT RESPONSE AREA COVERAGE .................................................. 78 FIREFIGHTER DEATH IN OTHER COMMUNITIES .................................................................. 78 DEATH BENEFITS.................................................................................................................. 78 SUGGESTED CEREMONY OPTIONS AND DETAILS ................................................................ 78 PHYSICAL FITNESS/RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES....................................................................... 78 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES.................................................................................. 79 SEXUAL HARASSMENT ............................................................................................................ 80 PROBATIONARY PERIOD ......................................................................................................... 80 PROMOTIONS ......................................................................................................................... 81 CONFLICT OF INTEREST/OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT................................................................... 81 DISMISSAL AND DISCIPLINARY ACTION .................................................................................. 83 4

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT .......................................................................................... 83 LEAVE OF ABSENCE ................................................................................................................. 84 COMPLAINT PROCEDURE ........................................................................................................ 85 FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT TRAINING ................................................................................... 86 Training Manuals ................................................................................................................. 87 Training Reports and Records ............................................................................................. 87 Training / Work Requirements ............................................................................................ 87 RECRUIT TRAINING .............................................................................................................. 88 DRIVER TRAINING ................................................................................................................ 88 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRAINING .................................................................................... 89 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS.................................................................................................. 89 RESPONDING TO EMERGENCIES ............................................................................................. 90 Call Back Response Procedure ............................................................................................ 91 Still Responses ..................................................................................................................... 93 Full Still Responses .............................................................................................................. 93 General Alarms .................................................................................................................... 93 Response Guides ................................................................................................................. 94 Vehicle Placement Structure Fires, Residential................................................................... 95 Vehicle Placement Commercial, Industrial, Mercantile, Multi-family ............................... 96 Vehicle Placement Structure Fires Non-hydrated Areas.................................................. 96 Vehicle Placement Supporting Sprinkler System ................................................................ 97 Vehicle Placement Vehicle Fires.......................................................................................... 98 Safety Roadway Traffic Safety ............................................................................................. 98 Vehicle Response District Mutual-Aid-Request ............................................................. 104 Vehicle Response Staging ................................................................................................. 105 LEVEL I STAGING ............................................................................................................ 105 LEVEL II STAGING ........................................................................................................... 105 GENERAL FIRE GROUND OPERATIONS OVERVIEW ............................................................... 106 Strategy ............................................................................................................................. 106 Tactics ................................................................................................................................ 106 Extinguishment.................................................................................................................. 108 Overhaul ............................................................................................................................ 108 Ventilation ......................................................................................................................... 108 Division of an Incident ....................................................................................................... 110 Hose Lays and Pumping Operations.................................................................................. 110 SUPPRESSION ........................................................................................................................ 111 Loading of pre-Connected Cross Lays ............................................................................... 111 Loading of Skid Loads ........................................................................................................ 112 Forward Hydrant Lead-out ................................................................................................ 112 Reverse Hydrant Lead-out................................................................................................. 113 AMBULANCE OPERATIONS ................................................................................................... 113 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OPERATIONS ................................................................................ 114 BOMB THREAT AND BOMB EXPLOSION OPERATIONS ......................................................... 116 FIRE, TROUBLE, FALSE ALARM OPERATIONS ........................................................................ 117 OPERATIONS FOR CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR ACTIVATION ........................................ 118 MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENTS ................................................................................................ 119 ROPE RESCUE OPERATIONS .................................................................................................. 122 SUPPRESSION ........................................................................................................................ 126 5

STRUCTURE FIRE-“NOTHING SHOWING” .......................................................................... 126 First-Due Chief: .................................................................................................................... 126 COMMERCIAL FIRE-“NOTHING SHOWING” ...................................................................... 127 RESIDENTIAL FIRE-“WORKING FIRE” ................................................................................. 128 COMMERCIAL FIRE-“WORKING FIRE” ............................................................................... 130 HOSTAGE SITUATION (STAND-BY) ........................................................................................ 132 COLLAPSE RESCUE................................................................................................................. 133 CONFINED SPACE RESCUE..................................................................................................... 137 TRENCH RESCUE .................................................................................................................... 141 WATER RESCUE ..................................................................................................................... 144 DISASTER RESPONSE PLAN.................................................................................................... 146 INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ....................................................................................... 154 COMMAND POST .................................................................................................................. 158 INVESTIGATIVE MODE........................................................................................................... 159 ATTACK MODE ...................................................................................................................... 160 COMMAND MODE ................................................................................................................ 161 APPARATUS DRIVING SAFETY ............................................................................................... 162 SAFETY CBRN GAS MASK....................................................................................................... 180 INFECTIOUS /COMMUNICABLE DISEASES............................................................................. 181 FIRE INVESTIGATION/FIREARM POLICY ................................................................................ 182 ACCIDENT INVOLVING BENSENVILLE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT VEHICLES ...................... 184 RESPONDING UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL/ DRUGS ............................................. 184 SEAT BELT AND SAFETY RESTRAINT USE ............................................................................... 185 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM FOR VEHICLES & APPARATUS .................................................... 185 OPERATIONS DAILY/WEEKLY DUTIES .................................................................................... 187 Daily Duties (Monday through Sunday) ............................................................................ 187 Apparatus Inspections-(All members) ............................................................................... 187 Weekly assignments: ......................................................................................................... 189 APPARATUS MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................. 189 Daily Unit Maintenance Reports ....................................................................................... 189 Daily Maintenance Check Items ........................................................................................ 190 Weekly Maintenance Checks ............................................................................................ 191 OPERATIONS/RIDE A LONG ................................................................................................... 191 OPERATIONS/STATION LOG BOOKS...................................................................................... 195 SAFETY EMERGENCY OPERATIONS ....................................................................................... 196 INCIDENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 196 INCIDENTS INVOLVING SPECIAL HAZARDS ........................................................................... 196 FACILITY SAFETY .................................................................................................................... 197 FIRE GROUND SAFETY ........................................................................................................... 197 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING......................................................................................................... 198 SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS ....................................................................... 199 PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM ............................................................................. 199 COLLAPSE EVACUATION SIGNAL ........................................................................................... 203 HEPATITIS INFECTION VACCINE PROGRAM .......................................................................... 203 DEALING WITH PERSONS WITH SUSPECTED INFECTIOUS DISEASES .................................... 206 OSHA BLOOD BORNE PATHOGENS FINAL STANDARDS ........................................................ 207 EMERGENCY INCIDENT REHABILITATION ............................................................................. 209 SAFETY COMMITTEE ............................................................................................................. 212 6

RADIO PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................. 214 UNIFORM GROOMING STANDARD ....................................................................................... 215 APPROPRIATE UNIFORM ....................................................................................................... 216 Class “A” Full Dress Uniform ............................................................................................. 217 Class “B” Dress Uniform: ................................................................................................... 218 Firefighter’s Class “C” ........................................................................................................ 219 Winter dress ...................................................................................................................... 219 “Job Shirts”..................................................................................................................... 219 Class “A” Pins..................................................................................................................... 220 Class “A” Awards, Ribbon, and Citations Bars ...................................................................... 220 FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT IDENTIFICATION CARDS ........................................................... 223 PUBLIC RELATIONS ................................................................................................................ 224 STATION VISITORS................................................................................................................. 224 CITIZEN COMPLAINTS ........................................................................................................... 225 TELEPHONE PUBLIC RELATIONS ............................................................................................ 225 FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT ........................................................................................ 227 GLOSSARY/ADDENDUM’S APPENDIX.................................................................................... 228

DISCLAIMER

This is to advise all Bensenville Fire Protection District Employees that the attached Standard Operating Guidelines Manual and Employee Rules and Regulations Handbook hereby supersedes and cancels all prior employment practices and agreements of the Bensenville Fire Protection District, whether written or oral. All employees should become familiar with the contents of the Fire Protection District Standard Operating Guidelines Manual and the Employee Rules and Regulations Handbook. The Fire Protection Districts Standard Operating Guidelines Manual and/or the Employee Rules and Regulations Handbook “does not constitute an express or implied contract of employment”, and these documents are not intended to create any rights in the nature of an employment contract. An employee may terminate his or her employment with the Bensenville Fire Protection District at any time, and “the Bensenville Fire Protection District may terminate the employment of any civilian employee employed by the Fire Protection District at any time, with or without cause”. The Administration of the Bensenville Fire Protection District retains the right to change the Standard Operating Guidelines Manual, the Employee Rules and Regulations Handbook, and any other policy, procedure, rule, regulation or practice of the Fire Protection District at any time, with or without prior notice. The Bensenville Fire Protection District retains the final right to interpret and apply its Standard Operating Guidelines, rules, regulations and the like. ______________________________ Fire Chief Dated ______________________ ______________________________ BFPD Local 2968 President Dated: _____________________

EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND AGREEMENT

I acknowledge that I have reviewed, read and understand the Bensenville Fire Protection District Standard Operating Guidelines (S.O.G.’s). I agree to conform to the rules, policies and procedures of the Bensenville Fire Protection District. I understand that neither spoken nor written representations, including S.O.G.’s, create any express or implied contract of employment between the Bensenville Fire Protection District and myself. I agree (KURTZ ONLY) that my employment is at-will so that I may be terminated by the Fire Protection District at any time for any reason. I understand and agree that the provisions of the S.O.G.’s may be amended or revised at any time at the discretion of the Administration of the Bensenville Fire Protection District, and that the S.O.G.’s are not an exhaustive statement of the Fire Protection Districts rules, policies, and/or procedures.

________________________, 20____ Dated ________________________________ Signature ________________________________ Printed Name ________________________________ Company Officer Signature ________________________________ Fire Chief Signature

INTRODUCTION

The primary purpose of this manual is to provide a means of standardizing the principles and techniques utilized by the Bensenville Fire Protection District in fire suppression, Emergency Medical Services and life safety activities, and to establish, promote, and preserve the highest possible standards of excellence and service within the Fire Protection Districts and the Community we serve. The intent of this manual is to provide the Bensenville Fire Protection District and its personnel with Standard Operating Guidelines to govern the conduct of fire officers, EMS, and suppression personnel during day to day as well as emergency operations. In order to maximize safety and efficiency it is crucial these guidelines are properly understood and implemented by all Fire Protection District personnel. Although the scope of this manual is wide ranging, it is impossible to design and implement a manual to cover all possibilities. Common sense and sound judgment need to be applied in all situations and must be the ruling factor governing operations in emergency and non-emergency situations. Every reasonable effort has been made to eliminate specific references to gender from this manual. This S.O.G. manual is designed in such fashion to allow modifications to be made when the need arises. A basic requirement of the fire service is that all personnel be properly trained and fully cognizant of the hazards incurred during emergency operations. The basic functions of suppression and life safety performed by firefighters havenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t changed throughout the years. However, techniques and the environment these functions are conducted in have undergone a radical transformation. It is with these changes in mind that this manual was conceived. The Bensenville Fire Protection District has adopted the standard three prong approach to fire control and extinguishment; protection of exposures, blocking the avenues of potential spread, and finally attacking the fire at its point of origin. In a sense our Fire Protection District is a living breathing entity. It is composed of firefighters and officers who have dedicated themselves to the preservation of life and protection of property from fire. With the passage of time, our organization must grow and conform to the needs of the community and surrounding environment. Failure to properly recognize and adapt can threaten the â&#x20AC;&#x153;lifeâ&#x20AC;? of the Fire Protection District.

MISSION STATEMENT

The Mission of Bensenville Fire Protection District is to prevent the loss of life and property resulting from medical emergencies and other man-made and natural disaster. Bensenville Fire Protection District will accomplish our mission with highly trained fire officers, firefighters and emergency medical staff. The focus of the staff members whom serve the Bensenville Fire Protection District’s residents and when called upon, the residents of a stricken community via the Illinois Mutual Aid Box Alarm System (MABAS) will provide services in the most efficient and organized fashion. This will be accomplished by:       

To maintain up to date emergency preparedness to control and handle a variety of potential life or property threatening situations, in order to provide adequate levels of safety for the community. To engage in fire prevention planning efforts to ensure the most effective system of community fire prevention via public education, this is both now and in the foreseeable future. To maintain an open, honest, professional and favorable high standard of services via the development of a working relationship with the citizens and visitors of our community. To continue to maintain a positive and productive relationship with all taxing bodies and outside agencies, in order to give or receive reciprocal support to accomplish an assigned mission. To provide emergency and fire training to the citizens of the community. To provide applications for as many grant related opportunities as appropriate to meet our needs to insure the safety of the district staff and the citizens we serve. To provide avenues to insure the firefighters will be accomplished as being physically fit in order to be successful in the provision of emergency medical and firefighting responsibilities to our citizens.

ORGANIZATION CHART

VISION STATEMENT To continue to maintain an effective and beneficial relationship with the citizens we serve by maintaining the highest caliber of fire and emergency medical services available; and offering proactive education programs in fire prevention and public education. This reinforces our philosophy that prevention can save more lives than intervention. To continue to be sensitive to the needs of the membership, community, and the citizens we serve. To optimize our available resources while maintaining or exceeding performance standards established by our predecessors. BFPD will follow state and national standards while performing the duties of the job. To maintain a proactive relationship with neighboring Fire Departments and Fire Protection Districts, through an active exchange of ideas, services and education. To proactively pursue new technologies, methods, and ideas that will reinforce and enhance delivery of services, and help assure personal well-being and efficiency. To take an aggressive and proactive stance on safety of Fire Protection District Personnel at all times when staff are on duty tour. To enthusiastically incorporate and effectively manage the change that keeps the Bensenville Fire Protection District at the forefront of the fire service. To provide Fire and Safety leadership to our community residents we serve and this leadership will be accomplished with Pride and Honor at all times of service.

DISTRICT GOALS It shall be the goal of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to efficiently administer, manage and supervise the Goals and Objectives of the Fire Protection District.

Administrative Goals 1. Provide and maintain all necessary records, reports and documents via wireless computerization. 2. Provide, promote and maintain the highest standard of training and education of members, officers and administrators. Officers and administrators will be afforded opportunities for 13

advanced training in management skills, personal development, and other areas deemed essential by the management team. 3. Provide and promote public education programs for fire prevention, public safety, and life safety for all occupants of the Bensenville Fire Protection Districts. 4. Establish and maintain a practical maintenance and replacement program for all Fire Protection District apparatus, buildings, equipment and facilities. 5. To establish, promote and maintain the highest level of respect for the entire Fire Protection District membership, and to continue to recognize pride and personal involvement as the cornerstone for excellence. 6. To provide an active recruitment program for firefighter/paramedics to assist the Bensenville Fire Protection District in meeting the challenge posed by continued growth and the subsequent increased demand for emergency services by the community. Fire Prevention Goal It shall be the goal of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to actively promote and provide public fire prevention education, to eliminate all needless deaths due to fire, and to protect structures from loss due to fire, through enforcement of all applicable codes and installation of protection systems. Objectives 1.

Promote installation of early detection equipment in residences, public and commercial buildings.

To provide fire safety and prevention programs to all educational institutions including preschool centers within the Fire District: and to assist these facilities in conducting fire drills, inspections and Pre-Planning.

Pre-Plan all buildings within the Village on a twenty-four (24) month basis. Buildings designated as high risk shall be reviewed annually.

To provide safety related articles for media publication on a monthly basis.

To provide fire prevention education to all firefighters during scheduled training sessions.

Provide opportunities for firefighters and officers to attend training conferences and seminars in areas of fire prevention, public education and investigative methods. 7. Investigate all fires to determine cause.

To actively promote the installation of sprinklers in all residential, commercial and public buildings.

Upon request, or determination of need, provide adult awareness and juvenile fire setters program.

10.

Assist in the review of plans and blue prints for all new structures, when needed, existing structures undergoing renovation or remodeling, and new developments.

11.

To support any enhancement, improvements, or opportunities that provide service through 9-1-1 and its committees. 12. To develop and implement a target hazard program in our community.

Fire Suppression Goal It is the goal of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to minimize the loss from any unwanted fire through the use of rapid, proper and appropriate fire suppression techniques. Objectives 1. To provide training for all firefighters in the areas of homeland security, fire suppression, rescue, hazardous materials, special operations and emergency medical services. In addition to insuring all personnel are able to operate safely and under a unified command system of accountability via the initiation all the IMS concepts and teachings. To provide the highest level of skilled personnel to respond to all fire service related incidents occurring within the Bensenville Fire Protection District. 2. To adopt and maintain minimum performance skills for suppression personnel as prescribed by NFPA 1710 A. A pre-connected suppression line manned by personnel in S.C.B.A. will be ready to be placed in to operation within ninety seconds of arrival of the first due Engine Company. B. A pre-connected suppression line manned by personnel in S.C.B.A. will be ready to be placed into operation within ninety seconds of arrival of the second due Engine Company. C. Establish a viable water supply within a maximum of eight minutes after the arrival of the first due Engine Company in a hydrated area, and fifteen minutes in a rural or nonhydrated area. D. Complete the task of ventilation within ten minutes after it is requested. 3. Provide the opportunity for personnel, (with emphasis placed on officers) to tour building under construction, and to review pre-plans and applicable sprinkler tactics for those, as well as other targeted structures within the Bensenville Fire Protection District.

4. To work with other public agencies and utilities to promote safety and interagency cooperation throughout the year. Emphasis will be placed on areas enumerated below. A. Work with the Public Works Department to assure the establishment and maintenance of an adequate water supply for firefighting operations; and to ensure all hydrants are properly marked and accessible during the winter months. The Public Works Department of the Village of Bensenville will inspect and maintain both fire districts fire hydrants water system twice annually. B. To work closely with law enforcement during investigations of suspicious or incendiary fires C. To work with officials on the State, County and local levels for the implementation of NFPA standards. 5. Provide 9-1-1 information to all citizens of the Bensenville Fire Protection District. Emergency Medical Services Goal It is the goal of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to provide basic and advanced life support services, to all of our citizens using the most modern and comprehensive equipment and methods available. Objectives 1. Train all Firefighters to level of EMT Basic then to an EMT Paramedic 2. Promote CPR training for all citizens and public employees. 3. To provide re-certification classes to personnel on all levels. 4. Provide Child Safety Seat Programs for anyone who desires. 5. Seek to recruit the highest qualified EMT and Paramedic personnel. 5. Provide twenty-four hour paramedic response through the effective utilization of paramedics Kurtz and career personnel. This will be accomplished via an Ambulance and Engine response to all emergency medical requests for service. 6. To take an active role in area hospital programs. 7. To acquire equipment through billings and grants. 8. To implement a maintenance and replacement program for all medical equipment 9. Support 9-1-1â&#x20AC;Śâ&#x20AC;Ś.it saves lives!

Recruiting Goal It is the goal of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to maintain the Fire Protection District ranks at thirty active and well qualified firefighters. Objectives 1. Maintain the highest quality possible of trained personnel to supplement the ranks of Bensenville Fire Protection District. 2. To recruit the highest quality personnel that are fit both physically and mentally, to provide the best possible service to our customers. 3. To provide the best possible coverage for both Fire Protection Districts. (1 & 2). 4. To achieve 100 percent participation from every firefighter in promoting the Fire Protection District and its causes. 5. To achieve a sufficient number of active / qualified firefighters and officers that will respond to and assist the general public.

AUTHORITY 1. To establish policy by which the Fire Protection District shall be given authority to operate 2. The Bensenville Fire Protection District shall operate under the authority given it by the Bensenville Fire Protection District Fire Trustees as delegated to the Fire Chief of the Bensenville Fire Protection District. Chain Of Command 1. To establish policy governing the infrastructure of the Fire Protection District. 2. A chain of command will be followed throughout the organization. 3. General Chain of Command A. B. C. D.

Fire Chief responsible to the Board of Bensenville Fire Protection District # 2. Director of Administrative Services is responsible to the Fire Chief Battalion Chiefs are responsible to the Fire Chief Lieutenants responsible to the Battalion Chief

E. Firefighter personnel both career and contract are responsible to the company level officers. Note: Emergency Medical Services (EMS) personnel will work in the chain of command at all times during EMS incidents.

RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS Both Bensenville Fire Protection District Personnel and KURTZ Paramedic Services Personnel are not subject to any residency requirements..

FIREFIGHTER CONTINUING EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS In a continuing effort to establish, maintain, and promote the finest trained and best educated personnel, the following certification standards shall be established and enforced by the Bensenville Fire Protection District. To remain an active member of the Bensenville Fire Protection District, the following requirements shall be met or surpassed by its firefighters. The Fire Protection District actively encourages all members to further their certification and licensure on all levels, and remains firm on the need to attain the level of Firefighter II, EMT-B, and FAE within one year. The Fire Protection District also encourages, and will support members who seek to attain qualification/licensure in advance areas of EMT-P, FO-I, II, and other areas as may be approved. Members desiring to participate in such continuing education opportunities should submit their request in writing to the Director of Training. Every employee of the Fire Protection District will be required to complete at least 240 hours of duty tour training each year.

INDOCTRINATION AND ORIENTATION (I&O) CLASS 1

Indoctrination and Orientation classes are of paramount importance in the process of recruiting and retaining firefighters. The intent of this series is to afford individuals seeking membership the opportunity to properly comprehend the level of commitment and dedication becoming a firefighter requires. One of the primary goals of this session is to eliminate common misconceptions and misunderstandings with regard to requirements and expectations. Candidates are encouraged to introspectively examine themselves and their personal 18

2 3

capabilities, expectations, and limitations during this process. Classroom sessions are approximately two hours in length, and are normally held at Headquarters, station I. The purpose of the I & O series is to acquaint those making the membership application with certain basic policies, procedures, rules, regulations and standards regarding participation as a firefighter. Topics of importance to experienced and inexperienced firefighters are covered in this series. Class topics include Fire Protection District history, goals and performance expectations. E.M.S. services, map reading, 9-1-1 dispatch procedures and response policies will also be discussed. Other topics related to incident command structure, apparatus, and equipment will be dealt with. The Fire Chief or the Designee of the Fire Chief shall schedule the candidate I & O series. The class shall meet or exceed the requirements set forth by the State of Illinois, Division of Personnel and Standards for the stated purpose, The Fire Chief will ensure that only instructors properly acquainted with Fire Protection District policies and I. & O. curriculum are utilized.

DISTRICT REQUIREMENTS

Membership Requirements 1. Firefighters shall be at least 21 years of age at the time of entry, in good health, good physical condition, free of heart, lung or back disorders and possess a high school diploma or G.E.D. and a valid Driverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s license. If a prospective member is a veteran, a copy of the discharge decree must accompany the application.

Application Process Prospective Firefighters

To assure proper compliance with Bensenville Fire Protection District's requirements, the following procedures have been adopted for processing firefighter applications. 1. Prospective firefighters must properly complete and return the application form issued by the Bensenville Fire Protection District under the direction of the Bensenville Fire Commissioners and authorized by the Bensenville Board of Trustees. Applicants must possess minimum certifications as FF II and EMT-Paramedic. Applicants must also provide a valid CPAT card at the time of application. 2. Applicants must successfully pass a written examination with a passing score of 70% or better. 3. Applicants must successfully complete an oral interview. 4. A preliminary eligibility list will be created based on the test results. Applicants can then turn in preference points prior to the posting of the final eligibility list. 19

5. Upon a vacancy within the Fire Protection District, applicants will be notified off the eligibility list with a conditional offer of employment. 6. A criminal background check, employment history check and driving background check will be conducted by the Bensenville Police Department. The reports and application will be reviewed by the Bensenville Fire Protection District. 7. Applicants must successfully pass a comprehensive physical exam along with a psychological exam. 8. Upon completion of the above requirements, an applicant will be offered a position with the Bensenville Fire Protection District. 9. Prior to beginning probationary training, applicants will be required to complete any and all forms required for employment. 10. Completed forms will be submitted to the Chief of the Fire Protection District for review and permanent filing with the Fire Commission for career staff. 11. Upon successful completion of the requirements enumerated above, the recruit firefighter will begin their probationary period.

DRILL SCHEDULE Bensenville Fire Protection District actively encourages members to attend all regularly scheduled training activities. Members are reminded that the Fire Protection District recognizes the importance of education, the development of sound firefighting skills, safety practices and above all teamwork. This goal can only be accomplished through a conscious effort on the part of the membership to attend and benefit from training activities. Members are also reminded that there is a minimum attendance requirement of 240 hours annually. Regular Drill Schedule: (Duty Personnel) To follow the drill schedule issued by the training division every month, training shall be completed daily in the AM hours. The Administration of the Fire Protection District, at its discretion may change the starting or ending time of a drill or meeting. Should a time be altered, the membership will be given sufficient notice of the change. The Administration of the Fire Protection District may also elect to cancel a drill or meeting due to weather, holiday, or other event providing sufficient notice to the membership. Special Drills On occasion, special drills or outside training may be scheduled in addition to, or in lieu of regular activities. The membership will be given sufficient notice of the change. Each year a 20

member to be in good standing must be at 75% of the approved special drills unless an approved stay is given by the Fire Chief or his designee.

OFFICERS MEETINGS Meetings will be held at least on a monthly basis held on the Third Thursday of the month at a meeting time designated by the Fire Chief. They will begin promptly at the time designated. The meeting will have no time limit. Officers meetings can also be called at any time by the Fire Chief, or on a special need basis.

STANDBY DURING ALARMS The intent of the S. O. G. is to provide a guideline for personnel on station standby during call backs for general alarms and above. To receive credit for the (time) call when a general alarm or above is requested, the officers and firefighters must complete a call sheet and remain in quarters until all units are back in quarters or released by the Battalion Chief or Company Officer of the day. Payment for the time during station stand by will be paid in accordance with any and all contractual agreements.

DUTIES OF MEMBERS The fire service is a quasi-military organization; a chain of command exists, and must be adhered to by all members of the Fire Protection District. Members will promptly execute commands, orders, and requests issued by their superior officer in charge of the incident. A command, order, or request may be questioned in cases where clarification is needed, or the member feels that the command places them in unreasonable or unnecessary danger. When the situation arises that an order is questioned, the individual must provide the Battalion Chief or Company Officer with a written explanation as why the order was questioned, when time permits. The established chain of command will be followed at all times. In cases where a chief or company officer is not present, the senior firefighter will be in charge of the incident until relieved by a Fire Protection District Officer.

DRILL ATTENDANCE 1. Members shall attend any and all required Fire Protection District training as agreed to in the various contracts; this is so firefighters can maintain a minimum of 240 hours of CE per year, and remain familiar with the location and operation of all equipment on BFPD apparatus. Members failing to meet the requirements may be subject to disciplinary action. 2. A member may be absent from a scheduled training session or meeting due to illness, Kelly day, Swap in their work schedule, off site approved training programs or vacation. The appropriate officer responsible for the training session should be notified as soon as the member is aware of the situation. If possible, the member should make reasonable effort to make up the missed session or meeting.

LEAVES OF ABSENCE 1. A member may apply for a leave of absence when the need arises. An approved leave shall not exceed one year in duration. 2. Members placed on leave will surrender all Fire Protection District property, and are prohibited from responding to emergency incidents. 3. Leave of Absences are an unpaid absence from the Fire Protection District and will be in accordance with the respective CBA during the time in question. 4. A member should consider requesting a leave of absence when circumstances prevent their active participation during tours of duty. 5. Leave may be granted under the Family and Medical Leave of Absence Program. Certain conditions must be met to qualify for leave under this program. 6. A member may only return with the prior approval of the Fire Chief. 7. If the firefighter is covered under the collective bargaining agreement, the agreed upon procedure will be followed.

PERSONNEL RULES Further reference to these rules may be found in other sections of this manual. ALL MEMBERS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING: Knowledge of Standard Operating Guidelines (S.O.G.â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s) It is incumbent upon each Fire Protection District Employee to familiarize themselves with applicable operating rules, procedures and guidelines. Members will comply with such personnel rules, regulations and guidelines as may be constructed to affect or pertain to them.

Duty Tour Roll Call At both stations at about 8:10 an informal roll call and daily report will be provided by the company officer or acting officer. The purpose is to insure the entire staff is up to date as to the daily expectations. Drivers-License Members shall maintain a valid State of Illinois driver’s license. Members who drive fire apparatus shall be required to pass a certified driving course and must have in their possession a current Class B Non-CDL Drivers-License. Uniform/Badges The accepted uniform for all members on tour shall be an approved Class B with appropriate patches or a polo shirt, job shirt with the FD patch (new 5-11 shirts no patch), Pants, Coat, belt, and shoes/boots unless otherwise directed. Class B shirts is to be worn at all public relation events regardless of time, and in any other situation where Fire District Personnel may come in contact with the public. In the event that the temperature is above 85 degrees, approved District tee-shirts may be worn during the tour of duty while in quarters or at drill. Approved Shorts can be worn from May 1 to October 31. Misuse of Uniform No member, except while on Official tour of duty, shall attempt to use their uniform or badge for the purpose of gaining access to any establishment or place of amusement where an admission fee is charged as means of avoiding payment of such fee or charge. Protective Clothing Full protective clothing shall be worn when responding to and while on the scene of an alarm, unless otherwise directed by your company officer. (Full Protective Clothing as listed below)  Fire Protection District issued boots, bunker pants and turnout coat.  Approved nomex hood, gloves and fire helmet with approved eye protection  SCBA  Reflective vest -MVA’s  Fire Protection District issued helmet front  And other PPA when applicable Hearing Protection Hearing protection is to be worn when responding to ALL emergency situations where sirens are used.

Grooming Hair length shall be no longer than the top of the shirt collar when the member is in a normal standing position. Female firefighters shall wear their hair in a manner that will not interfere with the donning of the SCBA mask with Nomex hood and helmet. Hair may touch the shoulder, but should not extend past the shoulder more than 4 inches. Hair shall be neat, clean and evenly trimmed at all times. No members shall be allowed to wear a beard, van dyke, or goatee. The exception to this is a mustache, which must be kept neat and trimmed in relation to length and density that is no longer than 1 inch below the side of their crease between the upper and lower lips. Sideburns shall not fall below bottom of ear lobe. Sideburns hair across the face shall not be allowed. Tattoos Any tattoo is to be covered during the tour of duty when in the view of anyone from the public. Speaking for the Fire Protection District No member shall attempt to act as a spokesman to any newspaper or television for the Fire Protection District unless directed to do so by the Chief of the Fire Protection District or his/her properly designated authority Company officer or PIO. Any unauthorized public speaking would result in disciplinary action up to and including termination. Conduct When dealing with the public or members of another Fire Protection Districts, personnel shall be cooperative, courteous and conduct themselves in a manner to bring credit to the Bensenville Fire Protection District. No horse play will be tolerated where the question of professionalism can be challenged by a department member or general public. Complaint/Recommendations Bensenville Fire Protection District employees have the right to submit suggestions, recommendations, and complaints to their supervisors. To receive proper consideration, and avoid misinterpretation, items must be submitted in writing to the appropriate authority. Grievances will follow the agreed upon collective bargaining rules and procedures. Injuries, Reporting All injuries, even seemingly minor ones, must be reported to the appropriate authority within twenty-four hours after being sustained. Appropriate forms and records must be completed on a timely basis. Intoxicants/Drugs No members or employee will consume an intoxicant or drug while on tour, nor will they report for tour, or respond to a call while under the influence of said intoxicant or drug. 24

An exception may be made for certain medications as may be prescribed by a qualified physician. It is the employeeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibilities to immediately notify the Chief of the Fire Protection District and company officer they have been placed on a prescription medication. This information must remain confidential and function as in accordance with the HIPPA laws. An employee may be placed on medical leave in accordance with the agreed upon collective bargaining agreement, if it is determined a medication could adversely affect their performance, or compromise the safety of others. Personal Status Changes All members are required to notify the Director of Administrative Services of any changes in address, phone numbers or other information necessary for the keeping of proper records. A telephone is required. Reporting Members shall report any activity or condition they feel may be detrimental to the proper and efficient operation of the Fire Protection District. Reports must be submitted to the appropriate authority in writing. Absence from A Tour of Duty Except in cases of extreme emergency, no member will absent themselves from an assigned tour of duty until properly relieved. This is as agreed upon in the collective bargaining agreement and KURTZ Contract. Gratuities No compensation, reward or other consideration for services rendered in the line of tour shall be accepted or solicited by any member from any source without permission of the Fire Chief. Resignation A member wishing to resign from the Bensenville Fire Protection District must file written notice in accordance with the Fire Commission and the Illinois Pension rules and regulations. The notice should be submitted to Fire Chief in a sealed envelope. Upon resignation the member must return all Fire Protection District property in their possession unless otherwise directed by the Fire Chief. Care of Bensenville Fire Protection District Property Each member will be held responsible for property issued to them. Employees must exercise ordinary care, and report any defects or deficiencies to the appropriate authority. No employee may give or loan property to another without permission of the proper officer.

Commendable Acts Whenever a member performs a commendable act or saves a life at the risk of their own, the Company Officer under whom they serve shall make a full report in writing to the Fire Chief. Qualified Personnel No officer shall assign, or cause a subordinate to be assigned to a tour or task they are not properly qualified to perform. Use of Titles When before the public, Officers should be addressed and referred to by their respective titles, within the confines of the Fire Protection District quarters use of first name is highly recommended. Issuing a Conflicting Order An officer who willfully and knowingly countermands an order issued by another will be held responsible for their action. Receiving a Conflicting Order An employee, member or officer who receives an order that is in conflict with a previously issued command will inform the officer issuing the command of the fact and be governed by their instructions. An employee or member may request further clarification of an order at any time. Acting in Higher Capability An officer or member may be temporarily requested to act in a greater capacity or rank than they are normally assigned. They shall be accorded all the privileges and entitlements of the greater rank. Commands, orders or requests will be acted upon in the same fashion as if they were issued by a regularly appointed officer. Maintenance of equipment All equipment shall be restored to an â&#x20AC;&#x153;in serviceâ&#x20AC;? condition after returning from an alarm or training session. Apparatus will be washed and properly cleaned as needed or at the end of the tour. Tools and equipment will be checked for defects and cleaned prior to being placed in service. Missing or damaged tools must be promptly reported to the appropriate officer. If an apparatus cannot be placed back in service, the appropriate company officer must be notified. Members must not leave the station until all equipment is in service and they are excused by the on tour company officer. Bensenville Fire Protection District members and employees must bear in mind that we pride our self in professionalism and dedication to tour. Members are continuously in the public eye, and are subject to constant scrutiny. Therefore, whether on or off tour all members must make a 26

concerted effort to conduct themselves in a manner that will bring credit to the Bensenville Fire Protection District and its employees. All Members Shall A. Comply with the rules and regulations as set forth in the various manuals, publications, collective bargaining agreement, and directives issued by the Fire Protection District under the Fire Chiefs Authority B. Utilize their skills to protect the public both while on and off tour. C. To work for the common good of the Bensenville Fire Protection District and its members by conducting themselves in a professional manner while on and off the job. D. Supervisors will manage their subordinates in an effective, fair, and considerate manner. They will maintain open lines of communication at all times, and conduct themselves in a manner that reflects the standards of conduct and professional requirements adopted by the Fire Protection District. Concern for the overall welfare and safety of fellow members must be their primary concern, both on and off the fire ground. E. Maintain an acceptable level of physical fitness. F. Observe the work hours of their position. G. Obey the laws set forth by the State of Illinois and the Federal Government. All Members shall not: A. Engage in activity that will have a negative impact on the Fire Protection District and its members. Examples including using intoxicants, drugs, or other substances that could impair judgment. Engaging in lewd, lascivious behavior or sexual acts while on tour. B. Misuse their position for personal gain or participate in an activity that could constitute a conflict of interest with Fire Protection District Policy. C. Wear Fire Protection District issued uniforms into an establishment and consumes alcohol. D. Steal E. Insubordination F. Willful destruction and/or unauthorized removal of Fire Protection District property or the property of other employees. G. Fighting, Horseplay, or disorderly conduct while on tour. H. Unexcused or habitual absence or tardiness, leaving work before scheduled quitting time without prior authorization. I. Noncompliance with safety rules or good safety practices. J. Littering. K. Inferior work, carelessness, or negligence resulting in waste and/or interfering with productivity. L. Gambling or use of abusive language while on tour. Smoking/Chewing Tobacco The Bensenville Fire Protection district is a tobacco free work place. There shall be no use of any tobacco products while on his/her tour of duty.

JOB DESCRIPTIONS

The following is a listing of job descriptions, functions and responsibilities of those who make up the membership of the Bensenville Fire Protection District. Each position and rank will have a separate and distinct area of responsibility that will be described on the following pages. It must be fully understood that to strive for education and enhancement of both the person and the Fire Protection District will be paramount in all positions. All fire officers are to strive for continued education at both the college and state levels. All members are encouraged to attend all training drills both regular and specialized, to insure that they are always up to date on the latest techniques and equipment. All members are encouraged to take an active part in the Bensenville Firefighters Foundation in order to keep the true spirit of togetherness alive. Fire Prevention This Bureau is responsible for all activities that promote fire safety, education and prevention to both the public and the membership. The Bureau is directly supervised by the Fire Chief and is responsible for fire inspections, and public/private education, preplanning. Training Under the direction of the Director of Training the Training Team is responsible for all training in the fields of fire suppression, hazardous materials, incident command, driving, recruit training, EMS and specialized trainingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s. This team will operate under the guidelines of the State Fire Marshal and IDPH in conjunction with state and local supported classes. All training will be coordinated through the Director of Training with certified instructors or designee proficient in the subject matter. EMS This team is responsible for all emergency medical training and records necessary to assure current licensure of all paramedics and EMTâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s. The EMS Coordinator (s) is responsible for all training to include current and new training methods. The EMS Coordinator (s) will directly be responsible to the company officer with and when required, the Fire Chief will make the final determination should questions or concerns arise. They are also responsible for the functioning and workings of all EMS equipment.

MAINTENANCE This team is responsible for all vehicle and building maintenance. This is to include all vehicles and all power equipment.

The Fire Chief The Fire Chief/Administer will be under the direct supervision of the Board of Bensenville Fire Protection District. The Fire Chief shall insure to all citizens, visitors and members that life safety operations are in place and up to date at all times. The Fire Chief shall assume command and responsibility of all operations under their scope of command. The Fire Chief is responsible for the appointment of all officers, firefighters via the rule and regulations of the Bensenville Fire Protection District Fire Commission and the Illinois State Statue pertaining to the promotion act, and all contracted paramedics. The Fire Chief shall respond to calls, when available, to preserve life and property. The Fire Chief shall report directly to the Board of Trustees for the Fire District to assure that the scope and direction of employment are followed as outlined within contracts, agreements and rules of the State Fire Marshalâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Office. Nature Of Work This is a senior chief administrative position as head of the Fire Protection District. Work involves responsibility for planning, organizing, and directing an emergency organization specifically concerned with preventing and minimizing the loss of life and property by fire and other disasters, man-made and natural, and in providing emergency medical services. Work requires that this employee be available to take active command of extinguishing major fires or major incidents as it relates to the involvement of the Fire Protection District. The employee must be familiar with the causes and methods of extinguishing a great variety of types of fire, NIMS operation while functioning within the framework of municipal policy. The employee works independently in supervising all technical operations and in seeing that desired work results are achieved. Work is reviewed through results obtained and through discussions with municipal officials. Illustrative Examples Of Work Plans Fire Protection District operations with respect to equipment, apparatus, and personnel; supervises the implementation of such plans. Keeps informed as to personnel, property and operations of the Fire Protection District through reports and personal observation; takes action on such information in order to improve Fire Protection District operations. Is an active member of the Fire Commission of the Bensenville Fire Protection District. Serves as the primary point of information to the Bensenville Fire Protection District # 1. Assigns personnel and equipment to such duties and uses as the service requires; evaluates the need for and recommends the purchase of new apparatus and supplies. 30

Responds to alarms and personally directs activities at the scene of large fires or any and all incidents where direction and organization is warranted. Oversees the Fire Protection Bureau inspection process of all commercial and industrial buildings. Monitors other properties for life safety and other hazards as well as enforcement of fire prevention code and Village ordinances. Supervises and directs the operation of the division. Supervises and or directs the operation of Fire Protection District training activities. Prepares or supervises the preparation of the Fire Protection District budget and directs expenditures. Supervises and/or directs the maintenance and repair of the Fire Protection District buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, equipment, and apparatus. Establishes via authorization the rules and regulations as deemed necessary for the efficient operation of the Fire Protection District. Enforces the rules and regulations of the Bensenville Fire Protection District and to take necessary disciplinary action against the members who violate said rules and regulations when appropriate. Represent The Fire District at all MABAS Administrative and Operational meetings Performs related work as required. Desirable Knowledge, Abilities And Skills At least 10 years as a senior fire officer with a progressive leadership style in the delivery of fire and emergency medical and customer service. Considerable knowledge of the principles and practices of modern firefighting, fire prevention, and of modern Fire Protection District administration. Considerable knowledge of the use and care of modern firefighting equipment and apparatus. Considerable knowledge of the sources and of current information about developments in firefighting, fire prevention, and emergency medical techniques. Considerable knowledge of the geography of the area, including the location of streets, water mains, fire hydrants, and principal fire hazards. Ability to establish and maintain effective working relationships with subordinates the public, and other public officials.

Ability to plan, initiate and carry out long-term programs in the Fire Protection District administration, training, and fire prevention programs. Ability to plan, evaluate, assign, and coordinate activities performed by the Fire Protection District members. Ability to plan and budget the needs of the Fire Protection District. Desirable Experience and Training Considerable experience ( ten years of senior fire and or emergency medical service Administration) of a progressively responsible nature in the fields of Fire Protection District planning, fire extinguishment, fire prevention, and emergency medical services, including responsible supervisory duties. Desirable And Or Required Degrees And Certifications Illinois Certified as a Fire Officer III Illinois Certified Haz-Mat Incident Command Illinois Licensed as an EMTP Illinois Certified as an Instructor II NIMS Compliant Bachelor Degree from an accredited College or University (Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Degree Preferred/not needed) Unified Command Trained Attendance at National Fire Academy Administrative Programs

BATTALION CHIEF The Battalion Chief under the direct supervision of the Fire Chief will perform all necessary duties that will insure life safety for the citizens, visitors and members of the Bensenville Fire Protection District. In the absence of the Fire Chief, he will assume command and responsibility of all operations. The Battalion Chief will assist the Fire Chief in the supervision, directing and evaluating of all Fire Protection District members. The Battalion Chief will work with all divisions to insure that all Fire Protection District policies and necessary standards are met and maintained. Along with the Fire Chief, he will supervise operations of fire and life-saving activities. Along with the Fire Chief, he will work for the betterment and enhancement of the Fire Protection Community. The Battalion Chief has direct responsibility for the areas of shift Operations and Training for the Fire Protection District. All Training actions will be reported to the Fire Chief. All Operations activities will be reported to the Fire Chief. Illustrative Examples Of Work Plans Fire Protection District operations with respect to equipment, apparatus, and personnel; supervises the implementation of such plans. Keeps informed as to personnel, property and operations of the Fire Protection District through computerized reports and personal observation; takes action on such information in order to improve Fire Protection District operations. Assigns personnel and equipment to such duties and uses as the service requires; evaluates the need for and recommends the purchase of new apparatus and supplies. Responds to alarms and personally directs activities at the scene of large fires when the Fire Chief of the Fire District is not on scene. Supervises their assigned duty (tour) staff in inspection of the buildings and other properties for fire hazards and the enforcement of fire prevention ordinances and Preplanning. Supervises and or directs the operation of Fire Protection District training activities. Supervises and/or directs the maintenance and repair of the Fire Protection District buildings, equipment, and apparatus. Establishes rules and regulations as deemed necessary for the efficient operation of the Fire Protection District.

Enforces the rules and regulations of the Fire Protection District and to take the necessary disciplinary action against the members who violate said rules and regulations. Performs related work as required. Desirable Knowledge, Abilities and Skills Considerable knowledge of the principles and practices of modern firefighting, fire prevention, and of modern Fire Protection District Administration. Considerable knowledge of the use and care of modern firefighting equipment and apparatus. Considerable knowledge of the source and of current information about developments in firefighting, fire prevention, and emergency medical techniques. Considerable knowledge of the geography of the area, including the location of streets, water mains, fire hydrants and principal fire hazards. Ability to establish and maintain effective working relationships with subordinates, the public, and other officials. Ability to plan, initiate and carry out long-term programs in the Fire Protection District administration, training, and fire prevention programs. Ability to plan, evaluates, assign, and coordinate activities performed by the Fire Protection District members. Be physically fit to perform all the duties required in the prevention of life and property.

Desirable Experience and Training The individual requesting to be considered for the position must be a Lieutenant with the District for at least one year, and a non-probationary Fire Officer II via the Office of the State Fire Marshal. The Lieutenant must have considerable experience of a progressively responsible nature in the extinguishment of fire, the prevention of fire damage, and the provision of emergency medical assistance, including responsible supervisory duties. Desirable Required Degrees And Certification Illinois Certified as a Fire Officer II Illinois Certified Incident Safety Officer Illinois Licensed EMTB (EMTP Preferred/not needed) NIMS Compliant Unified Command Trained Associates Degree from an accredited College or University (Bachelor Degree Preferred/not needed)

Director of Finance and Administration

Position Summary The Director of Administrative Services directs and manages the day-to-day operations of the organization including, administrative services, contract compliance, all records and program files, facilities management, financial cost control, human resources for all District employees, and risk management. Also, responsible for overseeing telephone and computer systems from a hardware and software perspective. This person reports directly to the Fire Chief of Bensenville Fire Protection District. Essential Duties and Responsibilities 

Directing the planning, development, and administration of all customer service activities, programs, and services; developing and maintaining client relations in a business and social environment; assist in the Establishing policies and objectives consistent with those of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to ensure its efficient operation.



Assist in preparing the annual Levy and Budget for the Bensenville Fire Protection District; Assist in Managing the financial/fiscal operation of the Bensenville Fire Protection District; participating in the development, implementation and maintenance of policies, objectives, short-and long-range strategic planning; while overseeing the client billing reconciliations, payroll, with the developing and implementing projects and programs to assist in accomplishment of established goals.



Assisting in Planning, developing, and implementing methods and facilities for enhancing revenue sources and/or generating new revenue sources for the organization through fund raising, grants and marketing; all grant research and application processing.



Coordinating the preparation of financial statements, financial reports, special analyses, and information reports. (monthly, quarterly and annually)



Assist in the development and implementation of operating procedures and systems to increase efficiency and ensure smooth day-to-day operations. Implements improvements to organizational processes and systems including the identification, and implementation of new technology, which maximizes the efficient use of EMS and Fire technology and has a working knowledge of FIREHOUSE.



Assist in the administering of contracts and assuring compliance with all Federal and State (IDPH, OSFM and FEMA) regulations as well as funding contract requirements; preparing contract time lines; monitoring fire department divisions, performance against contract goals and other deliverables; preparing internal and external reports; maintaining key data. 36



Oversees the maintenance of computer software and hardware systems in conjunction with computer network consultant. E.g. installation of software and equipment, e-mail, server maintenance and security, and troubleshooting the system.



Develops and maintains internal financial mgt. controls including budget and cost controls; Conducts cost analysis for program expenditures; reviews and recommends costs reductions. Ensures budget is on target and invoices are paid on a timely basis. Assists in annual organizational budget process and mid-year revisions.



Recommends reviews and oversees purchasing of capital expenditures e.g. telephone system, office equipment, and computer systems; implements and maintains inventory control system. Works to ensure the budget is on target and invoices are paid on a timely basis.



Responsible for Human Resources duties includes employee orientation and maintenance of personnel files. Participation of reviewing Standard Operating Procedures.



Directly responsible for all district program filing and organization.



May negotiate insurance contracts for employee health insurance, and other related benefits.



Responsible for Risk Management, negotiates contracts and maintains all property and liability insurance for the organization.



Serve as a Hispanic liaison to aid in educational programs of all primary and secondary grades, and marketing to reach out and meet the needs of the Hispanic/Latino community.



Supervision of Administrative Assistant



FOIA Officer



Performs other duties as required.

DIRECTOR OF TRAINING Nature Of Work This is a staff position with administrative assignments primarily in the areas of fire, EMS training and fire prevention. The individual in this position must have at least 10 years firefighting and emergency medical services experience. Work involves the responsibility to the development and administration of a comprehensive training program for the improvement of all facets, divisions, and ranks of the entire Fire Protection District. Work further involves the development of a comprehensive citizen education program for the Fire Districts Served. Illustrative Examples Of Work Conduct research into available training courses and material, training needs, and state training requirements. Assists in state certification with primary emphasis on Firefighter Level II and III and any special training that would be of benefit to the cognitive ability of the firefighter. To expand the use of video and photographic equipment in drill preparations. To conduct as many hands-on training drills as possible. To computerize/prepare such records and reports as required or assigned by the Fire Chief. Required Training And Certification Illinois Certified Fire Officer II Illinois Certified Instructor III or Illinois Certified Instructor II with Training Program Manager Illinois Certified Incident Safety Officer Illinois Certified as a Fire Investigator Illinois Certified at the level of Haz-Mat Operations Illinois Licensed EMTB (EMTP Preferred/not needed) NIMS Training Associates Degree from an accredited College or University (Bachelorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Degree Preferred/not needed) Incident Command Training

LIEUTENANT Lieutenants will be under the direct supervision of the Battalion Chief through the authority of the Fire Chief for the performance of their duties. Lieutenants will respond to all calls, when available, to preserve life and property. They will supervise fire suppression and rescue operations, complying with Fire Protection District policies and procedures. The Fire Lieutenant will supervise and assist in all clean-up operations to insure a swift return to response status. The Fire Lieutenant will assure that all necessary reports and records are completed and filed within a proper and reasonable time frame (ASAP). The Fire Chief may appoint or assign a Lieutenant to a staff position to assist in the effective management of the Fire Protection District. Such functions may include but not be limited to Director of Training, Safety Officer, Apparatus/Maintenance Officer, Hazardous Materials Officer, Communications/Map Officer, Emergency Medical Officer, Records/Data Officer, and Public Information Officer. Illustrative Examples of Work Prepare such records and reports as assigned or directed by the Fire Chief or his designee. Develop and maintain safety program for personnel in compliance with N.F.P.A. standards. Initiate the appropriate action leading to the prompt repair and return to service all Fire Protection District equipment. To provide information on and to participate in the evaluation of subordinate personnel. Assume command in the absence of other chief officers, and in accordance with the established chain of command. Show maturity as a Company Officer in the leadership of any staff person assigned to his responsibility. Desirable Knowledge, Abilities and Skills Considerable knowledge of the principles and practices of modern firefighting procedures from the level of a Company Officer Considerable knowledge of the state certification procedure as it relates to his/her area of responsibility. Ability to establish and maintain effective working relationships with Fire Protection District personnel, the public, and other related agencies. 40

Ability to plan, evaluate, and coordinates Fire Protection District operations. Ability to work within assigned divisions within the fire service to include but not limited to Training, Rescue, EMS, and other activities. Ability to give and receive orders, commands or assignments in an appropriate manner. Desired Degrees and Certifications Illinois Certification as an Instructor II Illinois Certification as a Fire Officer II Illinois Certification as an Apparatus Engineer Associate Degree from an accredited College or University (Bachelor Degree Preferred) Active Participation in College Level Classes, Certifications, and/or Degrees. Considerable knowledge of the established chain of command to include areas of assigned responsibility. Required Degrees and Certifications Illinois Certification as a Fire Officer I Illinois Certification as Emergency Medical Technician Basic (EMTB) (Paramedic Preferred) Illinois Certification as Hazardous Materials Operations Fire Protection District trained as an Engineer/Fire Apparatus Operator NIMS Compliant

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

DRIVER/ENGINEER NATURE OF WORK The engineer or Designee will hold a valid Class â&#x20AC;&#x153;Bâ&#x20AC;? Non-CDL Illinois Drivers-License. He will be familiar with the state and local laws governing emergency vehicles. He shall drive all related apparatus in emergency and non-emergency situations in a safe and conscientious manner. He shall be able to position the apparatus in accordance with the directive of his officer or the highestranking officer on the scene so that it can be used to its utmost rated efficiency. The engineer or designee shall also be able to operate the pump and other mechanical equipment as required. Illustrative Examples Of Work The engineer or designee will visually and manually perform an inspection of the apparatus daily as per the form provided by the Bensenville Fire Protection District. The engineer or designee will operate the apparatus in emergency and non-emergency situations regardless of weather conditions with safety in mind at all times. In pumping situations, the engineer or designee will compute friction losses and nozzle pressures for any and all types of hose lays up to the related capacity of his pump. WITH THE SAFETY OF THE FIREFIGHTER AT THE NOZZLE AS HIS FIRST CONCERN AT ALL TIMES. Minor maintenance of the apparatus and equipment may be performed in accordance with the Maintenance manual. Conduct a weekly check of the apparatus on the scheduled day of the week. This includes but is not limited to maintaining proper vehicle fluids, checking that lights and sirens function properly, operating the components of the pump, operating and maintaining all equipment carried on the apparatus, and operating and maintaining any other components of the given apparatus. All items shall be signed by the engineer and forwarded to the maintenance division. Desirable Knowledge, Abilities And Skills Ability to drive heavy-tour apparatus. Ability to have comprehensive knowledge of fire pumps and hydraulics. Ability to do light maintenance on fire pumps. Considerable knowledge of hydrants and water distribution systems. Ability to perform maintenance checks and do minor repair work to his/her assigned vehicle.

Required Degrees Or Certification Illinois State Certification as a Firefighter II Illinois Licensed EMT-B Approved Bensenville Fire Protection District Apparatus Driving Course F.A.E. Valid Illinois Class â&#x20AC;&#x153;Bâ&#x20AC;? Non-CDL Drivers-License FIRE APPARATUS OPERATOR Any personnel operating Fire Protection District apparatus shall adhere to the following requirements. Completion of one (1) year of experience as a firefighter with an Illinois recognized Fire Protection District or Fire department. Successful completion of the Fire Protection District apparatus operator course. A basic operation class of all vehicles to be operated. The ability to demonstrate proper driving and operations of Fire Protection District apparatus in a safe and efficient manner while being evaluated by a Fire Protection District Officer. Successful completion of the National Academy for Professional Driving curriculum or equivalent. Successful completion of seven (7) hours of continuing education and completion of a practical skills evaluation form annually. Statement of Duties The FAO is under direct supervision of Fire Protection District officers. Under their supervision the FAO drives, operates and maintains ( in accordance with their classification) fire apparatus of the Fire Protection District, engages directly in firefighting, fire prevention activities and training which are designed to protect and safeguard life and property. The FAO will also assist in routine fire station maintenance and maintenance reports. In addition, the FAO will perform prescribed duties in any emergency as so declared necessary by the Fire Chief, or Command Officer in charge of the incident. Distinguishing Features of Classification The FAO is responsible for the care and management of assigned fire apparatus and motor vehicles, including safe operation of the apparatus under all circumstances consistent with conditions. The FAO along with the Officer of the apparatus is held strictly accountable for its condition at all times, particularly with its cleanliness, good order, and readiness for emergency service. The FAO is responsible for insuring that all equipment taken from the assigned or 43

operated apparatus is returned to its proper place before the apparatus leaves the scene of an incident. In addition, when the apparatus is back in quarters it is the FAO and Officerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility that the apparatus is cleaned, refueled, the water tank filled, and all portable equipment is cleaned, then inspected (i.e., fill, clean and inspect self-contained breathing apparatus, clean and inspect pike poles, axes, and ladders; replace or clean all dirty/wet fire hoses, keeping an accurate inventory of all the new hose placed in hose beds.) The FAO is also responsible for the cleaning, inspecting, and refueling of all portable power equipment. Example: saws, Amkus tools, generators. If the FAO determines that the apparatus is in need of repair, notification is to be made to the immediate supervisor promptly. A written repair order must also be made. Damage or repairs needed to motorized fire apparatus (to include ambulances or cars) will be cause for notification to the Fire Chief and or Company Officer.

FIREFIGHTER Nature of Work This is a general tour work in the prevention and suppression of fire damage and the provision of emergency medical assistance. An employee in this class is responsible for the protection of life and property by combating, extinguishing, or preventing fires and providing emergency medical assistance. Work may involve strenuous exertion under hazards and such handicaps as smoke and cramped space. Although the prevention of fire damage is the most important portion of the work, a large part of the time is spent in study and cleaning Fire Protection District equipment, apparatus, and quarters work is usually performed as a member of a team and superior if often available to assign definite duties. Work is reviewed by observation of results obtained and methods used. Illustrative Examples of Work Participates in inspections of business buildings, apartments, and other premises; checks for improperly stored flammable, adequate fire exits, and other possible fire hazards. Responds to fire alarms, connects hose to hydrants or pumps, joins hose sections and connects nozzles to hose, enters burning building with hose lines, operates nozzle and plays a stream of water on fires, operates hand fire extinguishers and similar equipment in extinguishing fires, raises, lowers and climbs ladders, ventilates burning buildings to carry off smoke and gases. Removes persons from danger and gives emergency first-aid to injured persons or those requiring medical assistance. Performs salvage operations such as placing salvage covers, sweeping water, removing debris, and placing smoke educators. Attends instruction sessions in such subjects as firefighting methods, equipment operation, street hydrant locations, and emergency medical assistance. Performs cleaning and maintenance tasks in and around the assigned station. Performs related work as required Desirable Knowledge, Abilities and Skills Knowledge of the street system and physical lay-out of the community and adjacent areas. Knowledge for first-aid methods and precautions. Ability to understand and follow oral and written instructions. Ability to react quickly and calmly in emergencies. Ability to establish and maintain effective working relationships with associates and the public. 45

Ability to perform prolonged and hazardous work under adverse conditions. Desirable Experience and Training Some experience in manual or mechanical work. Graduation from a standard high school or G.E.D. An Associateâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Degree in Fire Science Required Training and Certification During the probationary period (12 months), the recruit firefighter must successfully complete the following: Bensenville Fire Protection District Firefighter Training Academy or other similar approved academy. Illinois Certification for Firefighter II Illinois Licensed EMTB (Paramedic Preferred) F.A.E. Non-CDL Class B Licensed and cleared to operate all apparatus with the exclusion of the KURTZ Ambulance NIMS Trained 30 Hours of College Credits Successful completion of the map test with an 100% FIREFIGHTERS, PARAMEDICS, EMERGENCY MEDICAL TECHNICIAN-B. Nature of Work: Skilled emergency firefighting and emergency medical services work. Work involves responsibility for participating in the provision of emergency medical services, performance of fire suppression and rescue, public education and prevention, as well as all duties delegated by law, ordinance, rules or regulations, or practice or procedures. Work involves the operation of fire, rescue and emergency medical services equipment and the maintenance of equipment, apparatus and quarters. Employees are required to participate in the operation of apparatus and performing hazardous tasks and skilled emergency medical services procedures under emergency conditions which may involve strenuous exertion under such adverse conditions such as fire, heat, smoke, darkness, and cramped conditions. Functions and Responsibilities A. Responsible for cleaning and proper operating condition of apparatus B. Responsible for the cleanliness of the buildings/grounds. 46

C. Observant of the operating efficiency of apparatus or vehicles to his/her care and promptly inform his/her officer of any difficulties or irregularities which may affect operation or immediate response.

FIRE SUPPRESSION A. Reacts and responds to orders during medical, fire and other emergency calls in accordance with Fire Protection District procedures. B. Directs and/or supervises others at the scene of an emergency as directed. C. Engages in fire control, rescue, extinguishment, property conservation, also includes the use of hose, ladders and other fire/rescue equipment. Operates fire apparatus, rescue, and other emergency equipment under adverse emergency circumstances. D. Becomes and remains familiar with pre-plan, target and special hazards within the response area, geographical locations, rules/regulations and standard operating guide-lines for fire ground operations. EMS A. Becomes and remains familiar with the policies and procedures and the standard operating procedures of the Emergency Medical Services System, be it basic first aid, EMT-B, OR P B. Collects patient information and acts upon it. Prepares written EMS reports to include supplemental reports. C. Provides care to patients in need or when called under the direction of the resource hospital. Communicates with and transports patients to the hospital in a safe and appropriate manner. ORGANIZATIONAL SUPPORT A. Attends and participates in drills, work sessions and other classes as assigned. B. Effectively communicates and interacts positively with fellow employees and citizens. RISK CARE MANAGEMENT A. Develops and maintains required skills in the operation of respiratory equipment and apparatus. B. Develops and maintains required knowledge of safety with regards to small tools during operation. C. Corrects and/or reports all non-safe conditions or hazards to his/her supervisor. Maintains a knowledge of standards, S.O.G.â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, rules/regulations of all safety procedures of the Bensenville Fire Protection District, the Illinois Department of Labor, the Illinois Department of Public Health and the NFPA. D. Maintains a health level that enables the performance of duties.

ď&#x201A;ˇ

The above list of duties and responsibilities is not intended to be all-inclusive. The Fire Protection District reserves the right to assign additional duties and responsibilities it deems necessary and desirable, as well as take away any duties and responsibilities at its discretion.

EQUIPMENT The position requires the ability to operate the following equipment listed, but is not limited to the equipment listed. All will be shown the proper use, handling and care of the equipment. A. Basic fire and rescue tools/equipment necessary to perform job tasks and functions including but not limited to axes, pike poles, Amkus tools, ladders, forcible entry tools, hose, hose appliances, mechanical ventilation tools, portable hydraulic tools, chain and circular power saws. B. Basic ambulance equipment necessary to perform job tasks and functions but not limited to EKG monitor, 02 kits, trauma kits, childbirth kits, HARE traction splints, stretcher/cot operations, telemetry/merci radio and cellular phone operation. ENVIRONMENTAL AND WORKING CONDITIONS A. Operates both as a member of a team and independently at incidents of uncertain duration. B. Spends extensive time outside, exposed to the elements. C. Tolerates extreme fluctuations in temperature while performing duties. Must perform physically demanding work in hot/humid conditions, in cold, wet conditions while wearing protective equipment that can impair the bodyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cooling mechanisms. D. Experiences frequent transitions from hot to cold and from humid to dry. Able to work in wet, icy or muddy areas. Performs a variety of tasks on slippery, hazardous surfaces such as on rooftops or from a ladder. E. Works in areas where sustaining traumatic or thermal injury is possible. Face possible exposure to toxic substances, acids, carbon monoxide, or other solvents through inhalation or skin contact. F. Wears personal protective equipment that weighs approximately 70 pounds plus. Performs physically demanding work while wearing positive pressure breathing equipment. G. Works for long periods of time requiring sustained physical activity and intense concentration. H. Performs complex tasks during life-threatening emergencies while facing life and death decisions during emergency conditions. I. Make rapid transitions from rest to near maximal exertion without warm up periods. J. Operates in environments of high noise, poor visibility, and limited mobility, at heights and in enclosed/confined spaces. K. Uses manual and power tools in performance of duties. L. Understands and carries out oral and written orders and assignments in both emergency and non-emergency situations. M. Assimilates, retains and effectively uses geographic knowledge concerning the Village and surrounding areas. N. Relies on senses of sight, hearing, smell and touch to help determine the nature of the emergency, maintain personal safety, and make critical decisions in a confused, chaotic and potentially life-threatening environment throughout the duration of the operation.

O. Faces exposure to grotesque sights and smells associated with illness, major trauma and burn victims.

SAFETY OFFICER The Bensenville Fire Protection District shall appoint a person to act as Safety Officer. He/She shall be the chairperson of the Safety Committee and be recognized by MABAS 20 and Certified through Office of the State Fire Marshal as a Safety Officer. The primary function of the Safety Officer is to oversee the safety and well-being of all personnel operating, working, or participating in any function that require the involvement of the Fire Protection District. Characteristic It will be the Safety Officerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility to start the initial accident investigation if necessary. All reports will be finalized and submitted to the Fire Chief within 72 hours after the incident is completed. Responsibilities The Safety Officer shall review programs presented by the Training division so that Safety is promoted in all training. The Safety Officer shall also be versed on all aspects of safety. He/She shall keep the Fire Protection District updated on all new regulations that pertain to the Fire Protection District and its operations. Also the Safety Officer will keep up on all safety organizations and their regulations that pertain directly to the operations of the Fire Protection District. The Safety Officer will work with the Director of Administrative Services to insure that all records and reports for any accidents, injuries, or other occupational dysfunction are on file and kept in an orderly fashion. In addition the Safety Officer will insure that the reports are completed in a timely fashion as stated in the S.O.G.â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s.

ACCIDENT REPORTING The intent of this S.O.G. is to provide a guideline for employees and supervisors to follow when reporting accidents involving bodily injury. All accident and injuries must be reported to the employee’s immediate supervisor who will complete the necessary forms. (Illinois form 45) Failure to provide proper documentation on a timely basis could result in a loss of employee benefits or denial of workman compensation. It is incumbent that all supervisors to provide complete documentation of an incident within twenty-four hours after occurrence. Accident Report This report will be completed by the employee’s immediate supervisor, and is intended to cover minor job related injuries. The report must be completed in full and forwarded to the appropriate authority within twenty-four hours of occurrence. The accident report serves two purposes; it provides documentation of an incident, and serves as a base for further investigation. In addition, a LUMC EMS form will be processed, and the employee will be transported to the hospital should the situation warrant. State Fire Marshall’s Report The State Fire Marshall’s Report must be completed when an employee is injured during an emergency incident. The report must be completed within in twenty-four hours forwarded to the appropriate authority.

A. B. C. D.

All Injuries and Accidents On the job injuries and accidents will be dealt with in the following fashion: The injured employee will report the accident or injury to their supervisor. The supervisor will promptly complete an accident report and distribute it to the proper authority, with EMS form attached. The supervisor will make an entry in the daily log regarding the injury. A call report will be processed given a separate incident number.

Injuries requiring a Physician’s Visit or Hospitalization A. Complete all procedures as outlined in A through D above. B. The injured employee must report to the Chief of the Fire Protection District and complete the necessary forms. In the event that the employee is physically unable to complete the forms, the supervisor and safety officer will complete the necessary documentation, and provide notification to the Chief. C. Employees requiring emergency attention will be transported to Elmhurst Memorial Hospital, in Elmhurst, Illinois for examination and treatment. Non-emergency treatment may be transported to Elmhurst Hospital at the Fire Chief’s, Battalion Chief or Safety Officer’s discretion.

Public Safety Officer’s Benefits Act Congress passed the Hometown Heroes Survivors Benefits Act of 2003 on December 15, 2003. The Act amends the Omnibus Crime Control and Safe Streets Act of 1968, Section 1201 (K) and the Public Safety Officer’s Benefits (PSOB) Act of 1976. The amendment provides financial benefits if a public safety officer dies as a direct and proximate result of a heart attack or stroke in specified duty situations. Currently, the death benefit is valued at $312.573. (subject to change yearly) All firefighter personnel, career and contract, shall in the line of tour, assist citizens in the time of need. LINE of TOUR, for purposes of the death benefits only, shall include all acts performed by the firefighter within the usual scope of the firefighter’s duties. Note: This agency is in no way involved in this insurance benefit other than to assist the family in making the necessary contacts and assisting with documentation. IMPORTANT NOTE: An immediate blood sample must be taken from the deceased as soon as possible. The Federal Government requires a test for CO2 level, alcohol and drugs. See the following paragraphs. P.S.O.B.’s principal eligibility standard mandates that a firefighter’s death must be a direct and proximate result of an injury received in the line of tour. The injury- caused death rule occasionally creates medical issues requiring competent professional analysis. Nevertheless, whenever there is a reasonable doubt about the circumstances of an injury’s occurrence, P.S.O.B. gives the benefit of the doubt to the firefighter’s family and awards compensation. Beneficiaries of the PSOB Death Benefit Program must comply with the PSOB Office’s administrative review process by producing sufficient evidence to show that the public safety officer died as a direct and proximate result of a personal injury sustained in the line of duty. One such piece of evidence is an autopsy. According to the Bureau of Justice Affairs, after a fatality occurs the fire department should make arrangements for an autopsy, which often provides the PSOB Office with useful information regarding the cause of death. There is a threefold effect to not have an autopsy performed. First, it may preclude the surviving family members from receiving the PSOB death benefit. Second, it may prevent medical doctors from identifying the actual cause of death. Thirdly, it prevents investigators, including NIOSH, from identifying the actual cause of death, how the firefighter’s condition contributed to the death, and how these factors could have been identified and prevented by health/wellness programs offered by the fire department Carbon monoxide deaths are a good example of the program’s positive use of reasonable doubt. The death benefit will be paid if the blood carbon monoxide level is 10% or higher in a decedent who was a non-smoker (or 15% for smokers) even if death results from a natural cause such as a heart attack. Moreover, benefits will be paid if otherwise eligible carbon monoxide levels are reduced by the administration of oxygen and related life-saving measures.

Death from natural causes is not covered by P.S.O.B. As noted, benefits are paid for firefighter deaths that result from injuries received in the line of tour. For information on this program, you or your dependents should contact the Fire Chief, the State Fire Marshall’s Office, or the P.S.O.B. Office. Telephone

(202) 307-0635

or write:

Public Safety Officer’s Benefits Program 633 Indiana Avenue, N. W. Washington, DC 20531

*October 1, 1990 figure, amount may vary depending on annual inflation. Volunteer Firefighter Benefits State of Illinois: Benefit

$263,000.00 Line of Tour Death

Washington National Insurance Company

10,000.00 Life Insurance Benefit

Illinois Firefighter Association: Benefit Workman’s Compensation: Volunteers Firemen’s Insurance Company: Benefits 

2,000.00 Line of Tour Accident Illinois Public Risk Fund 100,000.00 Line of Tour Death Line of Tour- Accident and Health 300.0 Line of Tour Weekly Benefit

See the Fire Chief or Administrative assistant for Beneficiary forms to be updated annually.

*** Medical procedures to include autopsy must be conducted in any line of tour or suspected line of tour death associated with our organization. .

FUNERAL / LINE OF TOUR DEATH EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION / INFORMATION FORM MEMBERS NAME: _______________________________________________________ NAME OF SPOUSE: ______________________________________________________ HOME ADDRESS: ________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ SPOUSE WORKPLACE: ___________________________________________________ ADDRESSS: _____________________________________________________________ WORK PHONE: __________________________________________________________ NEXT OF KIN TO BE NOTIFIED IF UNABLE TO NOTIFY SPOUSE NAME: _________________________________________________________________ ADDRESS: ______________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ PHONE: ________________________________________________________________ LIST IN ORDER OF YOUR PREFERENCE THE INDIVIDUALS YOU WOULD LIKE TO ASSIST THE ADMINISTRATION IN MAKING ANY NOTIFICATION ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________

DO YOU HAVE ANY PRE-ARRANGED FUNERAL DETAILS WE SHOULD KNOW ABOUT (i.e. FUNERAL HOME, CEMETARY, CHURCH, CREMATION, ETC.)? ___________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ IF YOU HAVE A PREFERENCE PLEASE INDICATE UP TO EIGHT INDIVIDUALS WHO WOULD SERVE AS PALLBEARERS, (IF NOT MEMBERS OF THIS FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT, PLEASE PROVIDE ADDRES AND PHONE NUMBER): ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ IF YOU ARE ENTITLED TO ANY MILITARY CONSIDERATIONS AT THE TIME OF THE FUNERAL PLEASE INDICATE BELOW: ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ PLEASE INDICATE A FRIEND OR RELATIVE THAT COULD WATCH YOUR CHILDREN AT A MOMENTS NOTICE: ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________

ARE YOU USUALLY AVAILABLE AND WILLING TO WATCH ANOTHER FIREFIGHTER’S CHILDREN IN AN EMERGENCY? YES___________

NO_____________

PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND RETURN THIS FORM SO THAT IT MAY BE PLACED IN YOUR FILE. ___________________________________________ DATE: ____________________ FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT MEMBER ___________________________________________ DATE: _____________________

INTRODUCTION When a firefighter’s death occurs, whether it is tour-related or not, the period that follows is extremely traumatic for the family and friends of the deceased. One of the purposes of this manual is to provide information so that every firefighter of the Bensenville Fire Protection District and his/her family are aware of the services available prior to the tragedy striking. Regardless of the circumstances surrounding the death or the deceased present status in the Fire Protection District, an initial family contact will be made in person by the Fire Chief. The Fire Chief with the approval of the deceased’s family, will appoint an officer to be the Family Liaison Officer. This person will explain the Fire Protection District’s Funeral policy to the deceased’s family members and offer our assistance if they choose to utilize any segment of this manual. It is very important that no assumptions be made or acted upon without the contact and consent of the immediate family. The key question that must be asked is “Does the family want a Fire Protection District service?” If the answer is yes, the service may mean a large ceremony or a simple ceremony, based on the family’s wishes. The information that is acquired by the Family Liaison Officer will be discussed with the Fire Chief. The Fire Chief will set up an emergency meeting of Fire Protection District personnel so they may act on the wishes of the family. This will be without hourly salary. The intent of this manual is to offer a standard, protocol, checklist and guide so that we know how to organize a ceremony that will be fitting tribute to a fallen comrade. The conditions that will prevail when tragedy strikes will require specific alignments in our organization to meet the needs of the days to follow. The specifics include: 1. Good organization and coordination 2. Good communications 56

3. 4. 5. 6.

Maintenance and flexibility Assurance not to overload one individual Moral and emotional support to the next of kin Adherence to the requests and services as determined by the servicing family members.

This manual is designed so that we may follow the guides to the letter or pick and choose as appropriate. Whatever the choice, the tribute should meet community, and most importantly, family wishes and needs. It is important to emphasize that the Fire Protection District personnel involved, especially the individual charges with the total coordination effort, understands his/her roles. The role involves being a coordinator for and liaison with the Fire Protection District for the deceased member’s family as well as the funeral director and the family’s choice. The Fire Protection District’s responsibility does not include the duties of the funeral director, but does include working with the funeral director in the order to accomplish shared goals in the best interest of the deceased member’s family. PURPOSE OF MANUAL The purpose of this manual is to assist in picking and choosing a service that will become a fitting tribute to a fallen comrade. It is designed as a sequence and procedure guide that walks the key individuals step-by-step through their assigned responsibilities. The exact use of the manual is as follows: 1. The two sections that should be reviewed prior to any tragic event include: a. Preparatory concerns b. Initial on - scene actions 2. In the event of a death, the Fire Protection District must first determine the “funeral type” under which the death should fall. This will act as an initial guide on how the Fire Protection District and survivors will interact. 3. After determining the funeral type, reference the Suggested Services for Funeral Type section. A meeting with other concerned Fire Protection District members may be appropriate in order to determine the direction of services to be offered. 4. The next step is to review the tour descriptions, especially the Family Liaison Officer’s and Survivor Action Officer’s roles. Upon completion of the Family Liaison Officer’s meeting with the surviving family members, the funeral options that may be used will be identified. 5. Review the tour descriptions and appoint individuals to serve in the required capacities 6. Review and assign the appropriate funeral option to be exercised with the appropriate key personnel. 7. Select the appropriate readings, music, formations, etc., through the key positions and the Family Liaison Officer. 8. Review and complete the required federal and local forms, when applicable and survivor’s benefits. 57

9. Be sure the Family Liaison Officer understands follow-up measures with the family as described under his/her description. PREPARATION This action will be completed and put into action as prescribed by the Fire Chief.

PREPARATORY CONSIDERATIONS To help eliminate much of the confusion and emotional trauma in the event a tragedy strikes a fellow firefighter, the following preparatory items will become Fire Protection District policy and will be adhered to. PERSONNEL INFORMATION SHEET A complete and through information sheet on each employee will be maintained. Information included on this sheet will contain at least the following information: 1. Complete name of the employee 2. Next of kin 3. Alternates for the next of kin 4. Religion or belief 5. Church affiliation PHOTOGRAPHS A current photograph of each employee (in uniform) will be maintained in each personâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s file and will be available for news releases or burial photos. FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT RESUME OR BACKGROUND Each employee will have his / her personnel file periodically updated (at least every two years) to include a historical picture of his / her career and personal accomplishments. Some items of concern are: 1. Career profile 2. Promotions 3. Educational background 4. Personal accomplishments 5. Professional and personal affiliations 6. Family profile (survivors) INJURY OF A SERIOUS NATURE NOTIFICATION The Officer in charge shall notify the Fire Chief when an injury of a serious nature occurs to a firefighter. The Fire Chief will respond to the hospital to be with the injured firefighter. The Fire 58

Chief will notify the spouse and/or family of his/her injury and will offer transportation for the spouse or family to the hospital. If the firefighter has small children at home, a firefighter or Fire Protection District employee will be assigned to watch them until being relieved by a FD member or a relative. AMBULANCE CREW The ambulance crew who transported the injured firefighter to the hospital shall remain at the hospital with the injured firefighter until the Fire Chief arrives and information pertaining to the extent of injuries, and other pertinent information, is conveyed to the Chief Officer. No employee shall provide information to the media or other agencies pertaining to the extent of injury unless authorized by a Chief Officer. ON SCENE DEATH OR INJURY THAT MAY CAUSE DEATH In the event a serious incident occurs whereby said incident has led to or may lead to the death of a firefighter, the Battalion Chief, Fire Chief, or other Officer, will be responsible to see that the following actions are accomplished. 1. Secure the scene of the area where the incident occurred. 2. Do not give press release or make statements to the media 3. Establish a telephone link capability from the scene. 4. If the injury occurred at the time where protective equipment was worn, immediately confiscate all the protective equipment that the firefighter was wearing. This includes air pack, mask, and personal gear. If rope was being used, confiscate the rope and all other rope equipment. 5. Notify the following individuals: a. Chief of the Fire Protection District b. Fire Protection District Safety Officer c. Fire Protection District Battalion Commander d. State Fire Marshal ( upon death of a firefighter) HOSPITAL LIAISON OFFICER After proper notification by the Incident Officer, the Fire Chief will be responsible for going directly to the receiving hospital and assuming the duties of the Hospital Liaison Officer. His / her duties will be as follows: 1. Meet and console the injured firefighter’s spouse or family members. 2. Acquire information pertaining to the firefighter’s condition from the ambulance crew who treated him / her. Relieve the crew (if desired) to return to incident scene or quarters. 3. Update the Fire Ground Commander of any significant information relating to the patient’s condition. 4. Assure that no press releases are made until the family has been notified and arrives at the hospital. Press releases may be given by the Fire Chief or any person he authorizes to do so. 5. Assure that blood gases are drawn on the injured or deceased firefighter as soon as possible. 6. Collect all personal articles of the firefighter, should pronouncement of death occur. 7. Contact or assign someone to contact the debriefing team to respond to the Fire Protection District as soon as possible. The Critical Incident Stress Debriefing Team is to be contacted through the Loyola Hospital Switchboard operator by calling (708) 327-2547 or the N.I.C.I.D.T. at (800) 225-2473. Inform the operator that you are requesting the team to respond to our Fire 59

Protection District. Give location of where the team is to respond (administration building, fire station, etc.) The Loyola telephone operator will then contact the Project Medical Director or the E.M.S. Director via pager. They will then contact the N.I.C.I.D.T. to respond to our location. NOTIFICATION OF NEXT OF KIN The Fire Chief is responsible for the notification of next of kin (unless he assigns a designee) in all cases of a line - of - tour death. This shall be done in person, whenever possible. The Officer making the notification should be prepared to assist the next of kin with the immediate emotional trauma associated with the notification. The notifying Officer will make this notification with the assistance of a firefighter friend of the family and crew will be assigned to accompany the Fire Chief when the next of kin is notified. Prompt, judicious notification of the next of kin is of the utmost importance in the case of a line - of - tour death. The official personal notification serves to assure the next of kin of the validity of the information and to provide a knowledgeable source of information concerning the death. This official notification must be made before any details of the death are released to the news media. The notification Officer shall stay with the next of kin until a family member or friend arrives. He/she should make the offer to transport the next of kin to the hospital and remain with the next of kin until the time to depart is appropriate. The notification Officer shall: 1. Wear Class B uniform 2. Assign a Fire Protection District member who is a friend of the family to accompany him/her. 3. Familiarize him/her with the circumstances of the death and personnel data concerning the deceased before making notification. 4. Determine if the family has a particular person, specifically a close friend and Fire Protection District member, to act as a Family Liaison Officer. FUNERAL TYPES There are six types of circumstances that would affect the type of services that a Fire Protection District provides from the beginning of a funeral to the survivorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s follow-up process. The following explains the circumstances delineating the types: TYPE I On-Tour incident relating to a series of events causing the firefighter to rapidly deteriorate from a healthy state to a biological death. TYPE II On-tour incident relating to a series of events causing the firefighter to gradually deteriorate form a health state to biological death.

TYPE III Off - tour incident relating to a series of events causing the firefighter to rapidly or gradually deteriorate from a healthy state to biological death. TYPE IV A retired Fire Protection District member who, through a series of events, deteriorates to biological death. TYPE V A past Fire Protection District member who does not meet any of the above criteria but who, through a series of events deteriorates to biological death. TYPE VI A non - firefighting individual who has passed away, who may have some emotional or professional ties, whereby the local Fire Protection District would like to officially pay a formal tribute. SUGGESTED SERVICES FOR FUNERAL TYPES The following lists the different types of situations and the suggested services to be offered by the Fire Protection District to the family. Regardless of the type of situation involving the death, it is a good idea for a Family Liaison Officer and a Survivor Action Officer to be appointed. These individuals will play key roles in all of the funeral types mentioned. The most important in any situation is that prior approval of any and all funeral services offered by the Fire Protection District must be given by the family of the deceased. Under no circumstances should assumptions be made. All points must be discussed with the family by the Family Liaison Officer and coordinated through the Fire Protection District by the Survivor Action Officer. The criteria being offered is only suggested. The Fire Protection District may choose the entire plan or any part thereof, regardless of the type of death involved. The types of funeral and their suggested options are: TYPE I - On - tour Death - Rapid Onset of biological Death 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

All key position appointed as indicated by Family Liaison Officer. All funeral options exercised all on-scene actions indicated Follow - up assistance and care for survivors Military Standards in place. All survivor benefits investigated and / or pursued. Federal Policies 61

TYPE II - On - Tour Death - Gradual Deterioration to Biological Death 1. All items as mentioned under Type I 2. Family Liaison Officer contact from point of injury to termination of interment process 3. Federal Policies TYPE III - Off Tour Death 1. All key positions appointed as instructed by Family Liaison Officer 2. Suggested funeral options: a. Honor Guard b. Pall Bearers c. Meals d. Child Care e. Procession f. Flower Car (Fire Truck) g. Formation h. Last Alarm Service i. Appropriate readings / eulogy j. Walk through k. Post - service reception l. Bunting m. Follow - up family assistance n. Pursuance of appropriate survivor benefits o. Family Transportation TYPE IV - PAST FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT MEMBER (does not meet any other types) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Key positions include Family Liaison Officer and Survivor Action Officers Honor Guard Pall Bearers Readings / eulogy Walk through

TYPE V - Non - Firefighting Related Individual 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Family Liaison Officer is only key position Pall Bearers Readings / eulogy Walk through

TOUR DESCRIPTIONS (KEY PERSONNEL)

SURVIVOR ACTION OFFICER The Fire Chief will assume the position of Survivor Action Officer or appoint someone to act as his her representative in providing liaison with the next of kin. The Survivor Action Officer is a special staff assignment. As a representative of the Fire Chief, the Survivor Action Officer should receive the full cooperation of the entire Fire Protection District. The survivor Action Officer is responsible for the management of several important activities. His / her principal concern is the ongoing welfare of the next of kin. He / she will render whatever assistance is necessary in settling the personal affairs of the deceased member and assisting the family through the crisis. The Survivor Action Officer coordinates the activities of a number of personnel assigned to handle specific aspects of the funeral arrangements and to assist the surviving family. These assignments include: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Family Liaison Officer: On call to the surviving family 24 hours per day as logistical contact. Provides transportation and constant communication with the Survivor Action Officer. Funeral Officer: Provides coordination and interaction with the funeral director. (see tour description) Church Officer: Provides coordination and interaction with the church to arrange the funeral service. (see tour description) Cemetery Officer: Provides coordination and interaction with the cemetery. ( see tour description) Procession Officer: Arranges and directs the funeral procession. ( see tour description)

Additional duties include: Assure next of kin notification has occurred. Notify all Fire Protection District stations of death. Issue news release to media and communications center. Assure notification of all off - tour and vacationing personnel. Arrange to have flags lowered to half-mast and bunting placed on station (s), as appropriate. Contact association president for coordination purposes. Notify all other city Fire Protection Districts. Notify all other Fire Departments and Fire Protection Districts. Make appropriate follow - up contacts when funeral arrangements and schedules have been determined. 10. Personally collect all of the deceasedâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s personal items from station and forward same to Family Liaison Officer. 11. Conduct a coordination meeting with the key personnel as soon as possible (Family Liaison, Church, Funeral, Cemetery, and Procession Officers) so that everyone understands what options will be exercised in the ceremony. Once established, all key personnel should be instructed to make the appropriate contacts and when the next final coordination will be. 12. Remain a key contact person for outside agencies, news media, and other Fire Protection Districts in relation to the death and subsequent ceremony. 13. Make appropriate arrangements for post funeral meal and facility to handle a large group of people (with family approval through the Family Liaison Officer.) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

14. Call the final key personnel coordination meeting together and establish what the deceased memberâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s family would like to have from the Fire Protection District. a. Establish timetable or schedule b. Identify times and places for group gatherings in accordance with ceremonies. c. Re-contact all appropriate people and agencies with the schedule, meeting places, and special instructions. 15. Contact support agencies, as appropriate, to arrange for their assistance through the appropriate key person. 16. Contact appropriate Fire Protection District personnel to arrange for finalization of required paperwork, forms, etc. 17. Obtain six copies of the death certificate. 18. Contact neighboring Fire Protection Districts for purposes of station coverage for equipment and personnel during funeral. 19. Maintain key coordination and contact position for the remainder of the events. 20. Coordinate the post funeral meal process and assure future family follow - up by the Family Liaison Officer. 21. Assure all Fire Protection District functions return to normal. 22. If Critical Incident Stress Debriefing Team is needed, contact is to be made through Loyola Hospital switchboard operator by calling ( 708 ) 327-2547 or NCID Team at ( 800 ) - 225 - 2473 . FAMILY LIAISON OFFICER The duties of the Family Liaison Officer include: 1. Have a Fire Protection District vehicle assigned to him / her for the entire funeral process. 2. Quickly report to the deceasedâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s residence and provide reassurance and support to the family. 3. Be prepared to discuss all parameters of the funeral process, its ceremonies and counsel the family in its decisions. The Family Liaison Officer must be able to relay information to the Fire Protection District as to what level of involvement Fire Protection District will have in the funeral process in accordance with the wishes of the family. 4. Assist the family in its decisions to determine what events, readings, music, and extent of church and cemetery services are wanted. He / she then must relay these requests on the key personnel at the coordination meeting to determine which packages will be used. 5. Assist the family in determining the six or eight primary pall bearers and the optional honorary pall bearers. 6. Assist the family in determining: a. Type of interment b. Which funeral home will be used? c. Which church will be used? d. Which clergy will be used? e. Which cemetery will be used? f. Will the deceased be buried in uniform ( If so, obtain the uniform) g. Obtain all articles of clothing the deceased will wear. h. Obtain a recent photograph of the deceased for funeral director (personnel file or family) i. Determine length of church service as well as: 64

1. Who will read scripture? 2. What scripture will be read? 3. What music will be played at the church? 4. Who will deliver the sermon? 5. Deliver background information on deceased to individual delivering funeral eulogy. 6. Ending last alarm bell service j. Determine length of wake and establish tentative schedule k. Determine what ceremonies will take place at ceremony 1. Readings 2. Eulogy l. Procession items: Will an Engine or Ladder truck be used as a caisson or will a conventional hearse be used instead? 1. Will an Engine or ladder truck be used as a flower car? 2. Will personnel walk alongside the caisson or drive in a procession? m. Identify and determine any other special considerations on behalf of the family; special requests, etc. 7. Maintain 24 - hour contact with family and the Survivor Action Officer: 8. Address the following items with the family and the Survivor Action Officer:

f. g. h. i. j. k.

l. m. n. o. p. q. r.

a. Autopsy report, birth certificate, marriage certificate, death certificate (Workmanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Comp.), VA or Military records. (Order death certificates in Fire Protection Districtâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s name to get them free.) b. Consult an attorney for the family to review all matters. ( optional) c. Fire Protection District Retirement Plan - Survivor Benefits d. VA - Widow and children benefits and burial benefits. e. Social Security - Survivor benefits. W-2 form from finance / personnel Fire Protection District Final paycheck, including sick leave and vacation payoffs Income tax report Loans outstanding that may be insured, including credit union loans Transfer of ownership of property and vehicles to survivors. Review all bills before payment by survivors for legality, honesty and accuracy, including illness, previous debts, and funeral expenses. Some bills may be covered by medical insurance or otherwise not be legally due. Private insurance policies - assist in collecting same Change title on all bank accounts Advise survivors not to loan money to any person, especially relative and friends. (Put money in the bank) There will be ample time to invest wisely after the turmoil dies down. Investigate possibility of scholarships available for college for surviving dependents. Check on mortgage insurance. Check on third party lawsuits with an attorney. (Example: Firefighter at a fire scene are hit by an auto. Firefighter may be able to sue driver / owner for damage.) Check on Workmanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Compensation with an attorney.

FUNERAL OFFICER The Funeral Officerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s duties include the primary responsibility of coordination with the funeral director and fulfillment of the familyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s wishes where the funeral director is involved. Additional duties include determining the following from the Survivor Action Officer and the Family Liaison Officer at the Coordination meeting: 1. Tentative scheduling of events and the length of time the mourning and burial process will involve. 2. Determining Fire Protection District vehicles which will be used for caissons of flower vehicles (should they not be used, Funeral Officer must make arrangements for conventional methods.) 3. Arranging transportation for the immediate family from the funeral home to the cemetery. 4. Establishing a schedule for an honor guard at the funeral home which should be made up of firefighters in the appropriate uniform. 5. Coordinating any formal walk through of uniformed personnel during the period of viewing with the agencies and funeral director, including seating arrangements. 6. Coordinating any prayer services to be conducted at the funeral home and forwarding information to the Survivor Action Officer 7. Developing a schedule for uniformed personnel the day of the funeral for coordination at the funeral home, including: a. Arrival time of uniformed personnel with specific instructions as to where to gather. b. Briefing and development of formations that will be used when the casket is removed. c. Briefing of proper protocols for entering and leaving funeral home as stated under Military Standards 8. Coordinating vehicle staging with procession Officer, including arrangements for Fire Protection District vehicles to be used. 9. Obtaining clothing that the deceased will wear during viewing from Family Liaison Officer and delivering to funeral director. 10. Establishing and coordinating any special reading to be used at the funeral home. 11. Obtaining white gloves for all pall bearers. CHURCH OFFICER The Church Officer has the primary responsibility for coordinating all of the activities and ceremonies at the church. Additional duties include: 1. Attending the coordination meeting and determining the following from the Survivor Action Officer and Family Liaison Officer: a. Tentative scheduling b. Location of church c. Clergy to be used d. Scripture to be read and readers e. Type and length of service f. What ceremonial items are being requested by family ( i.e.;., last alarm bell service) g. Musical arrangements to be used ( e.g., Battle Hymn of the Republic) h. Special musical arrangements i. Who will deliver eulogy and deliver deceasedâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s resume 2. Contacting the Procession Officer and coordinating vehicle staging procession. 66

3. Making seating arrangements for those attending church service. Dedicated seating should be provided for: a. Pall Bearers b. Honor Guard c. Uniformed personnel 4. Considering formations and coordinating same during arrival and removal of casket from church. Reviewing military commands for formation and issuing them where appropriate. 5. Developing any special prayer cards and providing for their reproduction. 6. Developing a Funeral Program to be handed out to people in attendance, and providing for their reproduction. CEMETERY OFFICER The cemetery Officer is primarily responsible for the coordination and preparation of the events from the time the procession vehicles are stopped and people exit the vehicles. He/she is also responsible for being the liaison with the cemetery people. Additional duties include: 1. Attending the coordination meetings and determining from the Survivor Action Officer and Family Liaison Officer, the following information: a. Type of interment to be used: 1. Burial 2. Crypt 3. Cremation b. Familyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s wishes regarding: 1. Scripture reading at grave site, if applicable 2. Who will read the Scripture 2. Upon receiving this information, the Cemetery Officer should be responsible for: a. Scheduling and coordinating the sequence of events under item 1b. This includes coordinating requests for special items as mentioned with Survivor Action Officer. b. Developing the formation of personnel and issuing of orders as appropriate and consistent with Military Standards. 3. Assuring the cemetery takes care of all the necessary items such as : a. Overhead protection for the immediate family at the burial site b. A public address system where appropriate c. That the pall bearers be familiar and understand the process of folding and presenting the flag to the widow/widower 4. Assuring specifically assigned medical personnel be provided at the cemetery for the family should they require immediate medical assistance. 5. Upon dismissal of the formation, providing instructions as to location of post funeral meal ( as determined by the Survivor Action Officer and Family Liaison Officer) 7.6 Procession Officer Their primary responsibility is of coordinating the funeral procession from the funeral home to the church and the, finally to the cemetery. The following duties fall within his/her responsibility: 1. Attending the coordination meeting and determining the following: a. Name of funeral home 67

Name of church Name of cemetery If an Engine is to be used as caisson or will conventional mode be used If a Fire Protection District vehicle will be used as a flower vehicle Tentative time schedule If the procession will involve walking 1. Honor Guard 2. Pall Bearers Establishing a simple, systematic scheme for staging and coordinating vehicles at each location. Determine any special considerations for the procession may involve by contacting the Family Liaison Officer. These include: a. Will the procession drive past the deceasedâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s home, fire station or other significant concerns? b. Will a special line - up of equipment be needed at any point in the procession for the purposes of showing respect? c. Will crossed aerial equipment be used over the cemetery entrance so the procession will drive under it? If so, the request for request for the equipment should be forwarded to the Survivor Action Officer. The actual coordination for the aerials belongs to the Procession Officer. d. Coordinate the vehicle staging at the church and cemetery with the appropriate key personnel. Upon completion of the above, making contact with the local Police Department and: a. Determining the routes b. Determining the appropriate traffic control c. Requesting local Police Department to coordinate efforts with other Police Agencies. Develop maps indicating the route and any other specific instructions. These maps should be handed out at the briefing at the funeral home prior to the beginning of the service. The protocol for aligning the proper sequence of vehicles in a procession is basically as follows, from first to last: a. Lead police/fire car b. Flower caisson or car c. Hearse or Engine d. Immediate family limousines or cars e. Pall Bearers and Honor Guard f. Immediate Fire Chiefâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Vehicle g. Other immediate Fire Protection District vehicles h. Immediate Police Department vehicles i. Local Village Fathers and/or Administrators j. Visiting or neighboring Fire Protection District vehicles k. Visiting or neighboring Police Vehicles l. Other Municipal vehicles m. Friends of the family in private vehicles n. Rear Police or Fire vehicles Contacting the Survivor Action Officer to determine which apparatus will be used as caisson and /or flower vehicle. Once established, the Procession Officer must assure the following items are taken care of in relation to the Fire Protection District vehicles: b. c. d. e. f. g.

2. 3.

5. 6.

a. Apparatus be thoroughly cleaned and the hose bed stripped. b. Bunting is placed on the apparatus to be used. c. Hose beds be adapted to easily facilitate casket placement and removal FUNERAL OPTIONS See above Funeral Descriptions. HONOR GUARD Should an honor guard be requested by the family, it becomes the responsibility of the Funeral Officer to assure that the request is complied with. Honor Guards are to report to the detail in dress uniform and each be outfitted with white gloves. Two honor guards are provided during each time period, with positions taken up at the head and foot of each casket. The honor guards are to be relieved after each twenty minute interval. The proper method of one honor guard relieving another is addressed in the Military Standards section. The Funeral Officer will be in charge of the honor guard and their assignments. All honor guards shall be at parade rest position when the guard position near the casket. All casket guards shall come to attention when A CHIEF OFFICER pays their respects. At dismissal time, all honor guard members shall move to the front of the chapel in single file and line up in front of the casket. All guards will offer a final salute, and then leave the chapel in single file. PALL BEARERS Should the family choose to use Fire Protection District members as pall bearers, it is the Family Liaison Officerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility to determine which firefighters the family would like to have. The total number of pall bearers should be between six and eight. The pall bearers should wear dress uniforms, including hats and white gloves. Pall bearers are exempt from the majority of orders given to the remainder of the formation due to the specific responsibility they are assigned. The instructions on the removal, handling, and transportation of the casket should be given Funeral Officer under the advisement of the funeral director. Should a fire Engine be used as a caisson to carry the casket, the pall bearers should be assigned to ride on the apparatus from the beginning to the end of the funeral procession. Traditionally, especially for veterans and other uniformed personnel, the casket is draped with the American Flag. Should this option be exercised, three of the pall bearers will be expected to remove, fold, and present the flag to the widow/widower at the cemetery. Two pall bearers fold the flag under applicable military standards and present it to the third pall bearer who, in turn presents it to the Fire Chief, who presents it to the next of kin. The coordination of flag folding falls to the Cemetery Officer (see Military Standards). 69

BURIAL IN UNIFORM Should the family choose to bury the deceased in uniform, the option may be exercised. Regardless of uniform or civilian clothing being used, the Family Liaison Officer will have to deliver the clothing to the Funeral Officer, or funeral director. CLOSED CASKET If the family wishes to have a closed casket, the Family Liaison Officer should suggest that it would be appropriate that a Fire Protection District picture of the deceased in full dress uniform be placed on the casket during the wake and that his/her dress hat be placed on top of the casket, next to the picture. It is important that permission from the deceasedâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s family members be acquired before this is done. FLOWER CAR If the decision is made to use a piece of firefighting apparatus as a flower vehicle, it will be cleaned. Draped in funeral bunting, and retrofitted to carry the flowers. The Fire Chief must give authorization to have this unit taken out of service for the required period. CAISSON An Engine may be appropriate as a caisson to carry the casket. Should this option be exercised, the Engine will have to be cleaned, draped in bunting, retrofitted to easily accept the casket, and taken out of service for the required time period. CROSSED AERIAL LADDERS Should the family wish to have the crossed aerial ladder option exercised at the cemetery entrance, the Family Liaison Officer should forward this request to the Survivor Action Officer for coordination and approval. WELFARE FUND Local financial institutions may be interested in sponsoring a memorial fund for the deceasedâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s survivors. The Survivor Action Officer may request the assistance of the association, local service clubs, etc., in accomplishing this task. The family should be apprised that it is being done. REFRESHMENTS OR POST FUNERAL RECEPTION

An after - service reception may be held at a church hall, school cafeteria, or fire station, should the family approve. The Survivor Action Officer should coordinate the event, calling upon association or local chamber of commerce in donating food for the service. TRANSPORTATION The Fire Protection District will offer to provide a Fire Protection District vehicle and driver to the immediate next of kin during the viewing and funeral period. Should the option be exercised, the chosen Family Liaison Officer will be the driver of the vehicle. WALK THROUGH A scheduled walk through paying tribute to the deceased may be exercised as a form of paying tribute from fellow firefighters. Should it be exercised, the Funeral Officer should schedule the walk through and have Fire Personnel line up single file by rank and agency. The formation then files through single file past the casket, stopping briefly to pay tribute. The contingent then exits the chapel. SCRIPTURE READINGS Scripture reading or verses are appropriate during the funeral homes, church, or cemetery services. The deceased’s family members should select the appropriate readings and who will read them. (See the suggested Scripture readings section for examples) EULOGY The Family Liaison Officer should ask the deceased’s family members if they would like a eulogy given. It is strongly recommended that the Fire Chief deliver the Eulogy. In the event that the family exercises this option, they must decide who will deliver the eulogy and when. The eulogy may be appropriate at one of the steps in the entire ceremony, including funeral home, church, and /or cemetery. A clergy member or close family friend from the Fire Protection District may perform this task. The Family Liaison Officer will be responsible for making the appropriate contacts. FIREMEN’S PRAYER The Family Liaison Officer should ask the deceased’s family members if they would like a Fireman’s Prayer given. The family members should decide who will deliver the prayer and when. The prayer may be appropriate at any one of the steps in the entire ceremony, including funeral home, church, and/or cemetery. It is suggest that the prayer be given by the Fire Protection District Chief or a fellow firefighter. (See Fireman’s Prayer Section) LAST ALARM SREVICE

A traditional bell ringing ceremony at the end of the church service may be given, signifying the firefighter’s last alarm. It is suggested that this service be conducted by the Chief of the Fire Protection District. (See “Ringing of the Bell” Section) 8.16 FUNERAL ENTOURAGE If a decision is made by the deceased’s family members to have the funeral entourage pass the Fire Station, the following shall be adhered to: 1. All station apparatus shall line up on the stations apron. 2. All on tour station personnel shall line up in front of the apparatus and salute the casket carrier only as it passes by. 3. The station personnel from the station to which the deceased was assigned shall see that a pair of empty boots, a turn out coat, and a helmet are placed in the row of station personnel paying respect as the entourage passes the station, with the coat placed on top of the boots and helmet placed on top of the coat. CHILD CARE Should child care present a problem for the family of the deceased during the viewing and funeral period, family friends or association members may be able to assist greatly in caring for the children. Should this be identified as a need, the Survivor Action Officer should be the coordinator of this process.

FUNERAL PROCESSION The family of the deceased may indicate the desire for a Fire Protection District funeral procession from the funeral home to the church, then to the cemetery. It will be the responsibility of the Funeral Procession Officer to coordinate the procession. The responsibilities begin by staging the vehicles at the funeral home prior to the funeral beginning and end upon arrival at the cemetery. Specific options for this include: 1. Fire Protection District vehicles used as caisson, flower car, and miscellaneous transportation. 2. The procession route must be chosen and may include a drive or walk by: a. The deceased’s fire station b. The deceased’s home c. Any other special consideration. 3. Consider the following: a. Is a static display of apparatus requested or appropriate on the procession route? b. Did the family request crossed ladders at the cemetery entrance FORMATION - FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT PERSONNEL

Formations may be appropriate under certain circumstances. Should this option be exercised, the formations would be at the following points in the ceremony: 1. Walk through of all attending firefighters at the funeral home 2. Honor guard formations at the funeral home, to the hearse or caisson. 3. Honor guard formations either side of the casket entry to and exit from the church. 4. Honor guard formations either side of the casket’s exit path from the hearse or Engine caisson to the interment (See Military Standards for correct formations) STANDARD FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT PROCEDURES To be followed as directed by the Chief of the Fire District. WHITE GLOVES White gloves shall be worn by all uniformed pall bearers and honorary pall bearers. The pall bearers shall place their white gloves on the casket after the grave side ceremony is completed and before the casket is lowered. EMERGENCY LIGHTS Emergency lights on all Fire Protection District vehicles shall be turned on during the procession. FLAGS AT HALF STAFF Upon notification that a Fire Protection District member has died, American Flags flown at all fire stations will be lowered to half-mast. They will remain at half-mast until 1700 hours on the day of the interment. When a flag is flown at half mast, all other flags shall be removed from the same halyard. BADGE SHROUDING The shrouding of a badge is accomplished by placing a ½” to ¾” piece of black material horizontally at the badge’s midpoint, entirely around the badge. The shroud should be placed on badges at his time of notification of the death of a member. If the deceased firefighter died in the line of tour, the shroud shall be worn for a 30 - day mourning period. If the deceased was a retired firefighter or an active member who died from other causes, the shroud shall be worn for a period of 7 days. Badge shrouding will be provided by the Fire Chief. All Fire Protection District personnel, when wearing a Fire Protection District uniform and badge, shall wear the shrouding for the required mourning period as directed by the Fire Chief FUNERAL BUNTING

Any Fire Protection District apparatus that is used as a caisson or flower car shall be draped with funeral bunting. The Fire Station(s) shall be draped with funeral bunting. If the deceased died in the line of duty, the station bunting shall be displayed for a period of 30 days. If the deceased was an active member who died from other causes, the bunting shall be displayed for a period of 7 days. Any exceptions to the above will be the decision of the Fire Chief. AMBULANCE ASSIGNMENT An ALS ambulance will be assigned to the funeral during the funeral procession and during the visitation hours. The ambulance will be out of service for the purpose of medical response. During the visitation, the ambulance will proceed directly behind the cars of the immediate family members. Once at the cemetery, the ambulance will pull over and allow all cars and apparatus to pass into the cemetery grounds, at which time the ambulance will stand by at the front of the cemetery until further notice. If the ambulance is staffed with Fire Protection District personnel, dress uniforms will be worn. Options: a. Consider transporting pall bearers by ambulance b. Consider using certified paramedics from another Fire Protection District to staff the ambulance. POLICE ASSISTANCE If the funeral is held within the Bensenville Fire Protection District, the Police Department is to be notified and their assistance in the following areas: 1. Staging areas 2. Escorts 3. Parking 4. Street Closings The Procession Officer will be responsible for contacting the police. A representative from the Police Fire Protection District shall be invited to attend all meetings held by the funeral committee. REGISTRATION CARDS The Procession Officer will distribute registration cards to all fire, police, and Municipal agencies that attend the ceremony. He/she shall see that they are completed and returned. This will provide an accurate number of Fire Protection Districts present which will enable the Fire Protection District to thank them accordingly for their presence. FUNERAL FORMATIONS The following are the suggested formations to be used when a ceremony is conducted. Based on the familyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s wishes, all ceremonial elements may be utilized, or just a few.

MILITARY STANDARDS This standard will be followed as appropriate. 74

POSITION OF ATTENTION Assume the position of “Attention” on the command “Fall In “or the command “Attention” to assume this position, bring your heels together smartly so that the hells are on the same line with your toes pointing out equally, forming an angle of 45 degrees. Keep your legs straight without locking your knees. Hold your body erect with your hips level, chest lifted and arched, and your shoulders square and even. Let your arms hang straight, without stiffness, along your sides with the back of the hands outward; curl your fingers so that the tips of the thumbs are alongside and touching the first joint of your forefingers. Keep your thumbs straight and along the seams of your trousers, with all fingertips touching the trouser legs. Keep your head erect and hold it squarely to the front with your chin drawn in so that the axis of your head and neck is vertical. Look straight to the front. Rest the weight of your body equally on the heels and balls of your feet. Remain silent except when replying to a question or when directed otherwise. REST POSITIONS AT THE HALT Parade Rest “Parade Rest” is commanded from the position of “Attention” only. The command for this movement is “Parade Rest.” On the command of execution “Rest,” move your left foot 10 inches to the left of your right foot. Keep your legs straight, resting your weight equally on the heels and balls of both feet? Simultaneously, place your hands at the small of the back, centered on your belt. Keep the fingers of both hands extended and joined, interlocking your thumbs so that the palm of the right hand is outward. Hold your head and eyes as at the position of “Attention” Remain silent and do no move. “Stand at Ease,” “At Ease,” or “Rest” may be commanded from this position. Note: ON the preparatory command for “Attention,” immediately assume “Parade Rest” when at the position of “At Ease,” “Stand at Ease,” or “Rest.” IF for some reason a subordinate element is already at “Attention,” they remain so and do not execute “Parade Rest” on the preparatory command, nor does the subordinate leader give supplementary command. Stand at Ease The command for this movement is “Stand at Ease.” On the command of execution, “Ease,” execute “Parade Rest” but turn your head and eyes directly toward the commander. “At Ease” or “Rest” may be commanded form this position. At Ease The command for this movement is “At Ease.” On the command “At Ease,” you may move; however you must remain standing and silent with your right foot in place. “Rest” may be commanded from this position. 75

4. Rest The command for this position is “Rest.” On the command “Rest,” you may move, talk, smoke, or drink unless otherwise specified. You must remain standing with your right foot in place. “At Ease” may be commanded from this position. FACING AT THE HALT 1. Facing to the flanks is a two - count movement. The command is “Left / Right Face.” On the command of execution “Face,” slightly raise your right heal and left toe and turn 90 degrees to the left on your left heel, assisted by a slight pressure on the ball of your right foot. Keep your right leg straight, without stiffness. On the second count, place your right foot beside your left foot, resuming the position of “Attention.” Hold your arms at “Attention” when executing this movement. 2. “Order Arms” from this salute is a one - count movement. The command is “Order Arms.” ON the command of execution, “Arms,” return your hand smartly to your side, resuming the position of “Attention.” 3. When uncovered or when wearing a headdress without a visor, the hand salute is executed in the same manner as previously described, except the tip of the forefinger touches the forehead near the eyebrow, slightly to the right of the right eye. ALIGNING THE SQUAD Note: The squad leader should command the squad to the appropriate interval prior to giving the command for alignment. 1. To align the squad at “Normal Interval,” the commands are “Dress Right” and “Ready, Front.” These commands are given only when individuals are at “Order” or “Sling Arms.” On the command of execution “Dress,” each individual (except the right flank person) turns his/her head and eyes to the right and aligns him/herself with the right flank person. Each individual (except the left flank person) extends his/her left arm and positions him/herself by short right or left steps until his/her right shoulder touches the fingertips of the individual on his/her right. On the command of execution, “Front,” each individual lowers his/her arm smartly to his/her side. At the same time, he/she turns his/her head and eyes to the front and resumes the position of “Attention.” Note: If the squad leader desires exact alignment, he/she marches (on the command of execution, “Dress”) by the most direct route to a position on line with the squad, halts one step from the right flank person, and faces down the line. From this position, he/she verifies the alignment of the squad, directing the squad to move forward or backward as necessary, calling them by name or number. The squad leader remains at “Attention” taking short steps to the right or left as necessary, to see down the squad. Having aligned the squad, he/she faces to the half right in marching, returns to his/her position center of the squad, halts parallel to the formation, faces to the left, and commands “Ready, Front.” These procedures also apply when aligning the squad at “Close” or “Double Interval.” 2. To align the squad at Close Interval, the commands are “At Close Interval, Dress Right Dress” and “Ready, Front.” The Movement is executed in the same manner prescribed for alignment at normal interval, except the squad members obtain close interval.

3. To align the squad at Double Interval, the commands are “At Double Interval, Dress Right Dress” and “Ready, Front.” These commands are given only when the troops are “unarmed” or at “Sling arms.” ON the command of execution, “Dress,” each person (except the right flank person) turns his/her head and eyes to the right and aligns him/herself on the right flank person. At the same time, each person (except the right and left flank persons) extends both arms and positions him/herself by short right or left steps until his/her fingertips are touching the fingertips of the individuals on his/her right and left. The right flank person raises only his/her left arm and the left flank person raises only his/her right arm. 4. To align the squad in Column, the command is “Cover.” On this command, each person (except the number one person) raises his/her left arm to the horizontal position, fingers extended and joined, palm down, and obtains an arm’s length plus approximately 6 inches from the fingertips to the back of the person to his/her front. To resume the position of “Attention,” the command “Recover” is given. ON this command, each person lowers his/her arm smartly to his/her side. MARCHING THE SQUAD 1. 2. 3. 4.

For short distances only, the squad may be marched forward while in line formation. When marching long distances, the squad is marched in column. To form a column formation from a line formation, the command is “Right, Face.” When a column formation is originated from a line formation at close interval, the squad may be marched for short distances at half step with less than correct distance. To obtain correct distance while marching with less than correct distance, the command is “Extend, March.” On the command of execution, “March,” the number one person takes one more 15 inch step and then steps of with a 30 inch step. All other members begin marching with a 30 inch step at the approximate same point as the number one man, or as soon as the correct distance has been obtained from the person to their front.

NOTIFICATION OF OTHER AGENCIES The Survivor Action Officer will be responsible for notification of all other agencies pertaining to the death of a Fire Protection District Member. The following people and agencies need to be notified: 1. NORCOMM Dispatch: LEADS and NCIC message through network communications sent to all surrounding Fire Protection Districts. If it an on - tour death, the entire State of Illinois shall be notified. If the family wishes the Fire Protection District to conduct a “formal” service, the LEADS message should emphasize “Full Fire Protection District Honors Funeral” is planned—personnel and apparatus are invited to participate. (Give full directions to the funeral parlor.) 2. The President and Trustees of the Bensenville Fire Protection District 3. National Fire Academy (if on tour death) 4. Police Chief of Bensenville 5. State Fire Marshal’s Office 6. Local Newspapers (ONLY the Fire Chief will provide information)

FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT RESPONSE AREA COVERAGE The Survivor Action Officer will be responsible to arrange for appropriate station coverage from other Fire Protection Districts, as required. FIREFIGHTER DEATH IN OTHER COMMUNITIES It will be the policy of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to participate in mutual aid funeral ceremonies when asked to do so and deemed proper. A contingent of Fire Protection District personnel will be maintained, consisting of two Officers. When the Fire Protection District is notified of the death of a fellow firefighter from another community, members of this contingent will be sent to represent the Fire Protection District at the wake and /or funeral. The representatives are to wear full dress uniform. The Fire Chief will authorize the use of any Fire Protection District vehicle to be used in these ceremonies. It will be left to the discretion of the Fire Chief whether representatives will be sent based on the location of the wake and/or funeral. DEATH BENEFITS The Fire Chief will assign a member of the Fire Protection District to assist the Family Liaison Member to see the family of the deceased receives all of the death benefits to which they are entitled. See S.O.G. 015 and appendix for benefit information SUGGESTED CEREMONY OPTIONS AND DETAILS This information such as Scripture Readings, Ringing of the Bell, etc. is located in Section 12.

PHYSICAL FITNESS/RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES The Bensenville Fire Protection District recognizes the need to have personnel who are able bodied. Although the Fire Protection District currently has no organized or required fitness program, it is the intent of the Fire Protection District to encourage those activities which promote physical fitness and well-being. The following guideline outlines Fire Protection District policies with regard to those partaking in said activities. Off - Tour Personnel: All recreational activity shall be at the employee’s own risk. Treatment of any injury sustained while participating in said activity will not qualify for Workman’s or any other form of compensation. This policy will apply to any Fireman’s Foundation sponsored team or event. On - Tour Personnel: 78

Participation in all recreational or physical fitness activity will be on a voluntary basis. Activities must have approval of the Company Officer or Battalion Commander. Activities previously approved will not require repeated approval. With exception of specially approved circumstances, all recreational/physical training activities will be conducted on premises. Currently, it is strongly recommended that all members on tour exercise at least 1 hour per tour of duty. Time will be afforded the member if all tour training, vehicle check outs are completed, house duties and any and all tour responsibilities are completed. Members are able to cover their respective work out attire with turn out gear should the situation arise during the on tour physical activities. Recreational and Physical Training Equipment: Recreational and training equipment not provided or owned by the Fire Protection District must be approved for use by an on tour company officer prior to use. It is recognized certain types of equipment require training instruction as a prerequisite to its safe use. Participants using such equipment may be required to demonstrate proficiency prior to beginning regular use of said equipment. Safety: All activity must be pursued in a safe manner. Always warm up thoroughly with ample stretching. Aggressiveness and competitiveness must be controlled and professionalism maintained. While engaging in weight training, use common sense and utilize a spotter when attempting to lift weights where the potential to struggle is eminent. If injured while participating in physical training you must contact the company officer and follow the Fire Districts injury report procedure. Record Keeping: When on duty you must insure that the time you completed in the physical fitness is documented on the daily duty log and training sheet completed. Falsifying the duty log sheet will be dealt with in the same regard as falsifying any other training document. Also, if the one hour physical fitness time is not completed, this too is to be placed on the daily duty log and a brief reason why the hour of physical fitness was not completed. A training sheet will also be completed for all physical fitness done off duty.

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES It is the policy and practice of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to afford equal opportunity in all of our personnel practices to all employees and applicants for employment regardless of race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, physical or mental disability unrelated to job requirements, ancestry, martial-status or unfavorable discharge from the military (except dishonorable), all in accordance with applicable law.

SEXUAL HARASSMENT The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) regulations define sexual harassment as follows: Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature constitute sexual harassment when (1) submission of such advances is either an explicit or implicit term or condition of employment; (2) submission or rejection of the advance affects the basis of employment decisions for the employee; or (3) such conduct has the purpose of effect of interfering with the employees work performance or creates and intimidating, hostile, or offensive working atmosphere.

1. 2. 3. 4.

Harassment also includes but is not limited to: Verbal harassment such as epithets, derogatory comments or slurs; Physical harassment such as assault, in impending or blocking movement, or any physical interference with normal work or movement when directed at any individual Visual forms of harassment such as derogatory posters, sexually oriented cartoons, pictures, or drawings posted in the work place; Retaliation against employees for complaining about the behaviors described above.

These forms of misconduct undermine morale and the integrity of our employment relationship, and interfere with productivity. Employees found to be harassing other employees will be immediately and appropriately disciplined - including immediate discharge. If you believe you are the victim of sexual harassment by a co-worker or superior, you should immediately contact the Fire Chief and request a conference to discuss your complaint. (If you would not be comfortable discussing your complaint with the Fire Chief, then you should immediately request a conference with the President of the Fire District). All complaints will be promptly investigated.

PROBATIONARY PERIOD Commencing with date of hire, or rehire all Fire Protection District employees (career and contract) will be required to successfully complete a probationary period (12 months) as agreed to by the CBA. During this period employee performance will be continuously monitored and evaluated by supervisory personnel. Employees may be terminated at any time during the probationary period. If deemed necessary, the probationary term may be extended by the Fire Chief of the Fire Protection District at the authorization of the Fire Commission. Prior to completing the hiring process, prospective employees will be required to complete a police background check.

Employees will be asked to perform their duties in accordance with their job description and or responsibilities outline. Information regarding occupational standards and expectations will be provided by the employee’s supervisor. Probationary Review and Obtaining Regular Employee Status At the conclusion of the probationary period, and with the successful completion of the objectives outlined within the probationary packet, the supervisor will conduct a formal review of the employee’s progress. A review form will be completed and added to the employee’s permanent personnel record. If the review is favorable, the employee will be granted regular employee status. Termination An employee may terminate their employment with the Fire Protection District at any time. The Fire Protection District may, at any time, with or without cause, terminate, or cause an employee to be terminated during the Probationary Period.

PROMOTIONS The Bensenville Fire Protection District supports a policy of promotion from within the Fire Protection District, and diligently seeks to select only the best qualified individuals to fill positions of authority and responsibility. To be regarded as eligible for promotion, employees must have demonstrated and maintained an acceptable level of job performance. Employees are requested to submit an up to date resume detailing qualifications, goals and their reasons for making application for promotion. SEE NEW RULES AND REGULATIONS AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE COMMISION AND APPROVED BY THE LOCAL 2968.

CONFLICT OF INTEREST/OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT Members considering outside employment should observe the following guidelines prior to accepting a position. Employment not conforming to the following guidelines shall be regarded as a potential conflict of interest. Questions regarding policy, or conflict of interest should be addressed by the employee’s immediate supervisor or other appropriate authority. 1. Outside employment must not impair: a. The efficiency or ability of the employee b. The execution of responsibilities outlined by Fire Protection District Policy. 2. Outside employment must not conflict with: 81

a. The interests of the Fire Protection District b. The employeeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibilities and duties 3. Outside employment shall in no way discredit or dishonor the Fire Protection District or its Membership. 4. Outside employment must not conflict with additional tour requirements as may be imposed by the Fire Protection District. 5. Outside employment with other fire departments or fire district MUST be approved by the Fire Chief of the District IN TANDAUM WITH LOCAL 2968. If it is determined an employeeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s job has an adverse impact of job performance, or poses a significant conflict with Fire Protection District policy or interest, the employee will be asked to remedy the situation immediately.

DISMISSAL AND DISCIPLINARY ACTION Certain misconduct is of such gravity to warrant immediate discharge from tour. Other types of misconduct may be deemed less serious by the Fire Protection District, and in these cases the Fire Protection District may choose to utilize progressive disciplinary action in order to afford the errant employee a chance to modify their behavior. The Fire Protection District may choose to skip or repeat steps, but under normal circumstances the following steps will be utilized. 1. Oral or written warning or reprimand. The supervisor issuing the oral or written warning or reprimand will document it and place a copy in the employeeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s personnel file; 2. A suspension with or without pay may be instituted at the discretion of the Fire Protection District by the Fire Chief or his designee. 3. Immediate dismissal. The Fire Chief or his designee may suspend any or all subordinate employees pending formal dismissal. 4. The Fire Commission has the authority to hire and fire commissioned personal. Contracted staff are at the will of the Fire Chief If you have questions about the Fire Protection Districtâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s disciplinary procedure or rules see the Chief of the Fire District.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT SEE BFPD PERSONNEL MANUAL AND CBA. Here are some examples of instances in which a termination of employment relationship occurs: Voluntary Termination - You may resign at any time, with or without a reason by notifying your supervisor. Whenever practicable you are requested to provide at least two weeks (14 calendar days) advance notice of your resignation. Note: four weeks is recommended. Involuntary Termination - Layoffs, medical disability termination or dismissal (with or without cause) is considered an involuntary termination. Layoffs - The Fire Protection District reserves the right to layoff-employees at any time as described in the collective barging agreement. Medical Disability - termination occurs when you cannot successfully perform the essential duties of your current job after reasonable accommodation due to illness, injury or disability.

Dismissal - is termination by the Fire Protection District due to unsatisfactory work - related performance or conduct on the part of an employee. In most cases, you will receive adequate corrective warning and notice prior to termination but immediate dismissal action may be taken for gross violation of commonly accepted work standards.

LEAVE OF ABSENCE General Requirements: You are eligible for up to 12 weeks of unpaid leave during a 12 month period: (1) to care for a child born to or placed with you for adoption or foster care; (2) your own serious health condition; or you have been employed by the Fire Protection District for at least 12 months and have worked 1,250 hours during the previous 12 month period. The 12 month period of entitlement is measured backward from the date you use any FMLA leave. Leave may be taken on an intermittent or reduced work schedule basis if medically necessary. Leave Is Unpaid: FMLA leave is unpaid leave. Certain types of paid leave must first be substituted and used for unpaid FMLA leave. The substitution of paid leave time for unpaid leave time does not extend the 12 week period. Any leave taken pursuant to this policy, other Fire Protection District policies, or law which qualifies as leave under the FMLA will be counted against the employeeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s available leave under the applicable Fire Protection District policy(s), and /or law, as well as the available leave under the FMLA or applicable state law, to the extent permitted by the law. Notice of Leave: If the need for FMLA leave is foreseeable, you must give the Fire Protection District at least 30 days prior written notice. Where the need is not foreseeable, you are expected to notify the Fire Protection District as soon as practicable, generally within 1 to 2 business days of learning of your need for leave. Medical Certification/Fitness for Tour: You will be required to provide a certification from the appropriate health care provider for medical leaves. The medical certification must be provided within 15 days after it is requested, or as soon as reasonably possible under the circumstances. Failure to provide requested medical certification in a timely manner may result in a denial of leave until it is provided. You will be required to present a fitness for tour certification upon return to work following your own medical leave. Medical and Other Benefits: At this time the benefit package offered to Fire Protection District employees will be coordinated with the time earned via the collective bargaining agreement. Returning From Leave:

An employee taking a leave under this policy is generally entitled to return to his/her same position or equivalent position with equal benefits, pay and other terms and conditions of employment. The application of this policy and the procedures set forth herein may be modified in accordance with changes if applicable law. If you have any questions, consult the Fire Chief for further details. Any employee returning from leave will be responsible for any mandatory Fire Protection District requirements. Example: Self-contained Breathing Apparatus, Hazardous Materials, Blood borne pathogens, etc.….

COMPLAINT PROCEDURE It is the policy of the Fire Protection District to provide a procedure through which employees may need to resolve any problems or questions they may have concerning their employment, and the application of Fire Protection District policies and procedures. Step One If an employee has a difference of opinion with the Fire Protection District concerning the application and/or interpretation of Fire Protection District policies, procedures, rules or regulations which are applicable to that employee, then the first step is for the employee to orally present his or her complaint to their officer within seven calendar days after the occurrence of the event upon which the complaint is based. The supervisor should attempt to provide the employee with a response to the complaint within seven calendar days thereafter. Second Step If the employee is not satisfied with the first step decision, then the employee should submit a written statement of his/her complaint to the Fire Chief and the reason within (7) seven calendar days after the first step decision is made known. The employee’s written statement should be signed and dated by the employee, and should specify the particular Fire Protection District policy, procedure, rule or regulation which was allegedly violated, described the alleged violation, and state the remedy or correction desired by the employee. The Fire Chief shall review the complaint and attempt to provide the employee with a response within seven calendar days thereafter. Third Step If the employee is not satisfied with the second step decision, then the employee should submit a written statement of his/her complaint to the President of the Fire District within (7) seven calendar days after the second step decision is made known. The employee’s written statement should be signed and dated by the employee, and should specify the particular Fire Protection District policy, procedure, rule or regulation which was allegedly violated, describe the alleged violation, and state the remedy or correction desired by the employee. The President of the Fire

District shall review the complaint and attempt to provide the employee with a response within (7) seven calendar days thereafter. Complaints Regarding Fire Protection District Supervisory Employees Any Fire Protection District employee may submit a complaint alleging serious misconduct by his/her immediate supervisor or other supervisory or management employee of the Fire Protection District. Complaints alleging serious misconduct by any Fire Protection District employee other than the Fire Chief should be promptly submitted by an employee to the Fire Chief. Such complaints should be in writing, dated, and include a complete statement of the facts upon which the complaint is based. The Fire Chief will make appropriate inquiry concerning such a complaint. It is the policy of the Fire Protection District not to permit retaliation against any Fire Protection District employee who submits a legitimate complaint concerning serious misconduct alleged to have been committed by any supervisory employee, including the Fire Chief. Temporary Relief of Supervisory Employees from Tour In the unlikely event that a supervisory employee of the Fire Protection District responds to an emergency call under the apparent influence of drugs or alcohol, then the next ranking officer present at the scene shall have the authority to temporarily relieve the supervisory employee from tour pending a review of the situation by the Fire Chief at the earliest practicable time. The Fire Chief should be contacted as soon as possible in the event of such an occurrence. Any abuse of this policy will be grounds for appropriate disciplinary action, including dismissal.

FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT TRAINING The Director of training, under jurisdiction of the Fire Chief will be responsible for the operation of the training division. The Director of Training will oversee the scheduling of all Fire Protection District training activities. The primary objective of the training division is to establish and maintain standardization of Fire Protection District training procedures and oversee compliance with established performance guidelines The training program endeavors to optimize the effectiveness of the Fire Protection District personnel in the proper utilization and operation of all Fire Protection District apparatus, tools, and equipment. The Fire Protection District will actively seek to meet or exceed requirements set forth by the Insurance Services Office Grading Requirements and voluntary requirements established by the Illinois State Fire Marshalâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Office, Division of Personnel Standards and Education. Training Objectives 1. Company drills shall cover hose and ladder evolutionâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, pump operations, salvage equipment, ventilation equipment, auxiliary power and equipment, hoisting ropes, and knots, breathing apparatus, forcible entry, rescue, and all equipment carried on apparatus. 86

2. Company classes will cover technical information from S.O.G.’s, rules and regulations, manuals, etc. 3. First arriving Company pre - fire inspections and/or familiarization tours will cover target area buildings, sprinkler connections and shut - offs, streets and hydrants. During the period companies are on inspection, building layouts, hazards and problems that could be encountered during firefighting operations shall be noted by the crews. Debriefing will be held on firefighting tactics for these buildings. 4. Debriefing should include chalkboard drawings and pictures, a complete study of recent fires, buildings inspected, streets, hydrants, mains and other water supplies. The Officer should use the station building inspection file for classes and debriefing for pre - fire planning. 5. Officers and Firefighters assigned to special duties are required to participate in drills and classes in the firefighting fields. This will be in addition to their required training in their specialized areas. Arrangements can be made with the Director of Training. Training Manuals This S.O.G. adopts “IFSTA” (International Fire Service Training Association) Manuals as the standard of training in the Fire Protection District. Training Reports and Records In order to comply with requirements set forth by the I.S.O., and O.S.H.A. the following reports will be properly completed by the training division. 1. Individual Training Record: A permanent record of training activity will be established and maintained for all Fire Protection District Personnel. The record will be maintained as long as the member remains employed by the Fire Protection District 2. Training Reports: At the conclusion of each drill, a training report will be completed by the company officer. The report will provide a record of the Firefighter’s name, firefighter’s initials, and subject covered and the amount of time spent in each area. The report will be forwarded to the Director of Training for processing and entry in to the employee’s permanent record via firehouse software. 3. Drill Attendance Chart: An attendance roster will be completed at the conclusion of each drill. The purpose of the roster is to provide a record of attendance. Training / Work Requirements The following minimum standards for training and work sessions have been established by the Fire Protection District: 1. Fire Protection District Personnel shall attend a minimum of 240 hours annually of all scheduled work and training sessions per calendar year. Personnel are actively encouraged to attend other nonscheduled training and educational activities approved by the training division. 2. An individual may be excused from a training or work session under the following circumstances: 87

a. Upon submission of written notification to the Chief and Director of Training, an individual may be excused when their work schedule conflicts with a scheduled training or work activity. b. When the Fire Protection District has requested or designated an individual to attend a specific class or seminar. c. A verifiable illness or injury. 3. All personnel that are deficient in each quarter will be notified in writing of their hours and status. *These exceptions shall not be construed to mean that an individual is relieved of the mandatory training requirements set forth by the Fire Protection District Policy. It is the individual’s responsibility to report to the Director of Training and schedule necessary “make up” sessions.

RECRUIT TRAINING When it becomes necessary to maintain or expand membership ranks, the Fire Protection District will sponsor a recruit training course, or sponsor the prospective candidate in another approved training academy or course. The fundamentals of firefighting and safety; course materials are designed to meet or surpass standards established by the Fire Marshal of the State of Illinois. Recruits will be required to attend a minimum of 240 hours annually, and maintain a 75% grade point average. Those failing to meet established standards will be dropped from the Academy. Upon successful completion of the Academy, candidates will be required to successfully complete the State of Illinois Firefighter Level II test. Recruits also must successfully pass and become State Certified Emergency Medical Technician Level B as a job requirement.

DRIVER TRAINING The following standards have been established for personnel driving Fire Protection District vehicles and apparatus: 1. Unless specifically approved by the Chief of the Fire Protection District, or his designee, no one under twenty - one years of age will be permitted to drive or operate Fire Protection District vehicles and or apparatus. 2. Members driving and or operating Fire Protection District vehicles and apparatus must: a. Have in their possession a valid State of Illinois Driver’s License and be free from any DUI traffic violations. b. Have successfully completed the Fire Service Vehicle Operator Course as taught by a properly qualified instructor, or other approved driving course recognized by the district. 88

c. Participation in and successful completion of annual drivers training classes. 3. Members receiving drivers training must be accompanied by an instructor or qualified driver at all times. 4. Drivers training will be conducted twice per year. The following are minimum drive hours for each apparatus: Engine 12 hours and 2 hours of operation time Truck 12 hours and 12 hours of operation time All drive time and operation time are to be documented on a daily training form

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRAINING To bring the Fire Protection District in to compliance with the existing Federal mandate, all members are required to successfully complete a hazardous materials awareness course within twelve months of receiving official commission. The Fire Protection District requirement for hazardous material training is to be First Responder, Operations Level within one year of the firefighterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s commission date. Members failing to meet the requirements will be placed on probationary status, and will only be allowed to attend training and special activities for a period of six months. If the member fails to complete the required course material after the six month extension has elapsed, the member will be terminated. The Hazardous Materials Awareness class is provided to new members as a part of recruit training. We are active in MABAS 20 Division.

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS Members achieving the level of Firefighter III will be responsible for fulfilling the following training requirements. A. Attending a minimum eighty percent (75%) of all scheduled training activities per quarter. B. Attending training mandated by State or Federal law. This training includes but is not limited to the following areas: 1. Hazardous Materials a. Satisfactory complete the awareness course b. Attend awareness update classes 2. Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus a. Certify annually in donning procedure, consumption b. Certify annually in search and rescue techniques 3. Blood Borne Pathogens. a. Attend and certify in specified areas as prescribed by the Loyola EMS System 89

b. Attend and certify in specified areas as prescribed by the State of Illinois Fire Protection District of Public Health 4. Firefighter Safety Inactive Status: definition of, A temporary status which allows a member to attend drills and training activities, but disallows them from responding to emergencies. An employee will be placed on inactive status when unable to complete required tasks and activities. Employees failing to meet established training requirements for two consecutive quarters may be placed on inactive status or notified in writing by the training division. Employees will be afforded the opportunity to make up missed sessions in the succeeding quarter. Those failing to maintain the minimum requirements may be terminated. Members must successfully complete required tasks and exercise within the specified time frame. Employees who are unable to complete an area due to physical impairment or personal problem must notify the Chief or designee in writing.

RESPONDING TO EMERGENCIES 1. The following guidelines apply when responding to emergency situations.  Drivers must exercise due caution. Apparatus must be driven in such fashion that the driver is able to maintain control over the vehicle. Vehicle headlights and rear yellow warning lights must be on anytime an apparatus is on a public thoroughfare. (An exception is made for Chief Officer). Apparatus will not be permitted to exceed a maximum of ten miles per hour over the posted speed limit and five miles per hour when proceeding through intersections..  Warning devices (siren, lights, and air horns) will be utilized in accordance with State, Federal and Fire Protection District guidelines.  Busy or well-traveled intersections where the apparatus does not have the right of way must be approached at a speed not to exceed fifteen miles per hour. Responding apparatus must come to a full stop at intersections protected by a stop light or sign, and must not proceed until it can be done safely.  Apparatus should never attempt to pass another unit without receiving radio clearance.  When returning from a response, all traffic laws will be adhered to. Emergency warning devices must be off.  Response on a full still without a report of fire: see SOG on response guidelines page 96 2. Response Considerations  The primary concern of all engineers and officers will be the safety of the crew. Under no circumstances should safety ever be sacrificed for speed.  Engineers and Officers should:  Know the best or designated route to the scene. Be aware of road closing or other conditions which could affect your route. All members shall be seat belted before moving the vehicle. 90

 Be aware of other units that may be approaching the same intersection. 3. Approaching the Scene:  Monitor radio communications carefully. Listen carefully for information regarding staging, conditions and possible assignments.  Be alert to placement instructions and company assignments from the incident command.  Upon approach to the scene, reduce speed and observe the area. Be alert for onlookers and other people in the area, they may not see your apparatus. Monitor the radio for reports of fire locations that will require the use of side streets of alleyways. The best procedure is to begin looking for the fire a block or more away from the reported location. Start your exterior survey while still in the apparatus. Second due companies should be prepared to stage their apparatus in a position that does not hinder the laying of supply lines. If your apparatus is not immediately assigned, and no staging area has been established, stage your vehicle about a block away from the scene. 4. Positioning of Apparatus:  The decision as to where an apparatus is placed is based upon several factors, the primary factor being the safety of the crew and equipment. Other factors to consider are water source; type of fire; proximity to the fire and type of hose lays needed. Whenever possible, apparatus should be positioned to yield the maximum tactical advantage. Care must be taken not to place the unit in a position which hinders incoming units. A good rule of thumb to follow is “the address belongs to the truck”. Engine companies should be positioned so as to allow the truck to have full access to the front of the building. Always announce the direction of travel for each apparatus. Call Back Response Procedure Home  All personnel shall have their pager positioned where it can be heard in all parts of the home.  Personnel shall monitor their personal cell phones to be alert for text messages requesting station coverage.  Have clothing, car keys, shoes, eye glasses, etc. readily available should a call back be requested.  Vehicles parked outside in the winter shall have their windows protected and cleared of snow and ice build-up Call Back Request  A station call back will be initiated for a special alarm or above, or at the request of the Battalion Chief. At that time dispatch will tone out over the air and send out a text message to notify off duty personnel. Responding to the Station  Personnel will respond to Station One  While en-route to the station, responding personnel must observe all traffic laws and ordinances and comply with all posted speed limits and traffic control devices.  Drive in a defensive manner and maintain a look out for responding equipment and manpower. 91

 When arriving at the station, do not block overhead doors or park in a manner that could obstruct responding vehicles. Arriving at the Station  Exercise caution when entering the station; beware of wet floors, or obstructions that may cause injury.  Notify dispatch of the number of personnel available in the station along with the apparatus that will be placed in service. Have dispatch relay this information to the incident commander.  Have your own turnout gear readily available. Stand-by for orders from incident command, or provide station coverage until released by the Battalion Chief.

Still Responses Trouble Alarm Service Calls Lock Out Elevator rescue Open Burning Co Alarm Co Alarm w/illness Patient Assist Ambulance Request Peds Choking, Respiratory/Full Arrestor Alarm Investigation Odor Investigation(Outside) Wires Down Gas leak (Outside) Accident w/injuries Grass/Rubbish fire Vehicle Fire Auto Aid/Mutual Aid/Box Alarms

Full Still Responses Auto. Fire Alarm

Box 100 Area Box 200 Area Box 300 Area Odor/Smoke Investigation(inside) Electrical Fire Investigation(inside) Gas Leak(inside) Outside fire w/possible exposure Fire out investigation Railroad Car Fire Hazardous Material Incidents Rescue Calls Extrication Drowning Incidents

General Alarms Structure Fire Fire in Building (Machine, equipment etc.) Hydrant Area Non-Hydrant Area(Unincorporated Areas) .

Single station response Equipment Due Emergency Response Engine or Battalion 17 COLD Engine or Battalion 17 COLD Engine COLD Engine/Ambulance COLD Engine/Ambulance COLD Engine/Ambulance COLD Engine/Ambulance/Battalion 17 HOT Ambulance Only HOT Engine/Ambulance HOT Engine/M78/M79 If both are available HOT Engine HOT Engine/Ambulance HOT Engine/Ambulance HOT Engine/Ambulance/Battalion 17 HOT Engine/Ambulance/Battalion 17 HOT Out of district ambulance responds COLD Engine/Ambulance/Battalion 17 HOT Engine/Ambulance/Battalion 17 HOT Requested Equipment Due CQ COLD *Station 1 Engine Only, Medic 79 1st due, Medic 78 2nd due

Both stations respond Equipment Due B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78, B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78, B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78,Leyden 133 B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78 B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78 B17JL90,E88, M79,M78 B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78 B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78 B17,E89,E88, M79,M78 B17,E89,E88, M79,M78 B17,E89,E88, M79,M78 B17,E89,E88, M79,M78 B17,E89,E88, M79,M78

Emergency response HOT St. 2 HOT St.l Cold HOT HOT HOT HOT HOT HOT HOT HOT HOT HOT HOT

Both stations, Fire Chief and Auto Aid Companies Equipment Due B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78 B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78 B17,TL90,E88, M79,M78 B17,E88,T92, M79,M78

Emergency response HOT HOT HOT HOT

Response Guides Special Alarms

Equipment Due

Emergency Response

Check box cards Change of COLD Quarters Text BFPD off duty personnel Tone out General Tones for station coverage

Box 300

Target Hazards All District Schools 1. Fenton High School 2. Blackhawk Middle School 3. Zion-Concord Lutheran School 4. St. Charles Borromeo School 5. Mohawk Elementary School 6. Tioga Elementary School 7. W. A. Johnson Elementary 8. Chippewa Elementary 9. Robert Morris College 10. KinderCare Daycare 11. Carefree Learning Center 12. Head Start High-rise buildings 1. Linden Towers 2. York brook Apartments 3. York Brook Apartments 4. York Brook Apartments 5. York Brook Apartments 6. Greenwood Condos 7. Mason Condos 8. Town Centre Condos 9. Castle Tower 10. York Tower

24 S. Addison St. 100 E. George St. 110 E. George St. 120 E. George St. 130 E. George St. 11 W. Green St. 4 S. Mason St. 100 W. Roosevelt Ave. 325 S. York Rd. 1043 S. York RD.

Lifelink Buildings 1. Anchorage 2. Bridgeway of Bensenville 3. Lifelink Offices and Daycare

111 E. Washington St. 303 E. Washington St. 329-331 E. Washington St.

Hotels 1. Country Inn Suites

1000 W. Green St. 250 S. Church Rd. 865 S.Church Rd. 145 E. Grand Ave. 917 W. Hillside Dr. 212 W. Memorial Rd. 252 S. Ridgewood Ave. 322 S.York Rd. 1000 Tower 324 E. Green 2-4 S. Addison 331 S. York

777 E. Grand Ave.

Vehicle Placement Structure Fires, Residential As the apparatus approaches the scene, the incident commander should be contacted for instructions regarding vehicle placement and commitment. If an apparatus is not assigned immediately, the unit should report to the designated staging area. In the event a staging area has not been established, the procedures listed below should be followed. Safety of the apparatus and CREW will be the prime consideration of each officer as well the incident commander. ALWAYS ANNOUNCE THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL FOR EACH APPARATUS! First Due Engine Company: The first arriving engine will report directly to the scene and pull slightly past the fire building so the officer can view three sides of the structure and report the direction of travel when stopped. In the situations where a dead end is encountered, the first responding Engine will back down to the area in question. The unit must be positioned in a fashion that will provide access for other incoming apparatus (Truck). Adequate room must be allowed for the first due truck to set up in a position that will maximize tactical advantage. As an example of the truck placement, use of the rule of thumb, the turntable lines up with the driveway. If command has not been established, the first in officer must assess the situation, and determine what resources will be needed to mitigate the incident. It is the responsibility of the officer to establish water supply, and begin rescue and suppression operations. Hoses should be laid in a manner that does not impede other units from approaching the scene. Second due Engine Company: The second due engine will be placed near the scene in a fashion that allows access for other incoming apparatus. Again, direction of travel is to be reported. If the incident is on a street with no outlet, the unit will be placed at the end of the street at the hydrant. Third due Engine Company: The third due engine will be placed near the scene in a fashion that allows access for other incoming apparatus. Again, direction of travel is to be reported. If the incident is on a street with no outlet, the unit will be placed at the end of the street Truck Company: The truck company will be placed in front of the building in a way that will provide maximum tactical advantage: usually near a corner for large industrial structures, always cautious of the collapse zone. If possible a lane that provides access for other apparatus should be established and maintained throughout the incident. If a house, use the driveway as a land mark for the turntable placement. Ambulance: The first in Ambulance goes to the hydrant, unless needed at the scene, the ambulance will stage allowing access for other incoming apparatus.

Vehicle Placement Commercial, Industrial, Mercantile, Multi-family

The only difference from the placement at a structure fire will be that if the Truck has better access from the corner of the exposure is where the First Truck should be placed. NOTE always be cautious of the collapse zones Vehicle Placement

Structure Fires

Non-hydrated Areas

As the apparatus approaches the scene, the incident commander should be contacted for instructions regarding vehicle placement and commitment. If an apparatus is not assigned immediately, the unit should report to the designated staging area and report direction of travel. In the event a staging area has not been established, incoming apparatus should stage one block away from the scene. If command has not been established, the procedures listed below should be followed. Basic response is 1 engine, 2 Ambulances, Battalion Chief and the Fire Chief. Safety of the apparatus and CREW must be the prime consideration of each officer as well the incident commander. ALWAYS ANNOUNCE THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL FOR THE APPARATUS! First due Engine: The first arriving engine will report directly to the scene and pull slightly past the fire building so the officer can view three sides of the structure and report the direction of travel. In the situations where a dead end is encountered, the first Engine will back down to the incident. The unit must be positioned in a fashion that will provide access for other incoming apparatus. The truck will be placed in front of the building. If command has not been established, the first in officer must assess the situation, and determine what resources will be needed to mitigate the incident. The Officer of the first due engine will determine the appropriate type of water supply operation (portable tank, nurse tanker etc.) and implement it First due tanker: The first due tanker will supply the first due engine company with tank water via the 3â&#x20AC;? line until the portable tank is set up and filled with water. The tanker will then return to the fill site and return in rotation. Once the portable tank is in operation the Engine will maintain a draft from said tank. Ambulance: Reports to the area where the port-a tank is being established, unless needed at the scene, the ambulance will stage allowing access for other incoming equipment.

Vehicle Placement Supporting Sprinkler System The following procedure will be used when responding to buildings equipped with sprinkler and or standpipe systems. As the apparatus approaches the scene, the incident commander should be contacted for instructions regarding vehicle placement and commitment. If an apparatus is not assigned immediately, the unit should report to the designated staging area. In the event a staging areas has not been established, incoming apparatus should stage one block away from the scene. If command has not been established, the procedures listed below should be followed. Safety of the apparatus and CREW is the prime consideration of each officer as well the incident commander. ALWAYS ANNOUNCE THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL FOR THE APPARATUS! First due Engine Company: The first arriving engine will report directly to the scene and pull slightly past the fire building so the officer can view three sides of the structure and report direction of travel. THE PUMP PANEL IS TO BE TOWARD THE BUILDING AS APPROPRIATE. THIS ENGINE WILL BE USED AS THE FIRE ATTACK ENGINE AS A 2ND SUPPLY SYSTEM. In the situation where a dead end is encountered, the first Engine will back down to the situation. The unit must be positioned in a fashion that will provide access for other incoming apparatus. Adequate room must be allowed for the first due truck to set up in a position that will maximize tactical advantage. If command has not been established the first in officer must assess the situation, and determine what resources will be needed to mitigate the incident. If the building is equipped with a fire alarm system, the crew will be responsible for investigating it and reporting the results to incoming units. It is the responsibility of the officer to establish water supply, and begin rescue and suppression operations. Hoses should be laid in a manner that does not impede other units from approaching the scene. Second due Engine Company; The second due engine will contact the incident commander or officer in charge for vehicle placement instructions and crew assignment. The second due engine will be responsible for establishing its water supply and supporting the buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s sprinkler system. If no fire is visible and the flow alarm is not sounding, supply lines should not be charged. If there is a fire in progress, the system should be charged to 150 P.S.I. The officer must establish that the sprinkler valves are open, and the system is functioning. If a valve is red tagged, it must not be opened. The officer must advise the incident commander of any condition that may adversely affect sprinkler system operation. It is not advisable to use the engine supporting the sprinkler system for any other purposes. Shutting down sprinklers: Sprinklers should be shut down only on orders from the incident commander or appropriate DIVISION officer. Shutdown may be accomplished by closing the appropriate valve, or utilizing a wedge. If the system is valued off, a firefighter must be stationed at the valve until it is returned to service with a portable radio. If fire is discovered, the system may be placed into operation without delay. 97

Putting sprinklers back into service: A building will not be secured until the system has been restored to full service. If a system cannot be restored to full service, a 24 hour fire watch must be established by the building occupant. Reports: Any malfunction or condition that compromises the system will be reported to the Chief. The condition will be noted on the appropriate report form(s). The proper agent for the affected building must be advised to notify their sprinkler service company after any flow, malfunction, or temporary repair work is performed. Vehicle Placement Vehicle Fires ALWAYS ANNOUNCE THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL FOR THE APPARATUS! Engine Company: The engine company will position itself approximately 100â&#x20AC;&#x2122; upwind if possible from the vehicle involved, preferably off to the side of the vehicle. Apparatus placement must be placed with due regard to safety from oncoming traffic. The front of the Engine will be closest to the fire if at all possible with the wheels toward the curb. All warning lights must be activated. Ambulance: The ambulance company will place itself so it will not interfere with hose lines. Safety Roadway Traffic Safety Purpose: It should be the policy of the Bensenville Fire Protection District to position apparatus at the scene of emergencies in a manner that best protects the work area and personnel from vehicle traffic and other hazards. ALWAYS ANNOUNCE THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL FOR THE APPARATUS! Scope: This guideline identifies parking practices for fire department apparatus that will provide maximum protection and safety for personnel operating in or near moving vehicle traffic. It also identifies several approaches for individual responders to practice, so that they remain safe while exposed to vehicle traffic. And, it explains the use and care of traffic safety vests. Policy: All personnel should understand and appreciate the high risk that emergency responders are exposed to when operating in or near moving vehicle traffic. Responders should always operate from a defensive posture. Always consider moving vehicles as a threat to your safety. Each day, emergency personnel are exposed to motorists of varying abilities, with or without licenses, with or 98

without legal restrictions, and driving at speeds from creeping to well beyond the speed limit. Some of these motorists are the vision impaired, the alcohol and/or drug impaired and the sleep deprived. On top of everything else, motorists will often be looking at the scene and not the road. Nighttime flashings of emergency lights tend to confuse motorists. Studies have shown that multiple headlights of emergency apparatus (coming from different angles at the scene) tend to blind civilian drivers as they approach. Also, emergency workers are 1000 times more likely to be struck at night. A. SAFETY GUIDELINES: Emergency personnel are at great risk while operating in or around moving traffic. There are approaches that can be taken to protect crew members and patients: 1. Never trust the traffic. 2. Engage in proper protective parking. 3. Wear high visibility reflective vests at all crashes, car fires, or other operations on a roadway. 4. Reduce motorist vision impairment. 5. Use traffic cones and flares (when no fire hazard exists). 6. Clear scenes as quickly as possible to lessen exposure time to traffic. B. SAFETY VESTS: 1. All Fire and EMS companies should maintain a traffic safety vest for each assigned riding position. 2. The employee will be responsible for his/her assigned vest for their tour of duty. 3. Traffic safety vests should be stored in an accessible location at each riding position on the apparatus. 4. The traffic safety vest should be stored in a fashion that enhances the donning of the vest prior to leaving the vehicle. DO NOT FOLD as this may damage the vest. 5. Should the vest become soiled or wet during use, clean with soap and water and let it air dry. C. TRAFFIC INTERACTION: Listed below are guidelines for safe performance when operating in or near moving vehicle traffic. 1. Always maintain an acute awareness of the high risk of working in or around moving traffic. Never trust moving traffic. Always look before you step! Always keep an eye on the traffic! 2. Always position apparatus to protect the scene, the patients, and the emergency personnel, and to provide a protected work area. Where possible, angle apparatus 45 degrees away from curbside. This will direct motorist around the scene (See Figure 1). Apparatus positioning must also allow for adequate parking space for other fire apparatus (if needed), and a safe work area for emergency personnel. Allow enough distance between parked apparatus and the scene to prevent a moving vehicle from knocking fire apparatus into the work areas. If at all possible allow for traffic to remain flowing while also maintaining the safety of the scene. 3. At intersections, or where the incident may be near the middle of the street, two or more sides of the incident may need to be protected. Block all exposed sides. 99

Where apparatus are in limited numbers, prioritize the blocking from the most critical to the least critical (See Figures 2 and 3). 4. For first arriving engine companies, where a charged hose line may be needed, whenever possible angle the engine so that the pump panel is "downstream," on the opposite side of on-coming traffic. This will protect the pump operator (See Figure 4). OICâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s and operators should also take fire line and chemical runoff into consideration when placing apparatus. 5. The initial company officer (Command) must assess the parking needs of later arriving fire apparatus and specifically direct the parking and placement of these vehicles as they arrive to provide protective blocking of the scene. This officer must operate as an initial safety officer. 6. During daytime and nighttime operations, leave all emergency lights on to provide warning to drivers. 7. For nighttime operations, all apparatus facing oncoming traffic should turn off headlights. This will help reduce the blinding effect to approaching vehicle traffic. 8. Crews should exit the curbside or non-traffic side of the vehicle whenever possible. 9. Always look before stepping out of apparatus, or into any traffic areas. When walking around fire apparatus parked adjacent to moving traffic, keep an eye on traffic and walk as close to fire apparatus as possible. 10. All personnel, prior to exiting the vehicle, shall properly don traffic safety vests and turnout gear. 12. When parking apparatus to protect the scene, be sure to protect the work area also. The area must be protected so that patients can be extricated, treated, moved about the scene, and loaded into ambulance safely. Every effort should be made not to park on or move vehicle debris or cover skid marks unless absolutely necessary. This will help police in their investigation 13. Once enough fire apparatus have "blocked" the scene, park or stage unneeded vehicles off the street whenever possible. Bring in Ambulance companies one or two at a time and park them in safe locations at the scene. This may be "downstream" from other parked apparatus, or the ambulance maybe backed at an angle into a protected loading area to prevent working in or near passing traffic. At residential medical emergencies, park ambulances to best protect patient loading areas (see Figure 5). 14. Place traffic cones at the scene to direct traffic. This should be initiated by the first company arriving on the scene and expanded, if needed, as later arriving companies arrive on the scene. Deploy emergency sign when time/manpower allows. Always place and retrieve cones while facing on-coming traffic. 15. Placing flares, where safe to do so, adjacent to and in combination with traffic cones for nighttime operations greatly enhances scene safety. Only place flares in areas clear of flammable and combustible hazards. 16. At major intersections provide specific requests to the police officer as to exactly what your traffic control needs are. Position ambulance to protect patient loading area. 17. Be flexible in helping to clear the incident as soon as possible. The less time you are exposed the less chance of being struck. 18. Be conscious when spotting apparatus to park uphill, upwind, and do not park in or drive through product. D. INTERSTATE & RTE 83 OPERATIONS: 100

1. Interstate emergencies pose a particular high risk to emergency personnel. Speeds are higher, traffic volume is significant, and civilian motorists have little opportunity to slow, stop or change lanes. The Police agencies and IDOT will also have a desire to keep the interstate flowing. Where need be, the interstate can be completely shut down. This, however, rarely occurs and should be coordinated with Illinois State Police to avoid as many problems as possible. 2. For Interstate emergencies, we will continue to block the scene with the first apparatus on the scene to provide a safe work area. Other companies may be used to provide additional blocking if needed. 3. The initial company officer (Command) must thoroughly assess the need for apparatus on the interstate and their specific positions. Companies should be directed to specific parking locations to protect the work area, patients, and emergency personnel. 4. Other apparatus should be parked â&#x20AC;&#x153;downstreamâ&#x20AC;? when possible. This provides a safe parking area. 5. Staging of ambulance companies off the interstate may be required. Ambulances should be brought into the scene one or two at a time. A safe loading area must be established. 6. Traffic cones should be placed one foot out, then one foot apart for each Mile per Hour of flowing traffic out to approximately 150 feet "upstream". This should allow adequate warning to drivers. Place and retrieve cones while facing the traffic. 7. Command should establish a liaison with Police officials as soon as possible to jointly provide a safe parking and work area and to quickly resolve the incident. 8. The termination of the incident must be managed with the same aggressiveness as initial actions. Crews, apparatus, and equipment must be removed from the Interstate promptly, to reduce exposure to moving traffic. Summary: Every year a disproportionate number of emergency personnel are killed or injured at incidents by adjacent vehicle traffic. In order to make our scenes safer, our apparatus operators and Company officers must place the apparatus so that scenes are protected. Cones and flares must be used to divert traffic and personnel protective apparel must be worn. Members must always check traffic before exiting the vehicle and remain alert to their surroundings at all times. If members remain diligent and look out for each other the chances of accident or serious injury is significantly diminished. ALWAYS ANNOUNCE THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL FOR THE APPARATUS!!!!!!!

101

Examples of apparatus positioning Figure #1 Am bo. 1

Engine

Where possible, angle apparatus at a 45degree angle from the curb and turn wheels away from work area. Figure #2

102

Prioritize placement of the apparatus by blocking from the most critical to the least critical side. Figure #3

Figure #4

103

Face engine either direction depending on

Whenever possible, to protect the pump operator, position apparatus with the pump panel on the opposite side of on-coming traffic. Figure #5

Vehicle Response

District Mutual-Aid-Request

Response to Auto and Mutual Aid Alarms When the Bensenville Fire Protection District is requested to respond to an automatic aid alarm, the Battalion Chief will determine the location of the incident and establish the safest and 104

shortest route to the scene. If the unit designated to respond fails to meet the minimum manpower requirements or there is an emergency request being handled in our area of coverage, a pass may be taken on the response. Minimum manpower is 3 members. Remember, one officer or acting officer has to stay in our area of coverage. Vehicle Response Staging PURPOSE The purpose of this guideline is to establish guidelines for staging apparatus prior to arriving at the scene of an emergency incident. Note, the staging area is to be in a place where the traffic is less traveled. ALWAYS ANNOUNCE THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL OF THE APPARATUS! TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS DEFINITIONS LEVEL I STAGING:

The placement of the responding vehicles approximately one block from the scene and out of line of additional responding fire units

LEVEL II STAGING:

The area where vehicles are assigned prior to arriving at the scene. Could be up to one-quarter mile away from LEVEL I Staging

LEVEL III STAGING:

The responding vehicles will pull over and turn off their lights at the location they are at when the order is given. The location will be off the road and out of harmâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s way of any dangers.

STAGING OFFICER:

The officer of the first company to arrive at the staging area, becomes the Staging Division Officer Until properly relieved.

LEVEL I STAGING 1. All responding units, not immediately required on - scene should stage approximately 1 (one) block from the scene, in their direction of travel. 2. While in Level I Staging units should report directly to command for assignment or release. LEVEL II STAGING 1. Command should designate a Level II Staging area as soon as it is determined that there will be more companies than tasks. 2. The first unitâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Officer to arrive at the Staging Area shall become the Staging Division Officer. The Staging Officer shall collect staging cards from all staged apparatus. 3. The first unit to arrive in staging should turn off all but one set of warning lights. 4. Subsequent arriving units shall turn off all warning lights while in staging, and their Officer should report to the Staging Officer, with their staging card.

105

LEVEL III STAGING 1. Command will call for a level III staging as soon as possible. This staging is requested at the point of the incident when it is unclear what manpower is needed as well as the situation at hand. The reasoning regarding calling for a level III staging is to insure that if the responding manpower is needed that the responding units will be in ready position and be more easier and faster to respond if needed.

1. 2. 3. 4.

STAGING OFFICER The Staging Officer should manage companies in staging. Remember there can be more than one staging area and more than one staging officer. The Staging Officer (s) shall report the status of staging to Command when asked or deemed appropriate. The Staging Officer (s) shall relay assignments to companies, and follow accountability transfer guidelines. Staging should maintain verbal communications with assigned units to keep radio traffic to a minimum.

GENERAL FIRE GROUND OPERATIONS OVERVIEW The objectives of firefighting are the protection of life and property by the proper performance of rescue and the locating, confining and extinguishing of the fire. In incidents that do not involve fire, the protection of life, property and the environment are the primary goals. These considerations must be addressed: Strategy     

Strategy is the general plan of action decided upon to reach the objective. Usually this will involve one of four basic approaches. Offensive - an aggressive interior approach used when sufficient forces are available to immediately handle all operations for the magnitude of fire. Offensive-Defensive - primarily the same as Offensive, however the magnitude of fire also requires exposure protection. Defensive-Offensive - this involves an even greater volume of fire and is usually a holding type of action until additional resources are available. Such a situation is a doubtful confinement situation. Defensive - usually will involve heavy volumes of fire and extensive exposure protection. Operations will be from the outside.

Tactics

106

Tactics are the operations or action to implement the strategies of the Officer in command. These are the responsibility of the Company Officers to perform with their crew. C. Size-Up Size-up is an ongoing evaluation of the problems encountered during the operation and how well the present strategies are doing. This process starts at the receipt of the alarm and continues until the fire is under control. Size-up may be carried out many times and by many different people during the incident. The responsibility initially lies with the first Officer on the scene until relieved by a higher ranking Officer. Some factors involved in Size-Up are: 1. Time, location, weather, occupancy, street conditions and access. 2. People, is there evacuation or not 3. Building height, construction, size, location of fire. DESCRIBE WHAT YOU SEE! 4. Water supply, available apparatus, exposures. D. Rescue Life-saving activities are placed ahead of firefighting when Firefighters are not available to do both. A factor of judgment is present at this stage. The BEST life-saving measure may be a prompt attack on the fire which will stop the spread of the fire and its by-products. Life hazard, visible upon arrival has to be dealt with. Immediate rescue without simultaneous and coordinated fire attack should only be attempted by engine companies in extreme cases. Remember; rescue the victims in the most danger setting from a fire. These will be the victims that are closest to and above the fire. The loudest screaming victim may not be the most perilous location.

1. 2. 3. 4.

The most appropriate action that can protect victims until they can be removed this includes: Placement of the hose lines between the fire and the occupants. Ventilation to draw fire, heat and smoke away from occupants. Provide assurance to occupants by verbal contact and initiate rescue procedures. Establish a RIT team

E. Locating the Fire An exterior survey (360) of the structure and the area must be made upon arrival by all members. The conditions can tell much about the situation and location of the fire within the building, and about the building itself. If smoke is coming from the first floor, consider a fire in the basement or first floor. In a Multi-story building, smoke may appear on top floors first, even if it is in the basement. If heavy smoke is visible throughout the structure and no fire can be found, consider walls and other concealed spaces. An interior survey must also be made for visible fire, smoke or odor. Can heat be felt or fire heard? Where are the stairways? This type of information is vital and must be communicated to the Officer in charge as soon as possible by portable radio. Do not stretch lines prematurely. It is important to locate the fire first if at all possible. 107

F. Confinement Confining the fire means to restrain the fire from extending beyond the area involved upon arrival. Confinement of the fire must take into consideration the intensity of the fire as well as its anticipated or known direction of travel. In some cases, this can be controlled until the line can be stretched.   

Some methods for this control are: In some situations, the mere closing of a door can confine the fire long enough to permit lifesaving procedures. Ventilation, IF PROPERLY COORDINATED AND DONE, can confine the fire or limit its spread. CAUTION must always be used during ventilation so as not to cause the fire to extend or otherwise impede operations.

Extinguishment Extinguishment is the phase of firefighting where the fire is actually put out. This involves the application of water at the actual seat of the fire. The water may be applied directly, where the stream strikes the materials that are burning, or indirectly, through the use of water to generate streams which then extinguishes the fire. It must be remembered that this does not indicate that firefighting operations are finished. The process of overhaul must still be completed.

Overhaul Overhaul is the process of searching for hidden or deep-seated fire and then extinguishing it. Overhaul involves removing burned and charred materials or structural members in order to make sure the fire is indeed out. A general rule-of-thumb is that if something has been charred, it will probably be removed in the rebuilding process and may very easily be covering hidden fire. CAUTION AND GOOD JUDGMENT MUST BE exercised during overhaul so as to minimize additional or unnecessary damage. REMEMBER THE POSSIBILITY THAT AN ARSON INVESTIGATION COULD NEED TO RECONSTRUCT THE AFFECTED AREA. Every effort should be made to use salvage covers, etc., to minimize damage and the mess produced during the removal of materials and structural members during overhaul. Use of a thermal imager and a CO detector is a requirement. Ventilation Ventilation is the process of removing heat, smoke and other fire by-products from an area. This can be accomplished by using existing openings such as doors, windows, skylights: making openings in the structure: or using forced or positive pressure ventilation. Ventilation must always be closely coordinated with the placement and advancement of hose lines. If improperly coordinated or located, ventilation can cause additional damage and endanger members, as well as occupants. 108

Vertical Ventilation - combustion by-products are moved vertically through the structure openings in the roof. Horizontal Ventilation - combustion by-products are moved horizontally through a structure through openings such as doors and windows. Forced or Positive pressure Ventilation - ventilation can be assisted by the use of mechanical fans or through the use of hand lines on a fog pattern directed out windows or doors. Ventilation (fans) is also very important to the ability of crews to advance and locate fires. By removing heat and smoke, engine crews may more easily, and with better visibility and safety, advance to the seat of the fire? It is also essential to enable crews to perform overhaul in a nontoxic atmosphere. J. Salvage Salvage is a process that involves the limiting of damage to areas not directly endangered by fire. Usually this will entail some means of diverting water or debris from areas not directly involved in the incident. Firefighting Forces The types of Officers found within most Fire Protection Districts fall into two basic groups - line and staff. Line Officers are directly involved in suppression activities; Staff Officers are support personnel. A. Line Officers Incident Commander- The Incident Commander has overall responsibility to manage the incident. However, this would be impossible if it were not for the other Officers who assist him. The incident commander is the last one to clear the scene of the incident where they are in command. Division Officer - This Officerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s primary responsibility is the supervision of only a portion of the entire operating companies. A,B,C or D Division. Operations Officer - This Officer has the primary responsibility to oversee their crews and to assure that tasks that have been assigned to their company are carried out and so reported to their Senior Officer. B. Staff Officers Safety Officer - Responsible for the overall safety of operations during an incident. Director of Training - Responsible for seeing that all members are involved and meeting all training requirements established by the Fire Protection District. Will assist at or on the fire scene as the incident commander assigns. Companies It is important that all members understand the importance of the company in overall Fire Protection District operations. The FIRE COMPANY is the basic fighting unit of suppression forces. It is essential that the companyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s integrity be established and maintained throughout all 109

operations. This is the responsibility of not only the Company Officers, but that of the Firefighters assigned to that Company and the Senior Officer overseeing the operation. This requires a strong degree of discipline and cooperation between all members. Company Officer will establish the company from the personnel riding the apparatus. If no Company Officer is riding in the right front seat of the vehicle, whoever is riding in that position must take over the officer’s responsibility. There are specific functions that must be carried out by the company and must be accomplished if operations are to be successful. If there is insufficient personnel on the apparatus upon arrival on the scene to adequately carry out assignments or additional personnel are available to help complete assignments, the Company Officer will advise these personnel of their job and position within the company. For all operations, the minimum number of members in a company will be three - the Vehicle Operator, the Officer and one Firefighter. The ideal number of members in a company will be fourThe Vehicle Operator, the Officer and two Firefighters. If additional personnel are available, a maximum number of six members will make up a company. Division of an Incident Division of an incident is a process where the tactical operations are broken into smaller, more manageable sub-sections. Depending upon the exact circumstances involved, there are various ways to accomplish this end. The simplest fashion of Divisioning is the assignment of engine and ladder company operations.    

Examples of a Division may include: Interior Division A,B,C,D Exterior Division BASEMENT, FIRST FLOOR, SECOND FLOOR Roof Division Landmark (stream) Division

    

Other Division uses: Water supply Air supply Recovery Staging EMS

Hose Lays and Pumping Operations Note: Procedures for each operation will be a function of training. 1. Forward (Hydrant to the Scene) This procedure will be used when one of the following situations exists: A. When the fire cannot be reached by a cross lays 110

B. When the first-in apparatus knows for sure that they can extinguish the fire with this procedure. (Small fires, sheds, garages, grass and brush, all with no exposures.) C. Fires where the large soft suction cannot be used, either no large port on the hydrant, or the fire is over 100 ft. from the hydrant. D. Officer’s Discretion Reverse (Scene to Hydrant) This procedure will be used when one of the following situations exists: A. When the first arriving company has committed itself to the attack and has not established the water supply B. When supporting any type of large volume water usage or aerial device. C. Officer feels that this would be the most effective way to establish the water supply. In-Line Pumping This procedure shall be used when one of the following situations exists: A. Over 1,000 ft. of hose has been laid in. B. Any time that more pressure is needed at the first engine. C. When large volume water supply is needed over longer distances. D. Officer feels that this would be required to have more efficient or effective water supply. In-Line Pumping This procedure shall be used when one of the following exists: A. Any time that more pressure is needed at the first engine, such as long lay, uphill or lowpressure hydrant. Hydrant procedure. A. The hydrant must first be flushed for at least 30 seconds to insure any debris is free. B. Placement of gate vales on both of the side 2½ “ discharge ports C. Placement of the 4” discharge outlet Large Diameter Hose Pumping. This procedure will be used when one of the following exists: A. Any fire involving the high-value district. B. Any fire involving the principal business district. C. Any fire involving a public occupancy. D. Any fire where the hydrant is located no more than 100 ft. from the scene of the fire, providing the hydrant has a large port. E. Officer discretion.

SUPPRESSION

Loading of pre-Connected Cross Lays Purpose: To ensure that all apparatus that have pre-connected cross lays are loaded properly to ensure uniformity.

111

Policy: This load will be utilized for all pre-connected cross lays of 1 ¾” attack lines and 2 ½” pre connects. The attack lines require 200’ of hose with a nozzle for each cross lay. When loading the hose, a few basic guidelines should be followed; clean grease, oil or any other substances from the hose before loading, check for the presence and conditions of gaskets in all swivels and ensure the swivels rotate freely, hand tight all connections on screw-thread couplings-do not use spanner wrenches. When loading the hose a flat load will be utilized. A small loop will placed approx. 30 feet from the discharge connection a second larger loop will be place 60 feet from the nozzle.

Loading of Skid Loads Purpose: The purpose of this policy is to ensure that all apparatus maintain standardization when re-bedding the skid load. Policy: This load will be utilized for all skid loads on all engine companies with a total of 800’ of deployable hose. There should be 650’ of 3”, and 150’ of 1 ¾” attack hose with a nozzle. When loading the hose, a few basic guidelines should be followed; clean grease, oil or any other substances from the hose before loading, check for the presence and conditions of gaskets in all swivels and ensure the swivels rotate freely, hand tight all connections on screw-thread couplings-do not use spanner wrenches. Load the hose so that the couplings will pull off without flipping over. This load should be re-bedded by the following method; 3” hose should be bedded first using a flat load, when there is 100 feet left 3 large loops should be fashioned near the tailboard. The wye should then be placed on the end of the 3” line. A horse shoe load of 150 feet of 1 3/4'” shall be placed on top of the 3 inch line and connected to the wye. A hose strap will be utilized to secure this load and also aid in the deployment of the load. This strap will be placed thru the end of the horse shoe load the Fire Fighter will insure the strap is placed around the last connection into the wye and thru the bale of the nozzle. Forward Hydrant Lead-out Purpose: To ensure that all members are familiar with the proper procedures for the deployment of 4” LDH when the need arises for the deployment of a forward lead-out. Policy: The need for a forward lead out should be determined by the engine company officer, when a reverse lead out is not feasible. Some considerations maybe heavy fire conditions upon arrival and a deck gun will be utilized as first priority, and fires on dead end streets.

112

B. C. D. E.

A. Upon arrival on the scene, the engine stops at the hydrant. Water supply firefighter will wrap 4” hose around hydrant from the back of the engine, and will signal the apparatus operator to proceed to the fire building. The water supply firefighter then flushes the hydrant and connects the two gate valves and the 4” hose to the hydrant. Once the 4” hose is connected, the water supply firefighter may charge the hose as far as they can see or to within 100’ of the engine, until they hear (2) air horn blast from the engineer. Then the hose may be fully charged. Once the line is charged, the hydrant is turned all the way on, and the water supply firefighter reports to the engine officer for further assignments.

Reverse Hydrant Lead-out Purpose: To ensure that all members are familiar with the proper procedures for the deployment of a reverse hydrant lead-out for fire suppression. Policy: The reverse lead-out is the first choice for fire-ground operations of the Bensenville Fire Protection District. This reverse lead-out optimizes the manpower and provides an area for the placement of a truck company, places the engine company on the hydrant for maximum water supply, and this lead out is optimal for large residential, commercial, and multi-family structures. A. Once the engine stops, the company officer ANNOUNCE THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, than he should direct the firefighter(s) as to what hose lines should be deployed. B. After the hose lines are removed from the bed the Engine proceeds to the hydrant. C. Once the Engine is positioned by the hydrant the engineer should pull additional hose from the rear of the engine and immediately connect to a discharge port. The skid-load should be charged utilizing tank water, and then secure a water source. Once positive water has been secured the engineer should notify the company officer and incident command. The 2nd due engine should be prepared to lead out in the event the 1 st due engine is having a water supply issue. For this reason the engine should come from the opposite direction and/or back down to the fire building.

AMBULANCE OPERATIONS OPERATING PROCEDURES FOR FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT AMBULANCES All ambulances will provide emergency medical treatment and transportation of the sick and injured in accordance with the Illinois EMS Act and rules and regulations set forth by the Illinois Fire Protection District of Public Health, and the rules and regulations set forth by the Fire Protection District. If for any reason no Fire Protection District ambulance can respond to the call, mutual aid units will be dispatched. 113

Operation: All Ambulances will respond to:       

All vehicle accidents in accordance with order of response All in-house rescues within vehicle’s still district. When requested by on-scene Command the ambulance needs to be ready for transport as warranted. When requested for special events. Automatic Fire Alarms. Structure Fires See attached listing of responses

Authority Command of rescue calls will remain unchanged. The senior paramedic will assume command of all aspects pertaining to patient care. In his absence, the senior medically trained person on the scene will assume those duties. The Senior Fire Officer or Firefighter will assume command on the scene. Maintenance Ambulances will be maintained by crews designated by the Chief in accordance with the Fire Protection District’s current vehicle maintenance programs. The EMS equipment will be checked daily with a signed sheet given to the EMS Coordinator. Any discrepancies will be immediately rectified or reported.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OPERATIONS INITITAL RESPONSE 1. Size-up/Identification  Approach from upwind and upgrade.  Observe from safe distance.  Use binoculars if necessary.  Examine shipping papers or I.D. numbers  Examine placards/labels.  Interview driver, conductors, dock managers, etc.  Refer to D.O.T. Guidebook or Firefighter’s Handbook of Hazardous Materials.  Question, Is MABAS response required? 2. Isolate Area  Avoid contact with materials - fumes, dust, etc.  Eliminate or avoid ignition sources (no smoking or use of highway flares).  Determine if larger evacuation is necessary to keep people away from chemicals.  Establish control line at safe distance. 114

3. Rescue Injured People if Prudent  Identify all people who might have been injured or exposed. 4. Notification and Technical Help  Alert Dispatch Operators or 9-1-1 to begin notification.  State Agencies.  Federal Agencies: NRC (1-800-424-8802)  Industry: CHEMTREC (1-800-424-9300)  Emergency Medical Advice : Poison Control Center 5. Useful Information  Your name, agency, location and call back number  Type of material involved, amount spilled, when spilled and how spilled.  Hazard involved (health, environment)  Actions underway  Injuries, contamination, exposure  Responsible party 6. Establish Incident Command  Determine who is the Incident Commander  Set-up field Command Post at safe location  Tell dispatcher exact location of Command Post  Establish communications with off-scene help  Pass Command as appropriate  Brief new Commander Command/Command Post 1. Establish Incident Command  Clearly identify yourself as Incident Commander  Make sure Command Post is at safe location  Established unified Command, if appropriate, with agencies on scene  Identify lead state agency, if any 2. Determine Hazard  Check placards, shipping papers, etc.  Use reference books and off-scene help (i.e., CHEMTREC).  Determine downwind, downstream and down slope exposures.  Identify ignition sources.  Determine wind speeds and direction.  Use available detection and equipment. 3. Notification and Technical Help  State agencies  Federal agencies: NRC (1-800-424-8802)  Industry: CHEMTREC (1-800-424-9300)  Emergency medical advice: Poison Control Center 4. Assign Team Responsibilities  Evacuation  Rescue  Traffic and crowd control 115

 Containment  Fire suppression  Public information  Communications  Safety Officer  Emergency Measures 5. Evaluate Control Line and Revise if Necessary  Use tape, rope, fire hose, etc., and allow for a margin of error 6. Decontamination  Assign decontamination Team and Officer  Call out the DECON vehicle  Check people and equipment  Set up DECON procedures 7. Establish Staging Area for Medical Treatment EMS/Medical Division 1. At incident scene:  Be aware of dangers.  Take proper precautions to protect yourself when handling casualties.  Coordinate actions with the Incident Commander.  Coordinate support activities as required with response agencies present. 2. Confirm health hazard 3. Investigate toxic levels of materials involved. 4. Seek antidote options. 5. Confirm evacuation area perimeters (includes establishment of triage area as required). 6. Coordinate with hospitals involved. 7. Ensure no etiological agents are involved. 8. Coordinate with Reception and Care Coordinator regarding medical services required by evacuees. 9. Decontaminate personnel/equipment as required.  Hospital  Ambulance 10. Help question/examine responding personnel of state of health. Treat as required 11. Work with State Health Division and Fire Protection District of Environmental Quality to address environmental health/sanitation impacts. 12. Note: News releases are to be made by an authorized Public Information Officer. Check with Incident Commander.

BOMB THREAT AND BOMB EXPLOSION OPERATIONS The Fire Protection District will not respond unless: A. Called to the site.

116

1. Units responding shall respond with no lights, no siren and shall stop a safe distance, at least 1,000 ft., from the site. No radios or cell phones shall be used in the immediate area. No communication will be via the radio as to alert non-emergency individuals as to what is occurring. 2. The Senior Officer shall report to Police Command Post and ascertain what help is needed. All other fire personnel will stay in the staging area unless otherwise directed. Contact the Fire Chief if he is not aware of the situation. 3. Fire Protection District members may be requested to assist with evacuation, crowd control, search team, or to stand by for fire control and on-site emergency medical treatment. 4. At no time shall an apparatus be left unmanned and at no time left without enough manpower to operate same. Bomb Explosion The Fire Protection District shall respond: A. All apparatus responding to a bomb explosion shall treat the response as a fire call with emphasis towards on-site emergency medical treatment. B. Radios or Cell phones shall not be used within a 1,000 ft. radius to insure not detonating other explosives. C. Police shall be notified, and as soon as the scene is secured, turned over to the police.

FIRE, TROUBLE, FALSE ALARM OPERATIONS PURPOSE The purpose of this guideline is to establish guidelines for conducting fire, trouble or false alarm operations. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS All fire alarms are to be regarded as structure fires until otherwise determined. All Carbon Monoxide Alarms are to be regarded as incidents until proven otherwise. ENROUTE TO THE SCENE A. The officer of the primary responding vehicle should locate the buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s pre-plan. Presence of Knox Box should be noted for all company and industrial complexes B. If the occupants determine the alarm is false, the officer may want to slow the response and or decrease the station companies responding. C. If the occupants are not available, dispatch should call a key holder, and advise them of the situation. UPON ARRIVAL A. The officer of the first arriving unit shall establish incident command if Battalion 17 is not responding. 117

B. Command shall size-up the situation, and transmit standard size-up information via radio. C. If, at any time, a fire is detected, Command shall operate under appropriate S.O.G. ALARM OPERATIONS IF no fire is detected, Command should attempt to secure a responsible party (occupant or owner) to assist in gaining entry into the structure. A. Upon entry, Command should determine the cause and location of the alarm. B. Command should notify the responsible party of the cause of the alarm, and current status of the system. C. After advising responsible party of system status and completing Fire, Carbon Monoxide Alarm Report Command should terminate the incident. Trouble alarms are also a No Lights No Siren response. The minimum response via which station is closer will be: Station 1 is Engine 89, Station 2 is Engine 88. Only the Battalion Chief or Fire Chief will be afforded the ability to respond alone. This changes upon change in situation: i.e. Full Fire Alarm, or person feeling ill. FIRE, CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM REPORT The purpose of the Bensenville Fire Protection District Fire, Carbon Monoxide Alarm Report is to: 1. Provide documentation of alarm system status through-out the building. 2. Provide documentation of CO levels taken 3. Provide documentation of dangerous situation notification.

OPERATIONS FOR CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTOR ACTIVATION GENERAL STATEMENT The Bensenville Fire Protection District is responsible for confirming a CO problem. We are not there to repair the problem. We are to provide Rescue and EMS service as the situation warrants, and if it is decided that evacuation is necessary, assist them in evacuating the structure. DISPATCH: Determine the severity of the call: Detector only- respond engine and ambulance; if there is any report of illness-send the Battalion Commander also. No illness or problem (Just the detector sounding) non-emergency response only. (Cold Response) CALL TAKER: Ask if anyone has a complaint of a headache, fatigue, nausea, dizziness, or confusion. If so, the response will be a Battalion Chief, engine and ambulance. Once all crews have been dispatched, advise the citizens to leave the building, wake other residents, and meet the Fire Protection District out in front.

118

AMBULANCE CREWS; The first priority of the ambulance crew is its own safety. If there is any reason to suspect the presence of CO in a building or other area, i.e., symptomatic victims or activated detectors, ABSOLUTELY NO ENTRY IS TO BE MADE BY PERSONNEL WITHOUT FULLY DONNED AND OPERATING SCBA. Additional resources are to be called to perform any search and/or rescue operations safely. ENGINE COMPANY: The engine company shall don their SCBA at the scene. The first priority is to determine if there is any illness. Once assessed the monitors should be prepared per Fire Protection District procedures, record initial readings after entering, don SCBA masks if monitor activates, and begin checklist (or elimination process) by taking readings in all rooms. If there is a detection of CO, the owner/occupant is to be informed using the “FIRE, CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM REPORT” form. The building should be ventilated as necessary. If the meter rises 05 PPM upon entering, have dispatch contact NICOR. Advise dispatch over the radio as to the direction given to the owner/occupant and their response. FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU: Finish checklist. (see “FIRE, CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM REPORT” form). Coordinate with contractor and gas company, if applied. Contact either Code Enforcement by fax for cell phone 24 hours a day. FIRE, CARBON MONOXIDE ALARM REPORT The purpose of the Bensenville Fire Protection District Fire, Carbon Monoxide Alarm Report is to:

1 2 3

Provide documentation of alarm system status through-out the building. Provide documentation of CO levels taken. Provide documentation of dangerous situation notification.

MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENTS PURPOSE The purpose of this S.O.G. is to establish a guideline for initiating, maintaining, and terminating vehicle accident operations. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS Phase I

Arrive on scene.

Take Command.

I. ARRIVE ON SCENE

119

Size-up

A. First arriving company officer should take command and begin an immediate size-up of the situation. B. Spotting Apparatus. The first-in company should position the apparatus in a position that will protect the scene from oncoming traffic approximately 50 ft. away with the wheels to the curb. The management of emergency and civilian traffic is critical from the onset of vehicle accident operations. Subsequent units should be positioned clear of the scene. C. Apparatus lights that may blind oncoming traffic should be reduced. D. Placement of the accident sign will be completed as ordered by the incident commander. This placement should be about 50ft from the first staged vehicle. Should the situation arise that the accident is on the lee word side of a hill an emergency vehicle will be placed at the top of the hill as to provide enough visibility and warning to all oncoming vehicles who have the obstruction of a hill between them and the accident. E. Personnel operating at or near a vehicle accident scene shall wear a reflective vest. II. THE PRIMARY ASSESSMENT A. Command should assess the potential hazards to the rescuers. Some hazards associated with vehicle accidents are: traffic, potential for fire and explosion, potential or vehicle shifting or movement, and hazardous materials. B. Secure the Hazards. Safety Division should secure all hazards as soon as possible. This may include closing the roadway. If it is not possible to secure the hazards Command should inform all rescue personnel operating on scene of the hazards present. C. Determine how many victims are affected by the accident, and estimate the severity of their injuries. III. THE SECONDARY ASSESSMENT A. Assess on-scene capabilities. B. Assess the need for additional resources. An early call for additional ambulances, if needed, should be initiated, along with a staging assignment. C. For Multi-Vehicle accidents personnel should be assigned to Divisions. Phase II

Pre-Rescue Operations

I. DEVELOP ACTION PLAN Command shall determine a plan of action and inform operating personnel of the plan. II. ESTABLISH A PERIMETER The incident commander should remain at least ten feet from the nearest vehicle. This distance establishes the action circle. Only personnel actually performing safety or rescue operations should be within this circle. Any personnel finishing a task should leave the action circle to await reassignment. This will allow the incident commander greater visibility and control over the scene. III. STABILIZE THE SCENE The incident commander should assign personnel to reduce the hazards present. Command should be informed of any hazards that could not be neutralized. Command should assign personnel to set-up equipment staging areas and lighting if needed. 120

Phase III

Rescue Operations

I. GAIN ACCESS TO THE PATIENTS A. Rescue personnel should assist Medical personnel in gaining access to the patients. B. Medical personnel should report the status of all patients to Command and request needed resources as soon as possible. C. Command should triage patients based on medical status, accessibility, and hazards. II. PATIENT TREATMENT A. Patients should be protected from as many physical and mental hazards as possible. These hazards may include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Broken Glass 2. Unnecessary Movement 3. Traffic 4. Environment 5. Sight of Deceased Friend or Family Member B. Emergency medical care should be rendered as is possible, prior to extrication, in accordance with medical system standards. III. PATIENT DISENTANGLEMENT A. The vehicle should be removed from the patient so as to free the patient and allow a path for patient extrication. B. Medical personnel shall monitor patient condition during disentanglement. C. Rescue personnel should work with medical personnel to ensure a safe and rapid rescue. Medical personnel shall have the authority to stop any operation that places their patient in jeopardy of further injury. IV. PATIENT EXTRICATION A. Rescue and medical personnel shall work together to remove the patient from the vehicle. B. Patients should then be taken to a treatment (usually an ambulance) to prepare for transport to a medical facility. V. PATIENT TRANSPORT Patients shall be transported in accordance with medical system standards. Phase V. Termination A. Upon transport of all patients, Command should terminate operations. B. All operating personnel should be accounted for. C. All vehicle occupants should be accounted for. D. All vehicles should be placed in service and returned to their quarters. E. Critiques and stress debriefing should be arranged if incident warrants.

121

ROPE RESCUE OPERATIONS PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for conducting rope rescue operations. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS Rope rescue is defined as any rescue attempt that requires rope and related equipment necessary to safely gain access to, and remove victims from, hazardous geographic areas with limited access, high-rise buildings, or above or below grade structures by means of a rope system. Rope rescues are divided into two categories; low-angle and high-angle. Low-angle rope rescues have, generally speaking, less than 40 degrees inclination. High-angle rope rescues have an inclination of 40-90 degrees and are to be performed by personnel with advanced training in rope rescue. PHASE I Arrive On-Scene. Take Command. Size-up A. FIRST ARRIVAL. The first arriving company officer should assume command after arriving on the scene. *If this is a possible High-angle rope rescue notify the CART team immediately. B. SECURE RESPONSIBLE PARTY OR WITNESS as soon as possible. This will help in identifying the problem and locating the victim. C. LOCATE VICTIM. Command will have to send a recon team to the area of the victim to determine the exact location of victim and nature of injuries. Recon personnel should have EMS equipment to begin to administer first-aid to the victim. In a high-angle rescue situation, recon personnel must have proper training and equipment to reach victim.

* CART RESPONSE SOP’S SHALL BE FOLLOWED UPON NOTIFICATION OF CART *****See Glossary section for CART SOP’s ASSESS NEED FOR ADDITIONAL RESOURCES. Recon personnel should recommend or provide Command with enough information on the need for additional resources. Pertinent information would be: number of victims, location and condition of victims, estimated angle of terrain, distance to victim, and estimated time of extraction. Command should put in early call for additional resources. If additional resources are not needed after a call has been put in, they can be returned to service. IDENTIFY ALL POTENTIAL HAZARDS TO RESUERS. Safety Division will be responsible for securing those hazards or making all members aware of those hazards. Safety Division shall also be responsible for assuring that all safety procedures are adhered to. RESCUE/RECOVERY DECISION. Recon personnel should advise command whether the operation will be conducted in the rescue or recovery mode. If in recovery mode, Command may wish to leave victim and related equipment in place for investigative purposes. ACTION PLAN DECISION. With recommendation from Recon Division, Command will decide on an action plan. Rescue and Safety Division personnel shall be made aware of the specific action plan.

PHASE II Pre-Rescue Operations A. MAKE GENERAL AREA SAFE. This may include securing the area and not allowing civilian access.

122

B. MAKE RESCUE AREA SAFE. Command should make the immediate rescue area safe. If it is not possible to secure all the hazards, all personnel operating in that area shall be made aware of those hazards. C. PRE-RESCUE/RECOVERY. Depending on the action plan, Command may want to establish a Rescue Division. Rescue Division will be responsible for gathering all equipment and personnel necessary to operate according to the action plan. Rescue Division will assign personnel to conduct the rescue, and support personnel for the actual rescue. Rescue Division should have an alternate plan, should the first choice fail. This alternate plan should be communicated to all personnel in the rescue area, as well as Command, and Safety Division. PHASE III Rescue Operations After pre-rescue operations are complete, rescue Division shall execute the action plan for removal of the victim(s). Rescue operations should be conducted from low-risk to high-risk. Rescues should be conducted with the least amount of risk to rescuers necessary to rescue the victim. Low-risk operations are not always possible, but should be considered first. If high-risk operations are required, Rescue Division shall advise Command of the risk and benefit of the operation. THE ORDER OF RESCUE, FROM LOW-RISK TO HIGH-RISK: TALK VICTIM INTO SELF RESCUE. If possible, and victim is not exposed to a life-threatening situation talk the victim into self- extrication. If the victim is exposed to a life threatening situation, it may be best to advise victim to stay in place until a rope rescue system can be set up. ASSIST VICTIM IN WALKING DOWN. In low angle situations, most first responders have the equipment and training to assist the victim down. If the victim is ambulatory, he/she can walk down with assistance of rescuers. If victim is injured or unable to assist their own rescue, he/she should be properly packaged and carried to safety. A stokes extrication should be conducted with a minimum of 4 litter bearers. Bearers should face the direction of travel during the operation. IF appropriate, a tag line should be attached to the litter for assistance through unstable areas. TERRAIN GREATER THAN 40 DEGREES. Advance rope rescuers shall be called in to assist with these operations. If the victim is ambulatory, he/she may be assisted down by rescuers with the use of a belay/tag line. If appropriate, rescuers should set-up an anchor system for the belay. If victim is not ambulatory, rescuers shall build an anchor system and prepare for a steep angle evacuation. The patient shall be packaged properly in a litter and prepared for evacuation. There shall be a least 3 litter attendants assisting with evacuation. Attendants should face the anchor and be clipped into the litter during evacuation. A separate raising/lowering and belay line will be set-up for steep-angle evacuations. EVACUATIONS GREATER THAN 60 DEGREES. Advanced rope rescuers shall conduct these operations. Evacuations greater than 60 degrees are considered high angle operations. The Rescue Division, in conjunction with the Safety Division should decide the most appropriate plan to extricate the victim. This may include putting the victim in a harness and raising or lowering them, or packaging them in a litter for the raising and lowering. 123

In any case, a 15:1 safety load factor shall be maintained. Double rope technique shall be used if at all possible. If possible separate anchors should be used for working and belay lines. Proper care shall be taken to assure that the victim will not come out of the harness or litter used to extricate him/her. Whatever method of extrication is used, the Rescue Division will ensure the overall safety of the raising/lowering system. Rescue Division shall designate the tasks of individual rescuers during the operation. HELICOPTER OPERATIONS are considered high risk operations. Several factors must be considered before deciding on the use of a helicopter for rescue. Some of these factors are: time of day, condition of victim, difficult access to victim, and qualifications of pilot and rescuers. PHASE IV Termination A. Personnel accountability B. Equipment accountability. C. Re-stock vehicles. D. Consider debriefing. E. Secure the scene. Return to service. CONSIDERATIONS: A. Heat. Rotation of crews. B. Cold. Victim & Rescuer hypothermia. C. Rain. Effects on hazard profile. D. Time of Day. Sufficient lighting present. E. Family & friends; keep family informed. F. News media. Assign P.I.O. G. OSHA or Coroners involvement in incident of serious injury or death. ROPE RESCUE EQUIPMENT GUIDELINES The purpose of this procedure is to establish a guideline for the use, care, maintenance, and storage of rope and related rescue equipment. ROPE Uses. Rappel line, lowering line, safety belay, litter tag line, or in mechanical advantage pulley systems. It is not intended to be used as a tow rope, utility line, etc. This is to be considered a life safety line only. The rescuerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s life as well as the victimâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s may depend on it. Construction. Nylon, low-stretch kernmantle. 1. Has an inner core and an outer sheath. 124

2. Outer sheath protects core. 3. 75%-85% of the rope’s strength comes from the core, depending on manufacturer. Specification. 1. Diameter: ½ “ (12.7mm) 2. Strength: 9,000lbs (loose approximately 15% when wet) 3. Lengths: 120’ for most operations Maintenance. 1. Inspect, visually after every use, for damage to sheath, dirt or mildew, and feel for soft spots in ropes core, by “running” or pulling rope between thumb and index finger. Wash when dirty. 2. Wash with mild non-chlorine-based detergent and water. Hang loosely and allow to air dry. Keep out of direct sunlight. 3. Once rope is dry, it is stuffed, not coiled, in rope bag and stored in a dry, dust-free place, where not exposed to chemical (petroleum’s, alkalis) or direct sunlight. Cautions. 1. Never walk or stand on rope. 2. Never drop rope from great heights when it can be carried down. 3. Don’t drag rope across ground or apparatus bays. 4. Avoid nylon passing on nylon; i.e., rope passing over itself, another rope or webbing. 5. Keep all rope and webbing material out of petroleum and alkaline products, and if forced to use applications where contamination will occur (around wheels or axles), retire rope after use. WEBBING. Uses. Anchor slings, gear slings, harness, and lashing. Construction. Nylon, spiral weave, tubular. Specifications. One inch wide; Strength 4,000 lbs. Maintenance. Same as rope. Care. Same as rope. Cautions. Same as rope. ACCESSORY CORD Uses. Loops of 8mm accessory cord (AC) can be attached to a host rope by a prussic hitch to form attachment points for pulleys. Long loops of 6mm AC can be tied to allow their use as soft ascenders to climb a host rope. Construction. Nylon or polyester, low stretch, kernmantle. Specification. Rope diameter may vary from 6-9mm, depending on application. Maintenance. Same as rope. Care. Same as rope. Cautions. Same as rope. PULLEYS Uses. 1. Reduce friction. 2. Change direction. 3. To gain mechanical advantage. Construction. Sealed ball bearing, atomized aluminum sides. 125

Specifications. 2” and 4” size. 6,000-8,000lbs breaking strength. Cautions. 1. Keep clean. 2. DON’T DROP or throw 3. Inspect for smooth operation, elongated holes.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

CARABINEERS Uses. To link various pieces of gear together, or to add friction to a system. Construction. Locking, steel or aluminum, pin type, not lock sleeve dependent. Specifications. Steel: 9,000lbs breaking strength. Cautions. Keep clean. DON’T DROP or throw Load only in the long axis, no side loading. Don’t forget to lock the gate. Inspect for cracks, worn spots, and smooth operation.

GENERAL ROPE RESCUE CAUTIONS Make sure all knots are tied and dressed correctly. Maintain at least 15:1 safety margin when NOT belayed. Belay loads when safety margin is less than 15:1. Rescuers shall not operate with less than a 10:1 safety margin. Rescuers shall not approach the edge without being tied in and communicating with rescuers below. 6. Rescuers shall place victim in harness during rope rescues. 7. Rescuers shall wear appropriate clothing: a. Seat or Full harness. b. Helmet. c. Approved boots or shoes. d. Self-rescue gear. e. Safe cutting device. f. Eye protection. g. Gloves. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

SUPPRESSION STRUCTURE FIRE-“NOTHING SHOWING” First-Due Chief: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Monitor radio traffic from dispatch office and of first-due Suppression Company. Stage 2-3 structures away from fire building allowing access for fire suppression companies. Assume command of incident, after receiving information from first-in company officer. Terminate command and place all companies back in-service.

126

First-Due Engine Company: Upon arrival company officer should give the following information via apparatus radio:

1. Type of structure: Single family, multi-family 2. Direction of travel 4. Actions you are taking; investigating,etc. 5. Conditions on arrival: nothing showing, smoke showing (light or heavy) fire showing (working fire). 6. Position apparatus one house past front of building allowing access for Truck Company. 7. Officer and 1 firefighter will investigate the situation leaving second firefighter at apparatus in the event conditions change. The following equipment will be brought in with the officer and firefighter. a. Officer-Portable radio, flashlight, ax/halligan and (TIC) Thermal Imaging Camera b. Firefighter-Portable radio, flashlight, pump can and pike pole

1. 2. 3. 4.

First-Due Truck Company: *If first due on the scene assumes first-in Engine Company duties. Monitor radio in the event that conditions have changed from initial size-up and possible apparatus positioning. Position apparatus in the front of building or the corner of building, which ever would provide maximum tactical advantage. Truck Company should position the truck in a manner that if needed it could be placed in service without repositioning. The crew of the Truck Company should stay with the truck awaiting orders from command.

First-Due Ambulance Company: 1. The ambulance should have the driver stationed at the hydrant. The right seated FF of the ambulance will report to the engine company they are assigned to at roll call.

COMMERCIAL FIRE-â&#x20AC;&#x153;NOTHING SHOWINGâ&#x20AC;? 1. 2. 3. 4.

First-Due Engine Company: Upon arrival company officer should give the following information via apparatus radio: 1. Type of structure: Single family, multi-family 2. Direction of travel 3. Actions you are taking: investigating on the A side 2. Conditions on arrival: nothing showing, smoke showing (light or heavy) fire showing (working fire). 127

3. Position apparatus to officers discretion. 4. Officer and 1 firefighter will investigate the situation leaving second firefighter at apparatus in the event conditions change. The following equipment will be brought in with the officer and firefighter. c. Officer-Portable radio, flashlight, ax/halligan and (TIC) Thermal Imaging Camera d. Firefighter-Portable radio, flashlight, pump can and pike pole

1. 2. 3. 4.

First-Due Truck Company: *If first due on the scene assume first-in Engine Company duties. Monitor radio in the event that conditions have changed from initial size-up and possible apparatus positioning. Position apparatus in the front of building or the corner of building, which ever would provide maximum tactical advantage. Truck Company should position the truck in a manner that if needed it could be placed in service without repositioning. The crew of Truck Company should stand-by apparatus awaiting orders from Command.

Second-Due Engine Company: 1. Monitor fire radio for job assignment. Report to the rear of the building (if permitted by building lay out) or tie into sprinkler system in the event that it is needed. (DO NOT CHARGE UNTIL ORDERED) 2. Secure water supply. First-Due Ambulance Company: 1. The Driver will go to the hydrant. The right seated FF of the ambulance will report to the engine assigned at roll call. RESIDENTIAL FIRE-â&#x20AC;&#x153;WORKING FIREâ&#x20AC;?

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

First-Due Chief: Monitor radio traffic from dispatch office and of first due Suppression Company. Stage 2-3 structures away from fire building allowing access for fire suppression companies. Assume incident command of incident, after receiving information from first-in company officer either face to face or by radio. Perform a walk around of the building (if permitted) to get overall view of the structure for tactical changes. Have all incoming apparatus switch to fire ground channel. Establish a level 1 staging area. Request additional alarms (if needed) First-Due Engine Company: *Primary objective of Engine Company locate, confine, primary search and extinguishment. Upon arrival company officer should give the following information via apparatus radio: 1. Type of structure: single family or multi-family, height and dimensions 128

2. Conditions on arrival: smoke showing or working fire 3. Direction of travel 4. Actions: going offensive or defensive 5. Depending on conditions on arrival the company may perform the following task. a. Perform either a forward or reverse lead-out b. Quick attack using tank water and hand-line c. Use deck gun to rapidly knock down a large amount of fire 6. Engine should position before or pass fire building allowing access of Truck Company *If using a deck gun for a quick knock down transmit via radio that a deck gun is being used for a quick knock down then reposition to allow access for Truck Company. 7. Back down to fire building if needed 8. If command has not yet been established, then officer should set-up staging and give in-coming companyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s direction. If manpower is limited (3 or less on a company) then pass command to next in company until chief officer arrives. 9. Officer should order appropriate size hand line for the fire attack. The first hand line should be placed in operation in a manner that would cut-off the horizontal or vertical spread of fire from the occupants in the fire building. 10. The following equipment will be brought in with the officer and firefighter(s). a. Officer-Flashlight, portable radio, (TIC) Thermal Imaging Camera and ax/halligan tool. b. Engineer-Charge hand line or deck gun when ordered, secure a positive water source, monitor fire building for changing conditions and advise interior crews if warranted, and provide lighting on the fire building for night operations. c. Firefighter-Flashlight, portable radio, hand line. d. Firefighter-Flashlight, portable radio, assist with hydrant hook-up or hand line stretch/ First-Due Truck Company: *If first due on the scene assume first-in Engine Company duties. Primary objective of Truck Company is ventilation, forcible entry, and overhaul. 1. Monitor radio traffic for information prior to arrival. 2. Position apparatus in the front of the building or corner, whichever would provide the best tactical advantage. This decision will also be based on overall objective (rescue, ventilation or master stream) the type of building, and how close to the building the truck can park. 3. Vertical ventilation should be completed immediately to save lives by utilizing the aerial or portable ground ladders to gain access to the roof. 4. Horizontal ventilation should be completed by opening or removing windows or outside walls to allow smoke and heat to escape the building. 5. The rear of the structure should be checked by a member to force open doors, placement of portable ladders, and check for possible victims. 6. Members should assist Engine Company with advancing of hand lines, if needed 7. Members should perform secondary search of structure 8. Members should perform interior truck work to expose the fire for the Engine Company. The following equipment/tools and jobs for Truck Company: 1. Officer: flashlight, portable radio, ax/halligan tool. Position truck were needed, assign company members, interior truck officer. 2. Engineer: flashlight, portable radio, pike pole, ax, -Position ladder to the roof or window for ventilation or rescue, assist firefighter with ventilation of roof. 129

3. Firefighter: flashlight, portable radio, pike pole, ax, power saw, -assigned to roof for vertical ventilation, once ventilated notify officer for reassignment. 4. Firefighter: flashlight, portable radio, pike pole, ax/halligan tool-assigned to outside ventilation, place ground ladder to the rear of the building (buildings 2 or more stories), force rear door(s) and then meet with company officer for interior truck work. *Job assignments and tasks could be changed depending on truck assignment (immediate rescue or elevated master stream operation) all jobs should be completed in a short period of time. Second Due Engine Company: 1. Monitor fire radio for information on job assignments. 2. If not given order, stage 1 block away in a manner that if you are needed you could lead-out or back down to provide water supply for first engine. 3. All crewmembers will remain with company until given a job assignment. Ambulance Company: 1. Monitor fire radio for information. 2. The driver will go to the hydrant. The right seated FF of the ambulance will go to the engine assigned at roll call.  If quint is first-due it should position apparatus in a manner that the ladder would be used first, second would be the hose line. The first priority should be fire attack as Engine Company assignment, truck work secondary unless immediate rescue is needed.  The Engine Company will be prepared to lead-out a supply line (forward or reverse) to the quint, then position engine away from fire building. The Engine Company will perform Truck Company duties as stated in this section. Unless otherwise directed by quint officer or engineer. COMMERCIAL FIRE-“WORKING FIRE”

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

First-Due Chief Officer: Monitor radio traffic from dispatch & first-due fire companies. Position vehicle away from structure to allow access for fire suppression units, but allowing view of fire building. Assume incident command via fire radio to dispatch and in-coming companies. Have all apparatus switch to fire-ground channel. Perform a walk around of the building or drive to see as many sides of the building for overall view. IF PERMITTED Establish a level 1 staging area Request additional alarms, if needed

First-Due Engine Company: *Primary objective of Engine Company locate, confine, primary search and extinguishment. Upon arrival company officer should give the following information via apparatus radio: 1. Type of structure: Commercial or Industrial Complex height and dimensions. 130

2. Conditions on arrival: smoke showing or working fire. 3. Depending on conditions on arrival the company may perform the following task. a. Perform either a forward or reverse lead-out b. Use deck gun to rapidly knock down a large amount of fire. 4. Engine should position before or pass fire building allowing access of Truck Company keeping in mind collapse zones. *If using a deck gun for a quick knock down transmit via radio that a deck gun is being used for a quick knock down, and then reposition to allow access for the Truck Company. 5. The hose line of choice for commercial or industrial buildings should be the 2 ½” attack line or skid load. The 1 ¾” hand line could be used once knockdown has been achieved. 6. If command has not yet been established, then officer should set-up staging or give incoming fire companies orders or direction. If manpower is (3 or less on company) then pass command to second unit until chief officer arrives. 6. *If this is a sprinkle red building the above actions should still be completed by the first-in company, with the second engine (not truck) supplying the sprinkler or standpipe system. First-Due Truck Company: *If first due on the scene assume first-in Engine Company duties. Primary objective of Truck Company ventilation, forcible entry, and overhaul: 1. Monitor radio traffic for information prior to arrival. 2. Position apparatus in the front of the building or corner, whichever would provide the best tactical advantage. This decision will also be based on overall objective (rescue, ventilation or master stream) the type of building, and how close to the building the truck can park. 3. Vertical ventilation should be completed immediately to save lives by utilizing the aerial or portable ground ladders to gain access to the roof. 4. Horizontal ventilation should be completed by opening or removing windows or outside walls to allow smoke and heat to escape the building. 5. The rear of the structure should be checked by a member to force open doors, placement of portable ladders, and check for possible victims. 6. Members should assist Engine Company with advancing of hand lines, if needed 7. Members should perform secondary search of structure 8. Members should perform interior truck work to expose the fire for the Engine Company. The following equipment/tools and jobs for Truck Company: 1. Officer-Flashlight, portable radio, ax/halligan tool-Position truck were needed, assign company members, interior truck officer. 2. Engineer-Flashlight, portable radio, pike pole, ax, -Position ladder to the roof or window for ventilation or rescue, assist firefighter with ventilation of roof.*if conditions warrant 3. Firefighter- Flashlight, portable radio, pike pole, ax, power saw, -assigned to roof for vertical ventilation, once ventilated notify officer for reassignment. .*if conditions warrant 4. Firefighter-Flashlight, portable radio, pike pole, ax/halligan tool-assigned to outside ventilation, place ground ladder to the rear of the building (buildings 2 or more stories), force rear door(s) and then meet with company officer for interior truck work.

131

*Job assignments and tasks could be changed depending on truck assignment (immediate rescue or elevated master stream operation) all jobs should be completed in a reasonably short period of time. Second-Due Engine Company: 1. Monitor fire radio for job assignments 2. Report to the rear of the building (if permitted by building lay out) or tie into sprinkler system in the event that it is needed. (DO NOT CHARGE UNTIL ORDERED) 3. Secure water supply. Ambulance Company: 1. Monitor fire radio for information. 2. The driver goes to the hydrant. The right seated FF of the ambulance will go to the engine assigned at roll call. ď&#x201A;ˇ If the Quint is first-due, it should position apparatus in a manner that the ladder would be used first, second would be the hose line. The first priority should be fire attack as Engine Company assignment, truck work secondary unless immediate rescue is needed. ď&#x201A;ˇ The Engine Company will be prepared to lead-out a supply line (forward or reverse) to the quint, then position engine away from fire building. The Engine Company will perform Truck Company duties as stated in this section. Unless otherwise directed by quint officer or engineer.

HOSTAGE SITUATION (STAND-BY)

B. C. D. E.

Policy: When the fire department is requested by the police department to stand-by at a hostage situation, the following guideline will be used: Company Officer will ascertain the following information from the police department when the fire department is requested: 1. Address of hostage situation. 2. What is considered a safe distance from the hostage location? 3. Where is the police incident command post? If the police do not have command post, check to have police liaison to meet with us at our staging location. 4. What agency is in charge of the call? 5. Where would the police like the fire department units to stage and is there a specific direction they would like units to respond from? Units will not be dispatched until all of the above information has been obtained by Company Officer from the police. The initial response will be non-emergency and will be as follows: Chief Officer, (1) Engine Company, (1) Ambulance Upon arrival at the staging area, the Chief Officer will report to the police dept. command post or wait in staging for a PD liaison if a command post has not been established. If a police command post has been established, the Chief Officer and companies will stand-by at the command post until it is determined that they are not needed.

132

The Chief Officer will not involve FD personnel in any role for any reason until the police dept. Incident Commander deems the area safe.

COLLAPSE RESCUE PURPOSE The purpose of this S.O.G. is to establish guidelines for conducting rescue operations at scenes where structural collapse is anticipated. MABAS 20 TRT shall be notified for possible Collapse Rescue. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS Phase I Arrive on scene. I.

Take command.

Size-up

ARRIVE ON SCENE A. First arriving company officer should take command and begin an immediate size-up of the situation. B. Spotting Apparatus. The first-in company should spot the apparatus in a position that will not be affected by secondary collapse. Command should dictate Level 1 and 2 staging immediately. The management of emergency and civilian traffic is critical from the onset of structural collapse operations.

II. COLLAPSE EVACUATION SIGNAL A. During any operation, if ANY personnel see signs of imminent collapse they are to notify the incident commander immediately. B. If warranted, the incident commander shall order the evacuation of the entire building. Five (5) blasts of the air horn shall be the evacuation signal at any operation. C. Upon hearing this signal, ALL personnel should evacuate the structure and exterior collapse zones. III. THE PRIMARY ASSESSMENT A. Command should determine exactly what has happened. B. Assess the potential hazards to the rescuers. Some hazards associated with structural collapse are: potential for secondary collapse, explosion with fire due to broken gas lines, falling debris, toxic atmospheres, etc. C. Secure the Hazards. Safety Division should secure all hazards as soon as possible. This will include shutting off the utilities (i.e. gas, water, electric). If it is not possible to secure the hazards Command should inform all rescue personnel operating on scene of the hazards present. D. Secure a RP (responsible party), job foreman, or witness to the accident. E. If no witnesses are present, Command may have to look for clues at the scene as to what happened. F. Determine how many victims are affected by the accident. G. If there are victims, Command should determine how long the victim has been buried.

133

H. An early decision must be made as to whether this operation will be run in the rescue or recovery mode. IV. THE SECONDARY ASSESSMENT A. Assess on-scene capabilities. B. Assess the need for additional resources. An early call for outside heavy equipment (cranes, front-end loaders etc.) should be initiated, along with a staging assignment. C. Assign a safety officer (Safety Division.) During Phase I of structural collapse operations, Command must consider the fact that if strong control of the incident is not gained quickly; it could easily escalate into an out-of-control situation. A typical structural collapse operation will have a lot of unorganized, well-intentioned efforts by civilian personnel. This situation may make the entire operation unsafe for all on scene personnel. Command must focus attention early on building a good strong Command structure that will support the operation. Phase II

Pre-Entry Operations

I. REMOVAL OF SURFACE VICTIMS Initial on-scene companies should be directed in rescuing victims that can be seen on the surface. Rescuers must be aware of all the hazards present on the scene. II. ESTABLISH A PERIMETER While initial stages of a campaign operation, Command should establish a perimeter around the whole collapse site and keep all incoming civilian personnel out of the immediate area. Establish a lobby Division for accountability and security. III. ESTABLISH TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR During the initial stages of a campaign operation, Command should attempt to ensure that there will be roadways into and out of the collapse site. This may include establishing liaison with the Police Fire Protection District and have P.D. control traffic. IV. ESTABLISH VICTIM STAGING AREA Command should designate Treatment and Transportation Divisions. An area should be established away from the hazards of the collapse to account for, treat, and transport victims. V. REMOVE ALL CIVILIAN AND NON-ESSENTIAL RESCUE PERSONNEL After initial surface victim removal has been completed, Command should ensure that all personnel are removed from the collapse site. This will allow for the removal of all civilians and the re-grouping of rescue personnel so that a specific action plan can be instituted for the search and rescue of the remaining trapped victims. At this time, Command should order an accountability check from all Divisions. Members previously operating in the collapsed structure should be quickly debriefed as to building layout and possible location of victims. VI. ESTABLISH BULIDING TRIAGE TEAM After all personnel have been removed from the collapse site, Command should establish building triage teams. These teams may include structural engineers and/or Fire Protection 134

District personnel specifically trained in the recognition of structural collapse. Haz-Mat Technicians may also be assigned to these teams. Prior to these teams engaging in triage activity, Command shall notify them as to the specific action plan and building marking system. Phase III Rescue Operations I. ESTABLISH ACTION PLAN FOR SEARCH TEAMS After all personnel have been removed from the collapse area, Command shall establish a specific action plan for the search of remaining victims. This action plan shall be distributed to all rescue personnel that will be operating at the collapse site. II. ESTABLISH SEARCH TEAMS Prior to beginning search operations, Command shall designate specific search teams. This may include personnel with technical search equipment (acoustic, fiber optic, and heat), dog teams, or firefighters using the hailing (call-out) method of searching for victims. After the building triage teams have completed evaluations of buildings, the search teams will conduct searches of those buildings. Search teams should use standard building marking systems after building has been searched. If building triage teams determine that the building is structurally unstable, search teams shall not enter until appropriate shoring and stabilization is in place. III. ESTABLISH RESCUE TEAMS Rescue teams shall consist of at least two (2) trained Rescuers and if Hazardous Materials are suspected, on (1) Haz Mat tech, with atmospheric monitoring equipment. Command should assign each rescue team a specific radio designation. IV. LOCATING VICTIMS If the building is thought to have live victims trapped, rescue teams shall attempt to locate the victims. The rescue teams shall make the area as safe as possible during operations. V. BREACHING WALLS, FLOORS, AND ROOFS If at all possible rescue teams should attempt to gain access vertically. The horizontal breaching of walls should be done only if there is no other means to reach the victim. HORIZONTIAL BREACHING OF LOAD BEARING WALLS MAY PRECIPITATE SECONDARY COLLAPSE OF THE STRUCTURE. The potential for secondary collapse is less if rescue teams breach structural members from above or below. Prior to breaching a structural collapse specialist should approve and oversee the breaching operation. If the atmospheric conditions are not know in the void space, a pilot hole shall be made to allow atmospheric monitoring prior to breaching. VI. CONFINED SPACES After the victim has been located, the rescue team should treat the space the victim is located as a confined space. Rescue team members should follow appropriate confined space rescue guidelines. VII. RESCUE AND EXTRICATION OF VICTIMS Once the rescue team has located the victim(s) an immediate assessment of the victim shall be done. Rescue teams should consider the effect of lifting objects, off the victim, will have on the victimâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s condition (crush syndrome). The rescuer shall determine the safest and most effective 135

method of victim extrication. The rescue team leader shall ensure the safety of the victim and rescuers. VIII. TRANSFER TO TREATMENT DIVISION Once the victim has been removed, he/she shall be transferred to the treatment Division. During mass casualty incidents this shall be done via the triage officer. REMOVAL OF RESCUE TEAMS FROM THE BUILDING After all located victims have been removed from the building; the rescue teams should leave the building and update the building marking system. The rescue teams should bear in mind that any cribbing or shoring in place should be left IN PLACE. Removal of those systems could precipitate a secondary collapse. IX.

Phase IV Selected Debris Removal If rescue teams have not been able to locate victims through other means, they should attempt to locate them by removing debris. If there is a potential for live victims, rescue teams must be very careful when removing debris so as not to cause a secondary collapse that could further injure the victim. If a victim location is known, either by family or previously rescued victims, an attempt should be made to remove debris to reach that victim. In lightweight frame construction buildings, this could be accomplished by cutting and hand removing structural members. Heavier buildings may require heavier equipment for removal of debris. Rescue teams should assist in the break-up and removal of structural components. A safety officer shall oversee all of these operations to ensure scene safety for all personnel. If structural members are removed from the site, they should be marked for future investigative purposes. As debris is removed, all operations should be stopped periodically to search for victims. After enough debris has been removed to reasonable ascertain that there are no victims, search and rescue operations may be suspended in that building. Phase V. General debris removal/Termination. Prior to beginning Phase V, Command should call for accountability report from all Divisions. After it has been determined that no victims could be found alive in the building, a general debris removal can begin. Removal crews should be alert for a potential for deceased victims. During general debris removal, if heavy equipment operators spot a sign of a deceased victim, a selective debris removal shall be conducted to respectfully remove the victim. Coroner or other investigative personnel should be notified to handle body removal. As debris is removed, each dump truck load shall be marked as to the general area found and final location of debris. This will assist future investigations. Command may elect to turn responsibility for general debris removal over to the Responsible Party or Owner. If this is done RP should be made aware of procedures for handling debris for investigative purposes. Prior to termination of the incident, command shall account for all personnel that have been operating at the collapse site. Each company officer should ensure crew and equipment accountability before returning to service. 136

CONFINED SPACE RESCUE PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to establish guidelines for conducting confined space rescue operations. MABAS 20 TRT should be notified on confirmation of rescue incident. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS Phase I Arrive On-Scene. Take Command.

Size-up

I. THE PRIMARY ASSESSMENT A. Command should attempt to secure a witness or R.P. for the accident to determine exactly what happened, and to obtain confined space permit, if available. B. If no witness are available, Command may have to look for clues on the scene that may indicated what has happened. C. An immediate assessment of the hazards present to the rescuers should performed. D. Command should assess how many victims have been effected. E. Command should determine how long the victims have been down, the mechanism of injury, and the survivability profile of the victims. F. An early decision must be made as to whether the operation will be conducted in the rescue or recovery mode. G. Establish communications with the victim as soon as possible. H. The Officer will not enter an unstable structure and Immediately request a CART team to assess a “GO” or “NOT GO” search. THE SECONDARY ASSESSMENT A. The Confined Space 1. Command should determine the type of confined space. This can be done by consulting the R.P. or permit 2. What type of products are stored in the space. 3. What known hazards are present? 4. Location and number of victims. 5. Diagram of confined space, including entry & egress. 6. Structural stability of the confined space. 7. Haz-Mat size-up B. On-Scene Personnel 1. Command should determine if there is an adequate number of trained personnel on scene to do the rescue /recovery (8 minimum). 2. Command should consider the effect of temperature extremes on personnel. C. On-Scene Equipment Command should consider if the proper equipment is on the scene to complete the operation. This may include, but is not limited to: 1. Atmospheric monitoring equipment. 2. Explosion-proof lighting. 3. Explosion-proof communications. 4. Breathing apparatus. 5. Cascade system 137

6. Victim removal equipment/systems. 7. Ventilation equipment with necessary ductwork. Phase II Pre-Entry Operations I. MAKE THE GENERAL AREA SAFE A. Establish a perimeter. Size is dictated by atmospheric conditions, wind, structural stability, etc. B. Stop all unnecessary traffic in the area C. Assure that vehicles are parked downwind from the incident if the vehicles are running. D. Establish ventilation to the general area if necessary. E. Assign Lobby Division at perimeter entrance. F. Assign Safety Division. G. Assign Rehab Division. II. MAKE THE RESCUE AREA SAFE A. Command should assign Hazard Division to determine what hazards and products are with-in the confined space. B. Hazard Division SHALL do atmospheric testing in the space to determine oxygen level, flammability, and toxicity. Hazard Division shall record readings on B.F.P.D. technical rescue permit, with meter type and I.D. number. C. *instruments used to monitor confined space atmosphere! shall have: 1. An audio alarm. 2. Be calibrated to 10% LEL of calibrate gas. 3. Have audio alarm set at -02 low=19.5%, high=23.5% -flammability 10% alarm set -CO 35ppm -H2S 10ppm 4. LEL readings are not accurate if 02 is below 12%. 5. Hazard Division will monitor atmosphere at least every 5 minutes, and report findings to command. D. Utilities, including electric, gas, & water should be secured and locked-out. If not possible personnel may be stationed to guard that utilities are not activated. E. Any product that is in or flowing in the space must be secured and blanked-off. It may be determined that the space must be drained prior to entry. F. Any manufacturing or processing equipment must be shut down prior to entry. If possible all equipment should be locked/tagged-out and brought to zero energy state. G. The structural stability of the space should be evaluated. If there is a potential for collapse, appropriate measures must be taken to assure the structural stability of the space. II. VENTILATION A. Command should assign a Ventilation Division to establish proper ventilation of the confined space. B. Ventilation Division should consult with Hazard & Safety to determine proper type of ventilation for this space. 138

C. Ventilation Division must consider the effects on the atmosphere; ventilation will have (i.e. increase or decrease of flammability). D. Ventilation Division may consider negative pressure ventilation if there is only one entry point. Atmospheric monitoring must then be done to ensure a non-explosive atmosphere in the exhaust area. E. Ventilation Division must consider the effects the exhaust has on the operation. Phase III Entry Operations. Victim Removal I. SELECTION OF PERSONNEL A. The proper personnel shall be selected to make entry into the confined space. A minimum of two (2) persons should be assigned to make entry B. Command will assign one appropriately equipped rescuer ready as a back-up for each rescuer entering the space. C. All entry and back-up personnel should be properly trained in confined space rescue procedures and be capable of carrying out the rescue/recovery. II. SELECTION OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT A. The proper level of personal protective equipment (PPE) should be worn by all entry and back-up personnel. This may include but is not limited to helmet, gloves, footwear, eye protection, and full-body harness. B. All entry and back-up personnel SHALL wear SCBA or SABA when entering a confined space. C. If entry personnel use SCBA, the SHALL enter no further than one half the amount of supplied air. D. Entry personnel shall have harness on prior to entry. III. COMMUNICATION AND LIGHTING A. If the confined space has a flammable atmosphere, entry personnel should have explosion proof communication equipment. Atmosphere must be considered flammable until proven otherwise. IF equipment is not available tag-line or relay communications should be used. B. If the confined space is dark, entry team must use proper lighting. IF explosion proof lighting is needed but not available cyalume type lighting should be used by rescuers. IV. ORIENTATION OF CONFINED SPACE A. All entry and back-up personnel should be made aware of the layout of the confined space, prior to entry. B. All entry, back-up, Safety, & Command will be made aware of the rescue plan and back-up rescue plan prior to entry. V. VICTIM REMOVAL EQUIPMENT. A. If possible the entry team should bring a breathable air supply for the victim. Rescuers should not remove their breathing apparatus to share with the victim. B. Pure oxygen should not be used in a confined space that has a potentially flammable atmosphere. C. Entry team should consider the necessary victim retrieval equipment prior to entry. 139

VI. ASSESSING CONDITION OF VICTIM A. Upon reaching the victim, entry personnel should do an immediate primary survey of the victim. If appropriate, treatment should be started immediately. B. A quick but thorough secondary victim survey should be done. If time and conditions permit, entry personnel should attempt to treat injuries prior to removal. C. If indicated, complete C-spine precautions should be administered. Note: Because of difficulty removing victim optimum C-spine precautions may not be possible. D. If victim is conscious they should be encouraged to wear breathing apparatus. VII. PATIENT PACKAGING A. After treatment of immediate life threatening injuries, the victim should be packaged up for removal from the space. This may include using a backboard, stokes, KED, SKED, or other extrication devices. B. Prior to removal from the space, the entry team should secure any loose webbing, buckles, straps, or any other device that might hinder the extrication process. VIII. VICTIM REMOVAL SYSTEM A. Prior to removal of victim, the entry team should have determined the appropriate method of extrication. This may include vertical or horizontal haul systems constructed of ropes, pulleys, and other hardware with a minimum of 2:1 mechanical advantage. B. As a general rule, entry personnel should never allow the victim between the rescuers and the point of egress. C. At times the situation may preclude the above procedure due to the fact that one rescuer may have to push the victim while one pulls. IX. TRANSFER TO TREATMENT A. Immediately after reaching the point of egress, entry personnel shall transfer the victim to treatment personnel. B. ALS level examination should be conducted on the victim. C. If the victim is contaminated from the product inside the confined space, a Decontamination corridor SHALL be set-up and used prior to transport of the victim. Phase IV. Termination I. PERPARATION FOR TERMINATION A. Personnel accountability. B. Remove tools and equipment used in rescue/recovery. If there has been a fatality, tools and equipment may be left in place for Coronerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s examination. C. If entry personnel and/or equipment have been contaminated during rescue/recovery, proper decontamination procedures shall be followed prior to returning to service. D. Secure the scene. Prior to turning the property back over to the P.D., one final reading of the atmosphere shall be taken and recorded. E. Command consider Critical Incident Stress Debriefing Team activation if situation dictates. F. Return to service. CONFINED SPACE RESCUE INCIDENT/RECOMMENDED CHAIN OF COMMAND 140

I.C. established per I.C SOG CONSIDERATIONS: A. Heat. Rotation of crews B. Cold. Victim & Rescuer Hypothermia. C. Rain. Effects on hazard profile. D. Time of Day. Sufficient lighting present. E. Family & friends; keep family informed. F. News media. Assign P.I.O. G. OSHA or Coroners involvement in incident of serious injury or death.

TRENCH RESCUE PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to establish guidelines for operating at the scene of a trench rescue operation. MABAS 20 TRT shall be notified upon confirmation of a rescue. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS Phase I Arrive on Scene Take Command Size-up I. ARRIVAL ON SCENE A. First arriving company officer should take Command and begin an immediate size-up of the situation. Notify the dispatch for immediate CART team response. B. Spotting Apparatus. The first-in company should spot the apparatus at least 50 feet from the location of the trench failure. Command should dictate Level 1 staging at least 150 feet from the scene. II. THE PRIMARY ASSESSMENT A. Command should determine exactly what has happened. B. Assess the potential hazards to the rescuers. C. Secure a R.P. (responsible party), job foreman, or witness to the accident. D. An immediate assessment of the victimâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s injuries should be determined. E. Determine how many victims are affected by the accident. F. If no witnesses are present, Command may have to look for clues at the scene to find out what happened. G. If there are victims, command should determine how long the victim has been buried. H. An early decision must be made as to whether this operation will be run in the rescue or recovery mode. III. THE SECONDARY ASSESSMENT A. Assess on-scene capabilities. B. Assess the need for additional resources. C. Assign a safety officer (Safety Division). 141

D. Assign personnel (Lobby, Rescue, and Treatment Division). Phase II Pre-Entry Operations I. MAKE THE GENERAL AREA SAFE A. Create hot, warm, and cold zones. 1. Hot zone extends 0-50 feet. 2. Warm zone extends 50-150 feet. 3. Cold zone extends 150-300 feet. B. Control traffic movement. 1. Shut down roadway. 2. Re-route all non-essential traffic at least 300 feet. 3. Shut down railroads near scene. C. Control the crowd. 1. Remove all non-essential civilian personnel to at least 150 feet from incident. 2. Remove all non-essential rescue personnel to at least 50 feed from the incident. D. Shut down all heavy equipment operating within 300 feet of the collapse. II. MAKE THE RESCUE AREA SAFE. A. Control all hazards in the area, i.e., electric, gas, water. B. De-water the trench if necessary. C. Monitor the atmosphere in the trench. D. Ventilate the trench if necessary. E. Identify soil type and condition. Phase III Entry Operations I. MAKE THE TRENCH LIP SAFE A. Approach the trench from the ends if possible. B. Look for unidentified hazards (i.e. fissures, unstable soil pile). C. Assess soil pile for improper angle of repose and general raveling. D. Remove any tripping hazards (i.e., shovels, shores, tree roots). E. Provide level area for ground pads. F. Place ground pads around lip of trench. II. MAKE TRENCH SAFE Rescue Division will be responsible for entry operations. Rescue Division shall ensure that all personnel operating in the hot zone are wearing steel-toed boots, helmet, eye protection, and gloves. A. Place ingress and egress ladders in trench. There should be at least 2 ladders placed in the trench no more than 50 feet apart. B. Decide on shoring system to be used (i.e., hydraulic shore, pneumatic shore, timber shore). C. Create a safe zone in the un-collapsed portion of the trench (possibly from both ends). This shall be accomplished using a shoring system. D. Remove dirt from the collapsed zone. Rescuers shall remain in the safe zone while removing dirt from the collapsed zone. E. Secure all unsecured utilities, pipe, or obstruction in the trench. F. 142

III. VICTIM REMOVAL A. Create a safe zone. B. Begin dirt removal, operating from safe zone (buckets, shovels, by hand). C. Continue extending safe zone into collapse zone. D. Uncover victim to below diaphragm. E. Begin patient assessment if possible. F. Completely uncover the victim. G. Properly package the patient, and remove from trench (vertical haul, horizontal haul). IV. TREATMENT A. Primary survey. B. C-Spine precautions. C. Secondary survey. D. Consider removing the victim from danger prior to providing definitive care. E. Follow local EMS protocols. Phase IV Termination I. TERMINATION A. Personnel accountability. B. Remove tools and equipment from trench. If there has been a fatality, tools and equipment may be left in place for Coronerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s examination. C. Remove trench shoring system (first-in/last-out). D. Re-stock vehicles E. Consider debriefing. F. Secure the scene. This may include leaving shores in place or covering the trench. G. Return to service. TRENCH RESCUE INCIDENT/RECOMMENDED CHAIN OF COMMAND I.C. established per I.C. SOG

A. B. C. D. E. F. G.

CONSIDERATIONS; Heat. Rotation of crews. Cold. Victim & Rescuer hypothermia. Rain. Effects on hazard profile. Time of Day. Sufficient lighting present. Family & friends; keep family informed. News media. Assign P.I.O. OSHA or Coroners involvement in incident of serious injury or death.

143

WATER RESCUE PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide a guideline for conducting water rescue/recovery operations. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS Phase I Arrive on Scene. Take Command.

Size-up

A. Secure responsible party or witness. Command should secure a witness as soon as possible after arriving on the scene. Multiple witness allows for triangulation to determine victimâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s position. B. Assess the need for additional resources. Command should immediately begin assessing the need for additional resources (divers, boats, helicopters). If additional resources may be needed, Command should put in an early call for the appropriate resources, units may be returned if not needed later. C. Assess the hazards. Command should immediately assess the present hazards. Command may want to assign a Safety Division. Safety Division will be responsible for identifying the hazards present and to have them secured. If it is not possible to secure hazards, safety Division will notify all operating personnel of hazards present. Some hazards associated with water rescue operations may be; depth, velocity, temperature, floating debris, unusual drop offs, or hydraulic effects. D. Decide on Rescue or Recovery mode. Based on the conditions present and the hazard to rescuers, Command will have to make the decision to operate in the rescue or recovery mode. E. Decide on an Action Plan. Command should establish an action plan as soon as possible. This step by step plan should be communicated to all rescue personnel. Phase II Pre-Rescue Operations A. Make the general area safe. Command should begin to make the general area safe. In water rescue operations this would include securing the area and not allowing civilian personnel in to the water. In swift water operations Command should assign an Upstream Division to warn of floating debris. B. Make the rescue area safe. Command should secure the immediate rescue area. Command may assign a lobby Division for accountability and security. Personnel working in the rescue area (waterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s edge) shall have personal protective equipment (PPE), including personal floatation device (PFD), or appropriate SCUBA gear. If at all possible, the hazards in the rescue area should be secured. If it is not possible, all personnel operating in the area shall be notified of existing hazards. C. Pre-rescue/recovery. Depending on the action plan established, Command may want to establish a rescue Division. Rescue Division will be responsible for gathering all equipment and personnel necessary to operate according to the action plan. Rescue Division will assign rescue personnel and support personnel. Rescue Division should also communicate a backup plan to all rescue personnel. Phase III

Rescue Operations.

144

After pre-rescue operations have been completed, Rescue Division shall initiate the action plan for the rescue/recovery of the victim(s). Low-risk rescue operations should always be considered prior to performing higher risk operations. Rescues should be conducted with the least amount of risk to the rescuer necessary to rescue the victim. Command must consider the risk/benefit of the operation. IN swift water operations downstream personnel may need to be assigned with throw bags. The order of risk, from low to high, for water rescues will be: TALK the victim into self-rescue. If possible the victim can be talked into swimming or paddling to shore, or assisting the rescuers with his/her own rescue. This may not be prudent in swift or deep water situations. REACH for the victim. It may be possible to reach the victim with a pike pile or outstretched hand. Care should be taken to prevent rescuer from being pulled in. THROW positive floatation device (PFD, or rescue ring) or rope to victim if victim is too far, to reach. Downstream personnel should be in place to perform actual rescue during swift water operations. If the victim is able to grab a rope he may be pendulum belayed to rescuers downstream. The victim may be hauled in if there is no safe position to perform rescue downstream, or no current present. The above operations can be conducted by firefighters with basic level rescue skills. During the following higher risk operations Command may want to utilize rescuers with advanced training. ROW to the victim. PPE for the victims should be considered. During swift water operations a rope system with a two point tether should be used to control the boats position. Personnel will need to be assigned to the opposite shore for these operations. GO to the victim. Putting a rescuer in the water is a very high risk operations. Only rescuers with the proper training and equipment should be allowed to enter the water. Prior to entering the water, the rescuer shall discuss the actions plan with the rescue Division. This plan should include specific tasks, objectives, hazards, and alternate plans. A rescuer should never be attached to a life line with-out a quick release mechanism. ASSESSING THE VICTIM Once the rescuers reach the victim, they should do an immediate assessment. A quick primary survey and size-up of entrapment or hazards present. The victim should then be brought to shore as soon as possible. TREATMENT As soon as the victim is brought to safety, an assessment should be done by ALS personnel. Treatment shall be administered in accordance with local EMS protocols. If necessary the victim shall be transported to the appropriate facility. Phase IV Termination. Command should begin termination as soon as possible after the victim has been removed from the water. A. Personnel accountability. 145

C. D. E. F.

B. Remove tools and equipment used in rescue/recovery. If there has been a fatality, tools and equipment may be left in place for Coronerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s examination If entry personnel and/or equipment have been contaminated during rescue/recovery, proper decontamination procedures shall be followed prior to returning to service. Secure the scene. Command consider Critical Incident Stress Debriefing Team activation if situation dictates. Return to service.

WATER RESCUE INCIDENT/RECOMMENDED CHAIN OF COMMAND I.C. established per I.C. SOG CONSIDERATIONS A. Heat. Rotation of crews. B. Cold. Victim & Rescuer hypothermia. C. Rain. Effects on hazard profile. D. Time of Day. Sufficient lighting present. E. Family & Friends; keep family informed. F. News media. Assign P.I.O. G. OSHA or Coroners involvement in incident of serious injury or death.

DISASTER RESPONSE PLAN POLICY STATEMENT The Bensenville Fire Protection District Disaster plan is a guideline to follow for all disasters that are incident specific. A disaster is defined as any incident that requires resources beyond the local jurisdictions capabilities of either staffing and /or equipment. Therefore a disaster (by definition) occurs when the Fire Protection District commits all of their resources to one or more incidents that are occurring simultaneously. However, as a proactive approach to maintaining a minimum level of service to those we serve, outside assistance through mutual aid would be requested to either assist those currently working or to standby for any future fire or EMS request. The request and use of mutual aid companies then replenish the Fire Protection Districts resources and the definition of a disaster no longer applies. PURPOSE The main objective of this plan is to establish a guideline for the large disaster. This is a disaster so large that the need for resources (staffing and equipment) out-weighs the continued support of mutual aid companies. These types of disaster occur with little or no warning creating an incident specific disaster that is usually catastrophic in nature. Though these disasters occur suddenly, they will have a large amount of civilian injuries (and/or death), and create a large amount of property damage over a large area. When an incident specific disaster occurs over several jurisdictional boundaries, those stricken agencies must realize that help may not be on the way for a long period of time. Basically, the demand will out-weigh the supply causing our 146

personnel to react under stressful (and at times) overwhelming circumstances. Based upon disaster study materials, responding mutual aid companies may take up to 60 minutes before arriving to the several command posts operating (branches). Resources would most likely be scarce to nonexistent. This places the stricken agency in a prioritizing mode of operation with the main goal of providing the greatest good for the greatest number. This means making critical decisions to save the most lives that are savable and to mitigate hazards that would obviously destroy more property. On a positive note, studies have shown that more than 90% of the victims, who survive some type of entrapment, performed self-rescues eliminating the need for assistance. Surviving civilians turned to their neighbors and helped in all sorts of emergency response activities from extinguishment, and performing structural searches. However, the need for professional assistance for those 10 % who are possibly trapped or in need of medical assistance becomes our primary objective. PRE-DISASTER READINESS The intent of this disaster guideline is to assist our personnel in understanding their roles and responsibilities and the organizational structure of a disaster response so that everyone can perform effectively, this is very important because, based upon past disasters, radio and/or land line communications may not be available between the field personnel and the incident commander for several hours. However, every available means of communications are available (cell phones in ambulances to radio in apparatus) must be sought out and tried. Everyone who operates within a disaster setting must realize that their training, experience, and common sense must be utilized in order for this plan to work. Officers and/or Division officers will need to be aggressive in their decision making. In order to keep a focus on the mission, the officer or Division officer will need to take command and control in assigned or non-assigned areas with five incident priorities in mind. They are: 1. Remove the surface injured to the Casualty collection point. 2. Remove the surface deceased (mark or identify the location of the deceased) to the casualty collection point or temporary morgue. The operations officer must be informed when this phase begins. 3. Remove any hazardous conditions (gas, electric, fires). 4. Perform a search of all structures and open fields. 5. Assist citizens with removal of personal items (use discretion regarding to time and safety) Each incident priority must be accomplished separately when there are limited resources. However, officers can commandeer willing and able bodied civilians to assist (until mutual aid companies arrive) which would enable two or more of the priorities to be carried out simultaneously. Diversity, adaptability and ingenuity will be needed by all emergency response personnel. SIZE UP - ACTIVATING A DISASTER RESPONSE The first arriving unit must assess the magnitude of the incident based upon injuries, possible entrapment, fire, and resources needed (personnel and apparatus), and he/she will activate one of the Bensenville Fire Protection District Response Plans. Choosing one of these plans will expedite the notification of mutual aid companies without confusion. Initiation of this plan with Dispatch will automatically bring the Ambulance/Fire response (as outlined below) along with notification to the appropriate hospital. 147

BENSENVILLE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT DISASTER RESPONSE PLANS Disaster Patients Primary Alternate Ambulance Fire/Rescue Plan Hospital Response Response PLAN #1 12 2 1 2nd Alarm *Box Alarm PLAN #2 13 to 25 3 1 3rd Alarm *Box Alarm th nd PLAN #3 24 to 40 5 1 4 Alarm *2 Alarm PLAN #4 over 40 8 1 Interdivisional Box Alarm *If there is possible entrapment of victims, CART will be requested at any time. NOTE: Staging of all Equipment, Non-Fire Protection District Personnel, Contractors, and Apparatus will be at a designated staging area (Level II Staging). If the Disaster is not specific in location but large in area such as a tornado that rips through the Fire Protection Districts effecting two subdivision, only one disaster plan will be activated to cover the entire incident (a plan could be upgraded if the first request was under estimated). In this type of scenario, there could be two command posts (one for each subdivision) requesting resources from the Incident Commander. The Incident Commander or Operations Officer would establish one central staging area for the entire operation. SIZE UP -IMPLEMENT EMS DISASTER PLAN FOR MASS CASUALTY Once the first arriving unit activates the BFPD Response Plan, he/she will automatically implement the Loyola EMS Disaster Plan for Mass Casualty. It will be the responsibility of the first arriving ambulance (Officer or Senior Paramedic) to function as the Medical Officer and to supervise the implementation of the Loyola EMS Disaster Plan for Mass Casualty Plan. FIRE AND RESCUE OPERATION IN A DIASTER A. FOUNDATION OF OPERATIONS. All Bensenville Fire Protection District Personnel shall comply with the Bensenville Fire Protection District Incident Management System, Box Alarm, Safety and any other procedure to accomplish the following incident priorities: 1. Remove the surface injured to the casualty collection point. 2. Remove the surface deceased (mark or identify to location of the deceased) to the casualty collection point or temporary morgue. The Operations Officer must be informed when this phase begins. 3. Remove any hazardous conditions (gas, electric, fires). 4. Perform a search of all structures and open fields. 5. Assist citizens with removal of personal items. (use discretion regarding to time and safety). B. TACTICAL PROCEDURES Incident Commander. The I.C. is the Senior Chief Officer in charge of the Fire Protection District at the time the disaster strikes. The I.C. will be responsible for the command and control of Operations, Logistics, Planning, and Finance for the entire fire and rescue response. The I.C. will be located in the radio room at Bensenville Fire Station 1. Operation Officer. The Bensenville Operations Officer will be designated by the Incident Commander (Chief or Battalion Chief) to supervise the fire and rescue operations of the entire Fire Protection District. He/she will become the coordinator and supervisor of incidents during the disaster. The Operations Officer will be located in the Radio Room at Bensenville Fire Station 1.

148

Establishing Incident Branches, Forward Field Command Post, and Divisions. The first arriving Officer on any apparatus will request the BFPD Response Plan and take command of that incident based upon the area of destruction. He/she will remain in Command until relieved by a Chief Officer. If several subdivisions are involved, than a commander will be named for each subdivision. Each commander in the field will answer to the Bensenville Operations Officer who will be located in the Radio Room at Station 1 or at another base station. Level two staging. All mutual aid companies, contractors, and other agencies willing to assist in the disaster mitigation will be assigned to the staging area located at a designated area. A Staging Officer will be assigned and will be responsible for staging per I.M.S. procedure. The Staging Officer will be in direct contact with the Incident Commander. The Staging Officer will separate by function i.e., engines, squads, trucks, ambulances. Support/Logistic Base (SLB) The fire station closest to the disaster site will become the Support/Logistic Base for the Field Commanders. The Incident Commander will designate a Log Base Officer. The purpose of the SLB is to establish a site that can be self-sufficient with electricity, communications, and other amenities that are conducive to support field personnel during long operations. The SLB Officer will prepare the station to sustain support functions for field personnel. Considerations will be given to the following projected needs. a. Food and water needs b. Rehab Division c. Rest room facilities d. Protective clothing supplies e. Spare tools and portable radios f. Medical supplies and med tags g. Marking Materials (orange spray paint/fire line tape) The SLB Officer may need to prepare the apparatus bay as a casualty collection site (CCS) for the Field Commanders. This may be requested from the Medical Office. If the SLB becomes a CCS, a medical transportation officer and triage officer will need to be established. All request for mutual aid ambulances (that are in staging) will be made to the Bensenville Operations Officer. The Bensenville Operations Officer will then contact the Staging Officer for the requested ambulances. The staging officer will send the requested ambulances to the SLB or CCS. The first arriving ambulance officer or senior paramedic will become the field triage officer for the incident and if needed (plane crash or similar incident), may implement the DuPage County EMS mass casualty plan (appendix A) Field Command the Medical Officer will work in a unified command post near the entrance way to the subdivision, or disaster site, to control the resources entering and leaving the scene. Command will be responsible for direct supervision and implementing the tactical priorities with his/her designated area (or subdivision) using Divisions. 149

Field Command will work the entire area using the following sequence:  crash site or direct path  Areas (four sides) adjacent to the crash site or direct path Divisions will be implemented to assist in managing the scene using either street names (for large disasters) or task function. Division Officers will be responsible for accomplishing the tactical priorities and request resources through their Field Commander. Field Commanders will request resources through the Bensenville Operations Officer. Field Commanders and Division Officers may have initial limited resources for their use. If this was to occur, Field Commanders can commandeer and use non-Fire Protection District personnel to assist the on-site personnel with their task functions. Non-Fire Protection District personnel can be used until mutual aid companies are assigned. Management and supervision of non-Fire Protection District resources is of critical importance to the safety and effectiveness of the rescue operations.  Personnel used in this fashion should be somehow identified (i.e., Fire line tape or surveyor’s tape used as an armband).  Basic safety gear (gloves/head protection) should be provided.  Close supervision is required for personnel with little or no rescue training.  Basic safety and hazards assessment briefing should be provided for them. Emergency Operations Center BFPD Liaison Officer. After the initial response of resources are requested and forward commanders are in place, the I.C. will send a Chief Officer to the Bensenville Emergency Operations Center to become the BFPD Liaison Officer. The Bensenville Liaison Officer will be in direct contact (by phone) with the BFPD Incident Commander. As MABAS and Village resources are needed, all request will be made through the Bensenville Incident Commander to the BFPD Liaison Officer. Family Assistance Division Officer. The Incident Commander will establish a Family Assistance Officer who will be responsible for the implementation for the Fire Protection Districts Personnel Family Locator Procedure (appendix C). (SEE SAMPLE PLANE ONE, TWO, AND THREE) 1. Remove the Surface injured to the casualty collection point. The first priority is to remove the injured however; it may be necessary to control and extinguish any fires or hazards prior to removal of the injured (Incident Priority #3). The field Commander must assess the situation and implement a plan that will provide the greatest good for the greatest number. The Field Commander will be responsible for the removal of all surface injured to the casualty collection site. The Disaster site must be searched property to property and by block by block. Due to debris on the road way, the area will need to be covered by foot. If the incident has taken a large path over several blocks or more and there are many injured, the casualty collection

150

site should be the SLB. Other factors would include night time disasters, weather conditions, and limited resources. If the incident is site specific (plane crash or the like), a CCS will be chosen close to the vicinity of the incident. All injured citizens will be med tagged and transported (by whatever means) to the casualty collection site. All transporting companies will deliver their injured to the casualty collection site and return immediately to the scene. Mark site and remove the deceased to the temporary morgue. All plane crashes must be investigated by the FAA prior to any bodies being removed from the site. However, if you have encountered victims with any type of vital signs, you are to treat and transport them to the CCS. Prior to approval to remove the deceased or collection of body parts, all deceased and the like will be covered. Prior to removing the deceased, marking the vicinity and documenting (on EMS report) the location where the deceased was found. If and when approval is given to remove the deceased, they are to be sent to a location that is separate from a shelter or CCS. Remove any hazardous conditions. After the injured have been removed from the site, or when resources become available, field Command will direct the Division officers in removing all hazardous conditions that would create additional life loss or possible fires. If the utility companies have not yet arrived at the disaster site, Field Commanders must direct Division officers to shut down all gas service to structures and if possible shut off electric service at the electric panel. We are to avoid pulling meters if at all possible. All hazardous material storage locations that were involved in or near the disaster site must be evaluated for safety. All vehicles that are overturned must be assessed for leaking fuel and other materials that may ignite or cause further damage to life or property. Any spot fire that may exist must be extinguished. Perform a search of all structures and open fields. The Branch Officer is to assign a member as the Rescue Officer for all structures that have either a V-collapse, pancake, or lean-to type of collapse. One of the critical responsibilities of the Rescue Division and/or Squad Officer is determining, evaluating and prioritizing rescue extrication operations involving live, entrapped victims. ď&#x201A;ˇ

There are generally five phases of rescue operations at collapse incidents: Phase One: Removal of all surface victims as quickly and as safely as possible. 151



Phase Two: Assessment of the Collapse area. Area searched for possible victims (surfaced/buried). Evaluation of the structure’s stability.  Phase Three: All voids and accessible spaces searched and explored for viable victims. An audible call out system can be used during this phase. Only trained canine or specially trained personnel should be used in voids/accessible space searches.  Phase Four: Selected debris removal (using special tool/techniques) may be necessary after locating a victim.  Phase Five: General debris removal is usually conducted after all known victims have been removed. The Division Officers will not enter an unstable structure until the structure is assessed as to a “GO” or “NOT GO” search. Anytime rescuers are working in voids or accessible openings, all work in progress above, below or around the site should cease until rescuers and victims exit the void opening. Proper communications, both horizontally and vertically in the Division, must be maintained during these operations. The most perplexing strategic decisions will probably involve choices between multiple rescue opportunities that surpass the rescue resources. In this situation, Rescue Division Officer must prioritize rescue opportunities. Factors include:  Victim(s) viability and longevity.  Degree of difficulty and duration of rescue  Possible end results of rescue efforts (i.e., a single rescue operation yielding the extraction of two or more victims, etc.)  Safety considerations for rescue personnel. The Rescue Division Officer managing a single-squad operation is tasked with not only coordinating all tactics and operations, but must also assess and ensure the squad’s conformance to all accepted safety practices and procedures. Larger or more complex rescue operations may require the commitment of two or more rescue squads to a single operation. When two or more rescue squads are assigned to operate together, the Rescue Division Officer may assume command or assign one of the Rescue Squad Officers to be in charge of the site (this must be clearly communicated to all personnel involved). It is difficult for any one person to assess all tactical considerations and formulate a comprehensive plan of caution. It is quite important that a review of ongoing operations and safety considerations be conducted. Physical search operations include deploying personnel over and around a collapse site. These personnel can make separate visual assessments in voids and confined space areas for any indication of victims. They may also be used in a coordinated fashion as an array of listeners. A bull horn or hailing device would be used to provide direction to trapped victims. The area is then quieted and the personnel listen and attempt to pinpoint the location of the noise. 152

Canine search can usually provide the most rapid assessment of a work site area. One search canine team can cover a general assessment of indications for victims. The Field Commander will need to establish search teams to search all open fields surrounding the disaster site for rescue or body recovery. Every structure no matter how small or large will be searched within the Division assignment. The Division Officer will check in and under all vehicles in and around the disaster site for possible victims. All search teams will implement the FEMA Structure/Hazards Evaluation Marking and Search Assessment marking. Assist citizens with discretion. Division Officers should not jeopardize the life safety of any personnel (including the owner of the structure) in recovering items from a structure if it is unstable. Once the first four incident priorities are accomplished, Field Commanders and Division Officers will assist any resident with retrieving essential valuables i.e., Insurance papers, bank books, jewelry. Dependent upon demand, Division Officers should allocate approximate 15 minutes per structure. Division Officers may assist any owner requesting assistance with securing their structure. Field Commanders and Division Officers will recommend to all residents to seek shelter and assistance from the local authorities at the pre-determined shelter per the EOC Plan. Owners may elect to stay in their structures if the walls and roof are intact and structurally sound. Division Officers are to keep order within their Division by directing the owners to stay on their property or with their structure. Field Commanders will establish transportation needs for residents wishing to seek assistance at the pre-designed disaster shelter.

153

INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PURPOSE The purpose of this S.O.G. is to establish a guideline for initiating, maintaining, and terminating the management of emergency incidents via the NIMS system of operation. THE INCIDENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The Incident Management System (IMS) is a flexible tool used to ensure the accomplishment of the following strategic and tactical responsibilities. STRATEGIC RESPONSIBILITIES A. B. C. D. E.

Finance. Logistics Operations Planning Safety

TACTICAL RESPONSIBILITIES Remove endangered occupants and treat the sick and injured. Stabilize the incident and provide for life safety. Minimize damage to property. Provide for the safety, accountability, and welfare of personnel. This is an ongoing priority throughout the incident. E. Conduct a critique after each major incident to discuss tactics used, problems encountered, and new ideas. A. B. C. D.

The I.M.S. should be used at all emergency incidents. The incident commander should structure the I.M.S. to best fit the incident. On smaller incidents the Incident Commander may be able to adequately manage all strategic and tactical responsibilities. (i.e. EMS, False Alarms, Vehicle Accidents, or Minor Fires). In these cases the I.M.S. may consist of the Incident Commander and the working company. On larger or more complex incidents, the Incident Commander may assign Division or Branch Officers to assist in the management of strategic or tactical responsibilities. (i.e., Structure Fires, Rural Fires, Haz-Mat, Technical Rescues, Disasters or Mass Casualty Incidents) In these cases creation of Divisions such as Staging, Safety, Rehab, Water Supply etc., will greatly enhance the Incident Commanders span of control. INCIDENT COMMANDER The INCIDENT COMMANDER is responsible for ensuring the incident is managed at all levels. STRATEGIC LEVEL = Overall direction of the incident. 154

TACTICAL LEAVEL = Assignment of operational objectives. TASK LEVEL = Assignment of specific company tasks. The Incident Commander may rely on Branch or Division Officers to ensure Tactical level management. The Incident Commander, Branch, or Division Officers should rely on Company Officers to ensure task level management. COMMAND FUNCTIONS The Incident Commander should utilize the following command functions to achieve their tactical responsibilities. A. ASSUME / CONFIRM / POSITION COMMAND 1. First arriving Company Officer shall assume incident command. 2. Command should choose a command mode. a. Nothing showing = investigate mode. b. Quick action can meet tactical responsibilities = attack mode. c. Large or complex incidents = Command mode. 3. Command will be positioned to match the appropriate command mode (investigate attack, command mode). a. Command located interior during investigate and attack mode. b. Command located in advisable position during command mode. B. SIZE - UP 1. The IC should evaluate the current situation. a. Building b. Fire Conditions c. Occupancy d. Life Hazard e. Access, and Exposures f. Resources g. Time and Weather h. Effectiveness of current operations. 2. This information may be collected through visual inspections, reconnaissance reports, or pre-fire planning and familiarity. C. COMMUNICATIONS. 1. The Incident Commander shall transmit confirmation and mode of command (investigate, attack, command modes). 2. The Incident Commander shall be referred to as Command for the rest of the incident. 3. Command shall initiate, maintain, and control effective incident communications. D. DECLARE STRATEGY, DEVELOP ACTION PLAN, AND POSITION RESOURCES 1. The IC shall declare the operational strategy as offensive, defensive, or combination based on : 155

a. Fire extent and location b. Fire effect c. Savable occupants d. Savable property e. Entry and tenability f. Ventilation profile g. Resources 2. The IC shall develop an action plan that will meet the tactical responsibilities with the resources available. 3. The IC shall position the resources available, to achieve the tactical responsibilities in an effective manner. 4. The IC shall request additional resources (further alarms, police, etc.) if current resources are insufficient to achieve tactical responsibilities. E. INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION 1. The Command shall organize the resources to most effectively carry out the action plan. 2. The Command shall designate Division Officers before the operating companies exceed the IC’s span of control. 3. Command shall designate Branch Officers before the operating Divisions exceed the IC’s span of control. F. REVIEW AND REVISE STRATEGY AND/OR ACTION PLAN 1. Command shall maintain regular communications with Company, Division, or Branch Officers. These communications shall allow Command to review effectiveness of current action plan. 2. Command shall inform operating personnel of any changes made to the strategy or action plan. G. CONTINUE, TRANSFER, OR TERMINATE COMMAND/ CONTINUE COMMAND 1. After review of action plan effectiveness Command may choose to continue, transfer, or terminate. 2. To continue command, the IC should alter the organization and resources to accommodate changes in the strategy or action plan H. TRANSFER COMMAND 1. To transfer Command, the IC must inform his replacement of the current situation. a. Strategy selected (offensive, defensive, or combination). b. Action plan in progress. c. Evaluation of Action Plan’s effectiveness. d. Resources available. 2. New Incident Commander shall identify him/herself as “Command”. 3. Command should obtain situation report from Officers. 4. Command should alter the action plan if ineffective. 5. Command should inform operating personnel of any changes made to the strategy or action plan. 6. Command should alter the organization and resources to accommodate changes in the strategy or action plan. 156

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

TERMINATE COMMAND Command should reduce the command structure when no longer needed to achieve goals. Command should return unnecessary units to service. Command should request accountability check prior to terminating incident. Command should designate critique procedures prior to termination of large or complex incidents. Command should transmit termination of incident when all units returned to service.

DIVISION / BRANCH OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Division / Branch Officer shall be identified by Division name (i.e., “Roof”, “Interior”, “Medical”, “Rehab”, “Operations”, etc.). B. The Officer shall be responsible for assigning companies to achieve the operational objectives of their Division or branch. C. The Officer shall report to Command on the progress of their Division or branch. D. Branch Officers shall receive progress reports from their Divisions and give progress reports to command. E. Officers shall account for all assigned personnel. F. Officers shall redirect activities and resources, within their Division or branch, as needed. G. Officers will coordinate activities with others Divisions or branches. H. Officers will monitor work in progress and safety of personnel. I. Officers should request additional resources if needed. COMPANY OFFICERS RESPONSIBILITIES Company Officers should be identified by company. Company Officers are responsible for Task Level Management. Company Officers shall assign tasks to their company. Officers shall ensure the safety of their company. Officers shall monitor the effectiveness of performed tasks and notify Division, Branch, or Command in progress reports. F. Officers should request additional resources when needed. G. Company Officers are responsible for accountability of company personnel. A. B. C. D. E.

A. B. C.

DIVISIONING Divisions provide an Incident Commander with the means to increase his/her span of control. Divisions are divisions of manpower with regard to common location or task. Divisions are supervised by a Division Officer. The Division Officers are responsible to the Incident Commander for the personnel in their Division. The Division Officer is referred to by Division name. (i.e., Roof, Interior, West, Second Floor, Staging, Water Supply, Safety, etc.). The number of Divisions created should be dictated by the size, complexity, or number of operating personnel. 1. Small incidents may not have any Divisions, if all operating personnel can be supervised by the Incident Commander. (i.e., EMS, False Alarms, Minor Vehicle Accidents). 2. Minor structure fires may require a few Divisions. (i.e., Staging, Interior, Roof, Rear). 3. Complex incidents may require specialized Divisions. (i.e., Decon, Boat, Dive, Lobby, Hazard, Recon). 4. Major incidents usually require many Divisions. 157

E. When the number of Divisions begins to exceed the Incident Commander’s span of control, branches should be created. Branches are divisions of Divisions with regard to common location or task. F. Branch Officers are referred to by their branch name. (i.e., Operations, Logistics, Support).

COMMAND POST COMMAND POST (C.P.) The Battalion Chief will establish a Command. The Command Post should be in the front of the fire structure, away from apparatus, safe from the effects of fire and smoke. (Set up as if you were going to take a complete picture of the structure.) All non-essential personnel will stay clear of the Command Post. Division Officers shall keep the Incident Commander at the Command Post informed of progress and activities within their Division. Request for additional personnel or apparatus shall be made to the Command Post. Those acting as aides to the Incident Commander should report directly to the Command Post. This will include Chaplains, executive level officers or others selected to be Incident Command Aides. Helpful materials or supplies:  Green Command Post light.  Command brief cases.  Traffic vests marked for Incident Commander and Division Officers. Command Post Briefcase Inventory In order to facilitate the I.C.S., certain resource materials are needed by the Incident Commander. The following inventory may not include all of the support materials needed; however, it provides a solid starting point. Materials and Books  I.C.S.  D.O.T. guide book 2010 ed.  Fire equipment resource inventory of MABAS 20.  Map book of response area Binoculars/Pens/Pencils/Marking Pens 158

This does not constitute a complete list of items to be carried, but serves as a recommended starting point.

INVESTIGATIVE MODE PURPOSE The purpose of this S.O.G. is to establish a guideline for conducting operations in the investigative mode. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS A. SIZE-UP The following factors should be considered in evaluating the current situation: 1. Building 2. Fire Conditions 3. Occupancy 4. Life Hazard 5. Access & Exposures 6. Time & Weather 7. Resources B. COMMAND MODE If the first arriving unit notices no visible signs of fire the company officer should operate in the INVESTIGATIVE MODE. C. COMMUNICATIONS The first arriving unit’s officer shall transmit the following information shortly after arrival. 1. Arrival of Unit 2. Pertinent Size-up Information 3. Command & Mode Example: (“Engine 89 on the scene nothing showing”) D. STAGING 1. Upon notification of investigative mode operations, all incoming units shall stage in a Level I staging area. Level I Staging is approximately one block from the incident in the unit’s direction of travel. 2. Any unit arriving on scene prior to notification of investigative mode operations shall standby on scene. E. COMMAND 1. The first arriving company’s officer should be the Incident Commander. 2. The Incident Commander should locate himself to best supervise the investigation. 3. Command shall constantly re-assess the situation. If a change in command mode is warranted, Command shall transmit that change to all units, along with unit assignments. 4. Command may be passed to another arriving officer only after that officer has been briefed on the current situation. 5. Officer assuming command should notify all units. 159

E. TERMINATION 1. Command should release any unneeded units, to service, as soon as possible. Potentially useful units should remain staged until used or released. 2. Command should advise the occupant or owner of the condition of the building. 3. Command should notify dispatch that all remaining units are returning.

ATTACK MODE PURPOSE The purpose of the S.O.G. is to establish a guideline for conducting operations in the attack mode. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS A. SIZE - UP The following factors should be considered in evaluating the current situation: 1. Building 2. Fire Conditions 3. Occupancy 4. Life Hazard 5. Access & Exposures 6. Time & Weather 7. Resources B. COMMAND MODE If the first arriving unit notices visible signs that indicate that a fast single company attack of the fire would be effective or immediate rescue is necessary, the Company Officer should operate in the ATTACK MODE. C. COMMUNICATIONS The first arriving unit’s officer shall transmit the following information shortly after arrival. 1. Arrival of Unit 2. Pertinent Size-Up Information 3. Command & Mode, example (“Engine 89 on the scene, smoke (or fire) showing”). D. STAGING 1. Upon notification of attack mode operations, all incoming units shall stage in a Level I staging area. Level I staging is approximately one block from the incident in the unit’s direction of travel. 2. Any unit arriving on scene prior to notification of attack mode operations shall assist operations on scene. E. COMMAND 1. The first arriving company’s officer should be the Incident Commander.

160

2. The Incident Commander should position to best supervise companies to attack the fire or perform rescues. 3. Command shall constantly re-assess the situation. IF a change in command mode is warranted, Command shall transmit that change to all units, along with unit assignments. 4. Command may be passed to another arriving officer only after that officer has been briefed on the current situation. 5. Officer assuming command should notify all units. E. TERMINATION 1. Command should release any unneeded units to service, as soon as possible. Potentially useful units should remain staged until used or released. 2. Command should investigate cause and origin of fire or request investigators. 3. Command should advise the occupant or owner of the condition of the building. 4. Command should notify dispatch that all remaining units are returning.

COMMAND MODE PURPOSE The purpose of the S.O.G. is to establish a guideline for conducting operations in the command mode. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS A. SIZE - UP The following factors should be considered in evaluating the current situation: 1. Building 2. Fire Conditions 3. Occupancy 4. Life Hazard 5. Access & Exposure 6. Time & Weather 7. Resources B. COMMAND MODE If the first arriving unit notices no visible signs of fire the Company Officer should operate in the COMMAND MODE. C. COMMUNICATIONS The first arriving unit’s officer shall transmit the following information shortly after arrival: Example: “Engine 89 on the scene nothing showing” D. STAGING 1. Upon notification of command mode operations, all incoming units shall stage in a Level I staging area and request assignment. Level I staging is approximately one block from the incident in the unit’s direction of travel. 2. Command should designate a Level II staging area for any extra alarm units responding. 161

3. Command should call for a Level III staging for any extra alarm units responding. COMMAND The first arriving companyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s officer should be the Incident Commander. The Incident Commander should locate him/herself to best supervise the entire incident. Divisions should be formed, and Division Officers identified. The number of Divisions will be determined by the size and complexity of the incident as well as the number of operating companies. 5. Command shall constantly re-assess the effectiveness of operations. If a change in Divisions, strategy, or command mode is warranted, Command shall transmit that change to all units, along with unit assignments. 6. Command may be passed to another officer only after that officer has been briefed on the current situation. 7. Officer assuming command should notify all units. E. 1. 2. 3. 4.

E. TERMINATION 1. Command should release any unneeded units, to service, as soon as possible. Potentially useful units should remain staged until used or released. 2. Command should ensure a cause & origin investigation is conducted. 3. Command should advise the occupant or owner of the condition of the building. 4. Command should notify dispatch that all remaining units are returning.

APPARATUS DRIVING SAFETY PURPOSE A. To provide the Bensenville Fire Protection District (BFPD) employees with general driving and safety regulations for operating emergency vehicles. B. To reduce injuries and property damage by establishing standard procedures to avoid vehicle collisions. C. To incorporate the general driving rules and regulations of the State of Illinois and BFPD into a single policy. APPLICABILITY A. All BFPD employees. B. BFPD employees qualified to drive emergency vehicles. C. Any person operating any vehicle or apparatus of the Fire Protection District for any reason. Example; Mechanic repairing vehicle, Person under contract with or for the Fire Protection District. DEFINITIONS A. Driver - Employee qualified to drive and/or operate emergency vehicles. May also be referred to as engineer/operator.

162

B. Emergency Response Driving (Responding) - Proceeding to an incident after dispatched, using audible and visual emergency warning devices. C. Routine Driving - Proceeding through traffic, obeying all posted speed and traffic devices, without using audible and visual devices.

A. B.

C. D. E. E. F.

G. H.

I. J. K. L. M.

POLICY The BFPD will provide standardized rules and regulations to increase safety and reduce injuries and property damage while operating emergency vehicles. When an employee is working a 48 hour shift said employee will not be permitted to drive any district vehicle in the last 12 hours of the 48 hour shift. If the employee must drive it shall be only with the permission of the BC or acting BC. Drivers and officers must not drive or knowingly permit a vehicle to be driven in an unsafe manner. Apparatus must be operated in accordance with all traffic regulations when not responding to an emergency incident. Driver must operate vehicle in a courteous and professional manner at all times with regard for the best interest of the public and the Fire Protection District. Personnel not confident in operating vehicles should request additional training or practice. Drivers must not knowingly drive and/or operate a vehicle with mechanical defects that could affect the safety of its operations. The Chief and/or Battalion Commander must be notified immediately when drivers determine a vehicle is unsafe to drive. All BFPD personnel must have a valid motor vehicle operator’s license of appropriate class to drive emergency vehicles. Any employee whose license has been changed, revoked, suspended, or otherwise disqualified must immediately notify the Chief and/or Battalion Commander and refrain from operating motor vehicles. Employees must notify the Chief and Battalion Commander immediately of a conviction for any moving violation. A yearly review of all personnel’s driving records will be conducted. Any employee who is suffering from a physical condition or taking medication that would adversely affect his/her ability to safely operate a motor vehicle must refrain from driving. Vehicle operator must exercise the principle of defensive driving at all times. Provisions of this policy do not relieve vehicle drivers from exercising due caution for safety of all persons. Provisions of this policy do not protect drivers from the consequences of a reckless disregard for the safety of others.

RESPONSIBILITIES A. BFPD drivers are responsible for:  safe operation at all times;  striving to eliminate their own driving errors and making allowances for the lack of skill or improper driving actions of other drivers;  adjusting their own driving to compensate for unusual weather, road and traffic conditions, and to avoid being led into an accident by the unsafe actions of pedestrians or other drivers;

163



being alert to accident-producing situations; recognizing the need for preventive action in advance; and taking necessary precautions to prevent accidents by knowing when to slow down, stop, or yield the right of way to avoid involvement.  complying with all procedures set forth in this policy;  obeying all applicable traffic and motor vehicle laws of the State of Illinois and;  operating their vehicle, and are accountable for their actions B. The vehicle officer is responsible for ensuring that the vehicle is operated in a safe manner and in accordance with all applicable laws, ordinance and regulations. C. All officers are responsible to see that these procedures are followed and that personnel safety is assured by proper training and supervision. PROCEDURE A. Drivers must reduce the speed of the vehicle at all intersections to negotiate a full stop when the intersection cannot be safely entered. The vehicle must be under complete control and driven at such a speed that it can be safely stopped to avoid an accident should another vehicle enter the intersection. Emergency vehicle drivers must anticipate the need to yield to any vehicle already in any part of the intersection when responding against the red light. Emergency vehicle drivers must realize that they may be required to yield the right of way to the other driver to avoid a collision. B. Operators must strive to maintain a minimum safe following interval of at least three seconds between units at all times. C. Operators must never drive at night at a speed greater that which will permit the vehicle to come to a stop within the forward distance illuminated by the vehicles headlights. D. Pedestrians must always be given the right of way. E. Vehicle operators must drive in a manner to accommodate the unpredictability of other drivers. F. All BFPD drivers must be aware of clearances and vehicle heights. Tight clearance situations must be avoided whenever possible. When tight clearance situations are encountered, the Officer must dismount and guide the driver. G. To avoid contact with overhead doors, vehicle operators must never:  move the vehicle into an overhead door opening when the door is still in motion;  stop or park a vehicle in an overhead door opening;  activate an overhead door when a vehicle is in the door opening; and  activate an overhead door from any position which precludes full view of the vehicle and door either by the activating party or an observer. H. Vehicle operators must be aware of height, weight, and ground clearance limitations for their vehicles. I. Vehicles may be parked in fire lanes or other unconventional spaces during emergency incidents or during fire prevention activities when other spaces are not available. Designated parking spaces must be used at all other times. Designated parking spaces should be vacated as soon as possible. J. Emergency vehicles emerging from an alley, driveway or building must stop immediately prior to driving onto a sidewalk or roadway and must yield the right of way to pedestrians and other vehicles. K. Driver must back their vehicle safely. The vehicle officer must dismount to the rear of the apparatus to provide backing direction. The officer must be positioned at the rear of the apparatus on the driver’s side and establish visual contact with the driver. If eye contact is lost 164

between the driver and officer, the driver must stop until eye contact is re-established. The officer may direct an additional person to assist and guide the driver from a second position. The use of operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s does not relieve the driver of responsibility for the safe vehicle operation. L. If the driver is alone, he/she should obtain backing assistance. M. Ambulances and medic units backing up at hospitals must use backup personnel when possible. If backup personnel are not available, the driver must use extreme caution when backing the vehicle. N. All vehicles except automobiles, command units must follow backup procedures. O. Standardized hand signals must be used by backup personnel. P. No emergency vehicle shall pass another emergency vehicle responding to an incident, unless advised to do so by the lead vehicle. Q. Emergency vehicle drivers must not pass a stopped school bus that is discharging or picking up passengers, or has its warning lights displayed, unless cleared to do so via eye contact and/or other visual signal with the driver of the school bus. R. During emergency response and non-emergency travel, vehicles must come to a complete stop at all unguarded railroad grade crossings. Drivers must assure that it is safe to proceed before crossing tracks. This same caution must be exercised when approaching and crossing a guarded railroad crossing. S. Under emergency response driving conditions, drivers must allow sufficient distance between units based on road conditions, traffic, etc. When following an emergency vehicle, drivers must be aware that motorist may pull into their paths after yielding the right of way to a leading emergency vehicle. T. During emergency response driving, drivers may exceed the posted speed limits no more than 10 miles per hour, proceed against traffic control devices and indicated direction of travel. 1. When exercising extreme caution and ensuring that the safety of all persons and property are not endangered; and 2. When the weather and visibility provide an adequate field of view, especially at intersections. U. Drivers must be aware of the running routes of units responding to an incident and be alert for other units that are responding. V. Drivers must be aware of areas that require special considerations, such as dips, high traffic flow, and intersections. Consideration should be given to alternate routes of travel. W. Drivers must slow down well in advance of approaching the scene of an incident. This allows for size up and evaluation of the unitâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s approaching. X. Personnel are not permitted to get on or off moving apparatus. Drivers and Officers must ensure that all personnel are seated and/or properly restrained before the apparatus begins to move. Personnel may not ride any back step on fire apparatus. Y. Headlights must be used at all times when the vehicle is on the roadway Z. During daily apparatus checks, drivers must ensure that all tools, appliances, equipment, hoses, blind caps, compartment doors, passenger doors, and cargo are secure to prevent accidents, injuries, or loss while the unit is in motion. AA. Operators should perform tests of visual and audible emergency warning devices in a manner that avoids confusing passing traffic. RESPONDING TO AN ALARM A. Prior to leaving the station; 165

1. The Engineer and the Officer in charge of the apparatus will ensure that all firefighters are in full turnout gear and seated in the vehicleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s jump seats. Seatbelts will be fastened in compliance with state law. Under no circumstances will anyone be permitted to stand or ride on the tailboard of an apparatus 2. All primary warning devices (lights, sirens, and Opticom) will be placed into operation; vehicle headlights will be in the on position with the bright lights off. Warning devices will be used in full accordance with the laws set forth by the State of Illinois. Common sense shall prevail in the use of all warning devices. 3. An in route message will be transmitted by the officer in charge of the apparatus. It shall be the responsibility of the officer in charge of the apparatus to know the location of the response and to determine the best route to the scene. B. En Route to the Call 1. The primary concern of both the engineer and officer shall be the safe operation of the apparatus while en route to the scene. The officer as well as the engineer will be alert to traffic conditions and any unsafe conditions that may arise. The officer will communicate any potentially unsafe condition to the engineer immediately. 2. Engineers will operate the vehicle in such a fashion that it is under control at all times. They will compensate for adverse driving conditions and drive in a defensive manner. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL ANY APPARATUS BE PERMITTEED TO TRAVEL IN EXCESS OF TEN MILES PER HOUR OVER THE MAXIMUM POSTED SPEED LIMIT. THIS POLICY WILL BE STRICTLY ENFORCED BY THE OFFICER IN CHARGE OF THE VEHICLE. VIOLATIONS WILL BE REPORTED IN WRITING TO THE CHIEF AND/OR BATTALION CHIEF BY THE SHIFT COMPANY OFFICER. C. Approaching Intersections: 1. Blind and well-traveled intersections will be approached at a speed not to exceed 15 miles per hour; warning devices must be placed into operation at least 400â&#x20AC;&#x2122; before the intersection is reached and remain in operation until the apparatus has cleared the intersection. The vehicle will be brought to a complete stop at intersections protected by a stop sign or red flashing light. The apparatus must not proceed until it can be determined that the way is clear. 2. Intersections protected by traffic signals will be approached in a cautious manner. If the light is red, the apparatus will be brought to a complete stop and must not proceed until it has been determined that traffic is stopped in all directions. If the traffic signal is green, the apparatus may proceed through the intersection at a speed that will enable it to stop short of any obstruction or vehicle that may appear in its path. THE USE OF WARNING DEVICES AND CLEARING TRAFFIC A. It shall be the joint responsibility of the engineer and the officer in charge of the vehicle to ensure that all warning devices are in proper working order and that they are utilized in complete accordance with the law as prescribed by the State of Illinois. Common sense will also be used with all warning devices. B. If it is determined that a primary warning device is malfunctioning or if it becomes inoperative while responding to an alarm, the engineer must take such measures as he deems necessary to ensure a safe response to a call. (Such procedures will include an appropriate reduction in speed and requesting an escort vehicle if the situation permits). 166

C. Headlights will be utilized during both daylight and nighttime driving situations; high beam lights must be used only when necessary, not as a warning device. HEADLIGHTS WILL BE ON ANYTIME THAT A FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT VEHICLE IS ON A PUBLIC THOROUGHFARE. The exception to this rule is Chief Officer vehicles and Fire Prevention vehicles. D. Opticoms are to be used only as a tool to help clear traffic. All rules and regulations regarding the safe approach and passage through intersections will be strictly enforced. Misuse of Opticoms will be reported in writing to the Chief and/or Battalion Chief of Operations by the Officer in charge of the apparatus. E. Spotlights will not be used to clear traffic; there sole purpose is to aid in the location of an address or to assist in the illumination of a scene. F. Warning devices will not be used in the following instances: 1. Activated Trouble Alarms 2. Citizen Assists 3. Change of Quarters on Mutual Aid Responses 4. CO Alarms with no Illness 5. Bomb Threats or Scares 6. BLS transport to the Hospital ARRIVAL AT THE SCENE: A. Incoming apparatus will approach the scene or staging area at a speed not in excess of 15 mph. Opticoms will be extinguished before an apparatus is staged. B. The Engineer will be alert to all orders as may be issued by the incident commander or the apparatus officer. C. An on the scene message will be transmitted by the officer in charge of the apparatus. D. If an apparatus is not assigned to a specific location by Incident Command, the officer in charge of the apparatus will stage the vehicle a safe distance from the scene and place it in such a fashion that other incoming apparatus will not be obstructed. E. Engineers and Officers approaching a scene must be alert to the possibility of onlookers and/or other firefighters crossing in front of the apparatus. AFTER AN APPARATUS IS ASSIGNED: A. The engineer will apply the parking brake and chock rear wheels where applicable. B. Unnecessary emergency lighting will be extinguished and the engine brought to a high idle in order to promote battery charging. RETURNING FROM A RESPONSE: A. The Engineer will obey all rules and regulations as set forth by the State of Illinois. B. All warning devices are to be turned off. BACKING APPARATUS: A. Backing fire apparatus should be avoided whenever possible. It is usually quicker and safer to drive around the block. B. If backing cannot be avoided, someone must be assigned to clear the way and warn the engineer of any obstacles. The person backing the apparatus must be in plain view of the engineer at all times. IF AT ANY TIME THE ENGINEER LOSES SIGHT OF THE PERSON, THE ENGINEER WILL STOP THE APPARATUS IMMEDIATELY. THE VEHICLE WILL NOT 167

BE PERMITTED TO MOVE UNTIL SUCH TIME THAT THE ENGINEER’S VIEW IS RESTORED. C. All backing operations are to be done using extreme caution; backing speed must not exceed 5 mph. D. All back up alarms will be in use. No alarm must be disconnected or overridden. Alarms needing service must be reported for repair.

A. B. C.

D. E.

REPORTS AND INSPECTIONS: Upon returning to the station, the engineer will conduct an inspection of the vehicle and ensure that all appliances are in place and that the vehicle is ready to be placed into service. Any equipment found to be defective will be removed from the apparatus and tagged out of service. A report detailing the nature of the defect will be forwarded to the appropriate officer. If an engineer determines that an apparatus must be removed from service, the appropriate operations officer must be notified immediately. A tag which clearly states that the apparatus is out of service will be affixed to the driver’s side windshield at eye level. A second identical tag will be affixed to the steering wheel. Whenever possible, ignition keys will be removed from the apparatus. All necessary reports regarding fuel and vehicle condition will be completed by the engineer prior to leaving the station. It shall be the joint responsibility of the engineer and the officer in charge of the vehicle to ensure that the apparatus is clean and in service prior to leaving the station.

GENERAL NOTICE: A. Engineers are responsible for keeping their assigned vehicles clean and in an in service condition. B. Engineers will be responsible for maintaining an accurate inventory of all equipment and appliances carried on their assigned vehicle. C. If an engineer other than the regularly assigned engineer drives and/or operates an apparatus, it will be his/her responsibility as well as the responsibility of the officer in charge of the apparatus to ensure that it is restored to an in service condition. This responsibility includes fuel, inventory, hose, appliances, and cleanliness. D. Any equipment found to be defective will be removed from the apparatus and tagged out of service. A report detailing the nature of the defect will be forwarded to the appropriate division officer. RESPONDING TO AN ALARM: A. All standard operating guidelines as outlined will be in effect. ATTACK PROCEDURES: A. Initial attack using tank water. 1. The engineer will supply proper nozzle pressure to all lines. 2. The engineer will advise appropriate officer or the Incident Commander when the tank levels drops to ½ full, and again when the level reaches ¼ tank. 3. When an outside water supply becomes available, the engineer will refill the booster tank immediately. 4. The appropriate officer of the Incident Commander will be advised when the engine changes from the tank to an outside source of water. 168

5. In the event water supply becomes critical, the appropriate Officer or Incident Commander must be advised of the situation immediately. GENERAL FIRE GROUND OPERATION: A. The engineer will be alert to all commands and orders. B. If an engineer determines that his/her apparatus in is imminent danger from fire or other hazards, he/she will advise the appropriate Officer or Incident Commander immediately. C. An engineer will not charge or shut down lines until ordered to do so by a command officer. D. When an engineer is ordered to charge a line, he will repeat the command by radio; if no correction is heard, slowly open the appropriate discharge valve. E. Discharge pressure will be adequate enough so as to supply proper working pressure to the nozzle or appliance being utilized. F. Whenever a hose line is in use, the pressure regulator will be placed in operation. ď&#x201A;ˇ The pressure regulator will be adjusted in the following fashion. The throttle will be adjusted to a point that is ten pounds above the maximum required discharge pressure. The pressure regulator will be adjusted until the discharge pressure falls to ten pounds below the required pressure and then increased slowly until the required discharge pressure is reached. Utilizing this procedure will help insure minimum reaction to changes in flow. G. When a fog and a solid stream nozzle are placed into operation at the same time, the following procedure will be used to charge the lines. Both discharge valves will be opened wide, allowing the lines to be charged at pump idle. Initial charging pressure should be no greater than 70 psi. After the lines have been charged, the throttle should be slowly advanced to the working pressure of the solid stream line. The engineer will continue to slowly advance the throttle gating down the discharge valve for the solid stream line as the throttle is advanced. When the correct discharge pressure for the fog line is reached, the engineer will adjust the pressure regulator as previously described. This procedure is designed to minimize the possibility of overcharging the solid stream line and thus endangering personnel manning the nozzle. H. When a line is ordered to be shut down, the engineer will repeat the command by radio prior to closing the discharge valve. If no correction is heard, the engineer will open the appropriate drain and slowly close the appropriate discharge valve. This procedure is designed to minimize the possibility of shutting down and active line. I. Residual Pressure shall be maintained at a level greater than 10 psi at all times. Should residual pressure drop into a vacuum for longer than 20 seconds, the engineer will notify the appropriate Officer or Incident Commander of the situation. ď&#x201A;ˇ The engineer will employ whatever sound operating procedure are necessary to maintain positive residual pressure. (Such procedures include reducing discharge pressure and gating lines.) J. During overhaul and hazard standby operations when little or no water is being used, the engineer should take measures to ensure that the pump does not overheat. (Acceptable procedures include re-circulating or dumping water and/or throttling the pump down if the situation permits.) K. SHOULD AN ENGINEER FEEL THAT HIS/HER APPARATUS IS FAILING DUE TO A PUMP OR OTHER MECHANICAL PROBLEM; THE ENGINEER WILL IMMEDIATELY INFORM THE INCIDENT COMMANDER OF THE SITUATION. THE ENGINEER MUST MAKE EVERY 169

REASONABLE EFFORT TO KEEP THE APPARATUS ON LINE UNTIL IT IS ASCERTAINED THAT THE ENGINE CAN BE SHUT DOWN WITHOUT DANGER TO FIRE GROUND PERSONNEL. An apparatus can be replaced; a firefighterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s life once lost is lost forever. L. The engineer will periodically monitor the status of the apparatus. (Fuel level, oil pressure and engine temperature are among the items to be monitored.) Any serious abnormality should be reported to the appropriate officer or the Incident Commander. M. WHEN AN APPARATUS IS IN USE, THE ENGINEER MUST REMAIN WITH THE APPARATUS AT ALL TIMES EXCEPT IN CASES OF EXTREME EMERGENCY OR WHEN RELIEVED BY ANOTHER ENGINEER. WRAP UP AND RETURNING TO QUARTERS: A. Engineers will inspect their apparatus and attempt to ensure that all equipment and appliances are on board prior to returning to quarters. Should an appliance be found missing, a reasonable effort must be made to locate and return it to the apparatus. Any unresolved shortages will be reported in writing to the Company Officer, Battalion Chief and Fire Chief. B. Prior to leaving the station, the engineer will ensure that his/her vehicle is in service and clean. All required paperwork will be completed. The engineer will conduct an inventory of the apparatus to insure that all equipment has been returned to its proper place. Any defective equipment will be removed and tagged as out of service. The appropriate officer will be notified of any defective equipment in writing. Wherever possible, a description of the defect will be included in the report. SAFETY PROCEDURE Introduction: An emergency vehicle is any vehicle which is legally authorized to operate in the emergency mode. This means that it is being driven with the emergency warning devices such as lights and sirens activated. If the vehicle is not being driven with the emergency warning devices activated (when returning from a call or when conducting driverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s training) it is not considered an emergency vehicle and the operator is subject to all state and local traffic regulations. It is important to remember that in order to be considered an emergency vehicle, both lights and sirens (visual and audible) warning devices must be activated. The emergency vehicle driver is responsible for delivering his/her vehicle and crew to the scene of an emergency in a safe and timely manner. This includes responsibility for the safety of the vehicle, his/her fellow firefighters, other vehicles, and pedestrians along his/her route. These are serious responsibilities and should not be taken lightly. If the emergency vehicle is involved in an accident while responding to an emergency, it is most probable that there will be a delay in rendering assistance needed. In addition, one must consider the probability of serious injury to the occupants of the vehicle that your vehicle collided with as well as possible injury to your fellow firefighters. The following are four (4) main areas with which we should be concerned: 1. The risk of injury or death to ourselves and our crew members. 2. The risk of injury or death to others. 3. The loss of emergency vehicle to the community. 4. The long range impact of causing injury or death to others. 170

If accidents are to be avoided, the fire apparatus driver must be trained in the proper techniques, and through practice, develop the necessary skills. He also must be mature in order to develop the proper mental attitude and driving habits. The following factors involved in the driving of emergency vehicles in a safe and efficient manner. A. The driver of any emergency vehicle must be aware of his/her and other driverâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s limitations. B. The condition of the vehicle and its limitations. C. The physical features of roads, (the driver must be aware of road constructions, detours, etc.). D. The mental attitude, personality and skill level of the emergency vehicle driver. E. Changing weather conditions. F. The emergency vehicle driver must learn to expect the unexpected. REGULATIONS GOVERNING EMERGENCY VEHICLES STATE LAW- ILLINOIS VEHICLE CODE A. The driver of an emergency vehicle can exceed the posted speed limit as long as he/she does not endanger life or property. B. The driver may proceed past a red light or stop signal, but only after slowing down as may be required and necessary for safe operation. C. The driver may disregard regulations governing direction of movement or turning in specified directions. D. The driver is not exempt from laws requiring all vehicles to stop for school buses with flashing red signals. The driver may proceed only when the red flashing signals stop, or when waved on by the bus driver.

2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7.

BENSENVILLE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT REGULATIONS Seat belts are to be worn at all times by the driver, non-working crew, ambulance patients, riders, citizens, etc. Drivers should not move vehicle until he/she is positive all seat belts are fastened. Personnel must be seated with gear donned before the vehicle leaves the station. Personnel on apparatus other than ambulances must remain seated at all times. Drivers will not exceed the posted speed limit by more than ten (10) miles per hour. When crossing a median strip or double yellow line into on-coming traffic, the driver will not exceed 15 mph. Unless all lanes can be accounted for by the driver, he/she must bring the vehicle to a complete stop at all red lights, four-way stops and negative right of way situations. IF YOU CANNOT SEE, THEN STOP!! When hazardous weather or road conditions exist, the driver should react pessimistically to the conditions and should not exceed the posted speed limit. When responding to an emergency call, the driver should avoid passing other responding emergency vehicles. If passing is absolutely essential, the passing arrangement should be considered over the radio. Whenever a vehicle needs to be backed up, the driver should use caution and utilize both mirrors. In addition, one (1) spotter is to be used. The spotter (with a portable radio turned on 171

the channel 1) should position him/herself on the driver’s side of the vehicle and keep this hands in mirror view. 9. Vehicles should not be taken off the roadway unless the hazard to life is so great that it would outweigh any damage to the vehicle. If necessary to do so, it will be at the direction of the officer in charge. 10. Opticom is to be used as a tool only. This does not replace observing and watching traffic conditions. 11. All backup alarms must be used when backing up. In addition to this the backup person should be in place. LEGAL ASPECTS OF EMERGENCY VEHICLE DRIVING One exemption allowed under the Illinois Code deals with the speed of which an emergency vehicle can be operated. This states that “the driver of an emergency vehicle may exceed the maximum posted speed limits so long as that person does not endanger life or property”. Even an emergency vehicle operator can be found criminally or civilly liable in an accident While the operator is legally allowed to exceed the posted speed limit, “DUE REGARD” for the safety of others still remains a primary consideration. A definition of due regard is: A reasonable careful person, performing similar duties and under similar circumstances, would act in the same manner. Should events occur requiring an analysis of driver action, by legal authorities, your actions will be judged by other from at least two (2) aspects. 1. True emergency. 2. Due regard. A true emergency is defined as a situation in which there is a high probability of death or serious injury to an individual or significant property loss, and action by an emergency operator may reduce the seriousness of the situation. Guidelines to minimize negligence: 1. A true emergency must exist before exercising exemptions. a. High probability of death or serious injury. b. Property is imperiled. c. Action on operator’s part could reduce the severity of the situation. 2. Under any and all circumstances, exercise due regard. GUIDELINES a. Enough notice of approach before a collision is inevitable. b. Notice is given by using appropriate signaling equipment in accordance with statutes. Guideline A: (NOTE) Speed must be appropriate for the situation at hand. “Appropriate” includes the concept of “notice of approach”. Other motorists must be given “enough” notice before a collision is inevitable. This means that the driver has to consider that other drivers may have their windows closed, heater or air conditioner on or the radio blaring. Guideline B: (NOTE) Proper use of emergency signaling equipment does not relieve you of the duty to otherwise exercise caution. You must never travel at a speed that does not permit complete control of your vehicle. SPEED IS LESS IMPORTANT THAN SAFE ARRIVAL. 172

PUNITIVE DAMAGE AWARDS Emergency vehicle drivers should be aware of the punitive damage judgments that are increasingly awarded against municipalities and vehicle operators alike. These court decisions are meant to serve as punishment against the negligent party and often are not covered by insurance. They are often declared where there is “WANTON DISREGARD” for public safety or where “DUE REGARD” has not been a primary consideration. DEFENSIVE DRIVING CONCEPTS 1. A defensive driver: a. Makes allowances for one’s own deficiencies and for lack of skill and knowledge on the part of others. b. Recognizes that there is no control over other driver’s unpredictable actions, pedestrians, or weather conditions. c. Concedes the right-of-way and makes other concessions to avoid collision. d. Looks ahead and anticipates hazardous situations before they develop. 2. A defensive driver can expect others to act in one of two ways: a. They may do what is expected of them. b. They may do things other than what they are expected to do. 3. A defensive driver must be able to: a. Predict the predictable. b. Predict the unpredictable. 4. A defensive driver must have the proper attitude: a. Mental and emotional regard for the safety of themselves, their crew members, others and their vehicles. 5. The ideal driver is a mature individual who possesses a quality which is very important in defensive driving. This quality is called CONTROLLED ATTENTION. The driver’s attention is focused on the path his/her vehicle should take, while at the same time considering all factors pertinent to the situation at hand. 6. The preventable accident is one in which you failed to do everything you could have done to prevent it. 7. Speed is less important than safe arrival. 8. Keep apparatus under control at all times. 9. Slow down at intersections; be prepared to stop; expect the worst situation. 10. Take nothing for granted. 11. Drive defensively and be aware of what is happening and what is likely to happen. 12. Neither expects some motorists to neither here nor sees apparatus warning devices. SAFETY CHECK PRIOR TO RESPONSE 1. Safety circle walk. a. Check items on floor b. Check items under the vehicle (creepers, tools, etc.). c. Disconnect A/C shorelines and airline d. Check mirror adjustment e. Seat adjustments f. Seat belts applied g. Braking system (enough air pressure in the brake system) h. Firefighter readiness (all personnel are dressed and seated) 173

-visible sign-audible sign-pass I.D. tag up to officer or FAO2. Maintain composure a. At time of alarm (never run to apparatus at the time of alarm) b. During response (be aware of the effects an emergency response has on you- increased pulse rate and blood pressure.) RECEIVING INFORMATION PERTINENT TO THE RESPONSE 1. Determine the exact location. a. Determine response route - KNOW BEFORE YOU GO! b. Determine alternate response route c. Consider other vehicle or station notification 2. Consider possible hazards en route a. Factors that affect response 1. Day of week 2. Time of day (dusk most hazardous time; dark next most hazardous) 3. Weather condition affect response in all time periods. 4. Detours 5. Railroads 6. School 7. Road construction THE OFFICER OR ACTING OFFICER OF THE UNIT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RADIO AND WARNING DEVICES 1. Communications (use of radio) 2. Audible devices (siren, air horn) 3. Response procedures- route or alternate route to take 4. Common sense APPARATUS DESIGN Does this vehicle meet applicable specifications? 1. Visibility 2. Warning devices a. Location b. Visibility c. Audibility

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

GOOD DRIVING PRACTICES The vehicle must be kept under control at all times. Speed is less important than arriving safely at the scene. Drive defensively - expect the unexpected. Take nothing for granted. Slow down at all intersections, come to complete stop at red lights and negative right of way situations if all lanes cannot be accounted for. When responding to an emergency call, always drive and pass on the left. Always double clutch when upshifting and downshifting. 174

8. Use your brakes to slow your vehicle- do not attempt to do this by downshifting. 9. Do not rest your foot on the clutch- place your left foot on the floor between shifts. 10. Do not manually shift the automatic transmission 11. Hand position on the steering should be 9:00 and 3:00 12. Pumping the brake pedal is the most efficient way to stop the vehicle. 13. Steady pressure on the brake pedal to the point just before wheel lock up is called incipient skid. This is the way to stop the vehicle in the shortest possible distance in an emergency. 14. Never allow the vehicle to free-wheel while cornering 15. Never shift gears while cornering. 16. When cornering, 90% of your braking should be done before you enter the turn. 17. When you are Â˝ to 2/3 through the corner, you should start to accelerate. 18. Be aware of possible hazards on the scene of emergency 19. Driving around a parking lot or the block is preferable to backing the vehicle up. 20. Always use common sense when operating any apparatus. Driving Through Water If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable, proceed very slowly especially when the depth is unknown. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims (for cars) or the bottom of the hubs (for trucks). When driving through water, traction or brake capability may be limited. Also, water may enter your engineâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall. Driving through deep water where the transmission vent tube is submerged may allow water into the transmission and cause internal transmission damage. Once through the water, always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal. Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes. Non-Emergency/ Emergency Response Policy A Non-Emergency patient is defined as someone who is stable, i.e., (simple broken bone, minor bruises, non-life threatening, etc.). The patient(s) would be treated and assessed in the normal manner then transported to the Hospital Emergency Room in a safe and courteous manner, obeying all traffic control devices and motor vehicle laws. The determination on use of warning devices (audible and visual)) will be made by the paramedics on the scene, or the officer in charge. If warning devices are used, all driving is to be conducted using extreme caution. In the case of Activated Fire Alarms: 1. See SOG on response mode 2. Upon confirmation of a fire condition, remaining responding apparatus shall utilize the warning devices. Structure Fires: 175

1. Fire Protection District response shall be with warning devices in operation. Box Alarms: 1. Change of Quarters shall be in Non-Emergency mode with no warning devices in operation. 2. If response is to the scene all warning devices are to be used. Two-In and Two-Out Policy

Bensenville Fire Protection District Standard Operating Guidelines

Purpose: To provide to our members the means to attack structural fires from the interior with an appropriate level of safety provided by the equipment used and practice of safe operating procedures that will comply with OSHA 29CFR, Parts 1910 and 1926. Definition: A. IDLH-Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health B. Incipient-a fire which is in the initial or beginning stage and which can be controlled or extinguished by portable fire extinguishers, class II standpipe or small hose stream without the need for protective clothing or self-contained breathing apparatus. C. Interior Structural Firefighting- the physical activity of fire suppression or rescue or both inside of structures which are involved in a fire situation beyond the incipient stage. D. OSHA- Occupational Safety and Health Administration E. IDOL- Illinois Department of Labor F. Assumption- the fire is beyond the incident stage and no rescue is required. Policy: Upon arrival of the first company, the following should take place before entry can be made to extinguish the fire. The entry team (consisting of at least 2 members) should utilize their Self-contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). They also will participate in the accountability system by placing their passport tag on their company’s passport board. Before making entry to extinguish the fire, the team will wait for a back-up team to be assigned this team will also be fully suited up with donned SCBA and appropriate tools. They will also have a portable radio to monitor the radio traffic from the interior crew to the incident commander. The entry team will work under the “buddy system” and must stay in contact with each other voice, visual, or direct contact. Radio’s may be used, but are not counted for the purpose of contact. The “outside rescue team” may perform other tasks besides standing by for a rescue of the interior crew. However, at least one member must remain at the assigned position to track and account for those inside. The other member may perform functions that do not interfere with the responsibility of accounting or rescuing the interior crew in a rapid fashion. When a structure fire escalates beyond the scenario of a single attack line with back-up, such as multiple floors and several working areas, the outside rescue personnel should be increased in numbers and locations to provide the rescue ability and points of entry immediately. 176

Exceptions or Deviations: When a known life-hazard situation exists, the personnel on the scene have the right to deviate from the above policy. However, deviating from the policy should not be done for a routine “search & rescue” operations nor should deviation become a matter of routine. Should the policy be deviated from, a written report should be submitted to the Chief of Department, with a copy to the Incident Commander, and safety review committee by those personnel responsible for making the deviation Safety/May-Day Operations

Bensenville Fire Protection District Standard Operating Guidelines

Purpose: The purpose of this procedure is to identify the roles and responsibilities of all the parties involved at an incident where a “May-Day” has been transmitted. “MAY-DAY" RADIO MESSAGE” The radio message "May-Day" will be used by firefighters to report their status as being lost, trapped, or injured and needing rescue. The stricken firefighter shall report their LUNAR i.e. Location, Unit, Name, Assignment, Resources needed. Any member may use "May-Day" to report a lost fire fighter. Any report of "May-Day" will receive priority radio traffic followed by the emergency traffic tone. The term "May-Day" ( MUST BE CALLED 3 TIMES BY THE STRICKEN FIREFIGHTER )will be reserved ONLY to report a lost, trapped, or injured fire fighter(s). The term "emergency traffic" will be used to report all other emergencies. COMMAND RESPONSIBILITIES Command will maintain an awareness of the location of firefighters on the fire ground primarily through assignments and the accountability system. In the event that a fire fighter cannot be located through a PAR, or any other time a firefighter is missing, the Company Officer or any member should announce a "May Day." The term "May Day" will indicate a lost, trapped, or injured fire fighter. Command should respond to a "May Day" by implementing a rescue plan for the fire fighter(s). All fire-ground operations should switch to another fire ground channel, leaving the “MAY-DAY” on the channel it was declared on. Incident command should immediately request an additional alarm, and an EMS BOX or above for additional ambulances. MISSING FIRE FIGHTER Company officers and individual firefighters who suspect a firefighter is missing must notify the incident commander immediately. The incident commander MUST ALWAYS assume that the missing firefighter is lost in the building until the member is accounted for. The system must include the ability to identify when a firefighter is going to be delayed beyond his/her SCBA air time. The plan should include:      

Fire operations during rescue efforts Expanding organization Establish/deploy the RIT/Rescue Division Assign a chief officer to manage the Rescue Division Medical operations Logistics--specialized equipment 177

ď&#x201A;ˇ ď&#x201A;ˇ

Safety Support activities

USE EMERGENCY TRAFFIC TONES TO ANNOUNCE THE REPORT OF A MISSING FIRE FIGHTER All personnel operating at the scene need to be alerted that a fire fighter is lost, trapped, or injured. A radio tone followed by a radio update will be utilized. This should be conducted by Bloomingdale or MABAS 20 Dispatch Center. CHANGE THE STRATEGY AND PLAN A HIGH PRIORITY RESCUE EFFORT The Incident Commander must restructure his/her strategy and action plan to include a firefighter rescue effort. The incident commanders can become overwhelmed by the emotion related to the crisis at hand and may become hooked on reacting to tasks rather than looking at the global picture. This can lead to disorganization and delays that can be fatal to the missing fire fighter. Accurate information must be quickly obtained and acted upon. Additional resources must be immediately obtained. Rapid commitment of the RIT/Rescue Sector must occur. These resources must be organized and controlled. The Command organization must expand. The strategy, plan, and objectives must be quickly communicated to Command staff and division officers. The plan and rescue activities must be continually monitored and revised as necessary. Conditions and updated information causes changes in the plan and objectives. The Incident Commander must communicate any changes to the Command staff and division officers. IMMEDIATELY REQUEST ADDITIONAL ALARMS In many situations, all resources on-scene may already be committed to firefighting positions. Some firefighters may already be approaching physical exhaustion, their SCBA's may be nearly empty. Relocating committed forces is difficult and slow. At least one additional alarm with medical component should be immediately requested upon a report of a lost, trapped, or injured firefighter. Additional alarms may need to be requested based on circumstances and potential. There should be no hesitation in requesting additional resources. INCLUDE A MEDICAL COMPONENT WHEN REQUESTING ADDITIONAL RESOURCES Medical personnel will be needed to treat rescued firefighters. The incident commander must ensure that an adequate number of ALS ambulances are responding to treat & transport injured firefighters. The incident commander should understand that the situation is critical, and that firefighters sometimes tend to overextend themselves when searching for a missing firefighter, resulting in additional firefighters becoming injured. Adequate medical resources must be readily available and on site. UTILIZE A CENTRALIZED STAGING AREA All additional resources will be sent to a centralized staging area. The incident commander should commit resources from staging based on needs at the site. Staging controls resources and ensures that there is a route in and out of the scene, free of congestion, for rescues to transport recovered firefighters. 178

COMMIT THE RAPID INTERVENTION CREW/RESCUE SECTOR All significant firefighting operations will have a rapid intervention crew (RIT)/Rescue Division assigned. This team should be fully outfitted with protective clothing, SCBA, etc., and monitoring all tactical radio traffic. Upon report of a missing firefighter, the incident commander has completely fresh crew/crews fully outfitted, available for commitment to an immediate search and rescue of the last known area of the missing fire fighter(s). The RIT team, or any fresh crew(s) in staging, must be immediately sent to the rescue area. The commitment of additional crews, however, must be controlled and organized. There is a direct relationship to the routine use of RIT teams and firefighter survivability on the fire-ground. The significance of the routine use of RIT teams to firefighter survivability on the fireground is substantial. WITHDRAW COMPANIES FROM THE AFFECTED AREA, IF APPROPRIATE, TO OBTAIN A ROLL CALL AND RECONNAISSANCE INFORMATION In some situations, such as collapse or explosion, crewmembers may get separated. The only practical method, to obtain an accurate PAR of effected crews, may be to withdraw them to the exterior. In addition, withdrawal may be the only way to quickly obtain accurate information and reconnaissance on exactly where trapped members may be, routing to victims, debris locations, and the type of rescue equipment needed. Once the roll call and reconnaissance information is quickly obtained, crews can be re-assembled into a more organized rescue effort. Withdrawal is a judgment call based on circumstances at the time, information available, and resources. It may not be practical or possible to do. However, the absolute need for an accurate roll call and information on missing fire fighters remains a critical priority. If it's determined not to withdraw, a detailed roll call must be obtained from each sector for all crews operating under his/her direction. DO NOT ABANDON FIRE FIGHTING POSITIONS--HOLD POSITIONS AND PREVENT FIRE SPREAD The reasons for a rapid intervention crew/Rescue Divisions, and the immediate request for additional resources, become very clear with this critical fire-ground need. If a missing fire fighter(s) is to survive, the incident commander must keep the fire out of the rescue area. Without rescue teams in place, any rescue effort will be significantly delayed and a decision must be made. Does he/she relocate companies committed to fire combat to the rescue effort and allow the fire to spread? Or does he/she hold the fire positions and wait for additional resources for the rescue effort? With a RIT team in place, the incident commander can initiate an immediate rescue effort without withdrawing or relocating fire companies engaged in firefighting activities. In most situations the incident commander cannot allow the fire to spread. If anything, these firefighting positions need to be reinforced. Additional companies should be sent to priority positions to keep the fire out of the rescue area. Large caliber hand lines and master-stream appliances should be deployed when safe to do so. Adequate water supply must be obtained for this reinforced response. ASSIGN A CHIEF OFFICER TO THE RESCUE DIVISION 179

The incident commander is faced with a time critical crisis. Critical decisions and strong management of rescue operations is essential. A chief officer must be assigned to direct the rescue sector and rescue operations if not already assigned. Depending on the size of the rescue area and the complexity of operations, more than one chief officer may be needed to fill additional support positions or sectors. ASSIGN A SAFETY SECTOR TO THE RESCUE OPERATION Rescue operations are high risk. The operation may be taking place in a post-collapse environment. Flashover may have occurred. The incident commander must avoid sustaining additional injuries. Each additional injury requires a resource commitment that will draw away from the priority rescue effort. A safety division in the affected area will help control the risk taking. The officer will be able to conduct an assessment of the hazards allowing time for the rescue sector officer to concentrate on the critical rescue effort. These sector officers must work hand in hand to insure that a safe and effective rescue operation is conducted. INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES  to follow directions from superiors  to continue with assignment unless otherwise directed  to keep your cool Every member on the scene should listen specifically for a “May-Day” as foreground noise could cover a call for the "May-Day."

SAFETY CBRN GAS MASK Purpose: In 2004, the MSA Millennium CBRN Gas Mask was purchased by the Illinois Terrorism Taskforce for all firefighters within the State of Illinois. This guideline standardizes the use of these masks between the Bensenville Fire Protection District (BFPD) with the other Fire Departments in MABAS Division 20. Guideline: Each firefighter will be assigned an MSA Millennium CBRN Gas Mask as part of his/her standard issue of personal protective equipment; but it will not be physically issued to then until certain criteria are met. The CBRN Gas Masks will be stored in a secured location where they can be quickly distributed to the Bensenville firefighters when needed. Issuance: The issuance of the CBRN Gas Mask consists of the following items: 1. Protective CBRN Mask 2. NIOSH Approved CBRN Filter in a sealed container 3. Training filter 4. Protective clamshell 5. Carrying bag to hold all of the above 180

Distribution: The CBRN Gas Mask will be distributed to all BFPD firefighters for the following reasons: 1. Whenever the threat level for the Midwest is raised to, “RED” on the Department of Homeland Security’s Threat Level Scale. Firefighters will be issued their CBRN Gas Mask and will be required to carry it with them as part of their personal protective clothing. 2. Whenever a special team (TRT, Haz-Mat…) is activated for a MABAS Division 20 response to a state disaster as requested by Red Center. 3. Division 20 Hazardous Materials Team members will physically be issued a CBRN Gas Mask as part of their personal protective clothing. 4. At any time the Fire Chief/or his designee feels it is necessary for personnel safety.

INFECTIOUS /COMMUNICABLE DISEASES The following shall be adhered to when an infectious or communicable disease is suspected or when there may be an exposure to blood, body fluids or excrement. 1. Disposable gloves shall be worn when there is a possibility of exposure of body fluids of any type. Also masks and goggles shall be donned when you have a suspected or documented case of blood borne disease. 2. Contaminated needles are to be handled with extreme care and should not be recapped. They should be disposed of in a safe manner, i.e., in a puncture proof container that can be discarded at the hospital. All ambulances shall be equipped with properly approved containers. 3. A mechanical device or pocket mask with a one-way valve should be used whenever possible for respiratory assistance or resuscitation. Failure to use the appropriate protective equipment can put you at risk of infection. 4. Hand washing with soap and water or an approved substitute is to be done after each patient contact regardless of whether or not the patient is suspected of having a communicable disease. An anti-bacterial soap shall be used whenever possible. 5. Decontaminate all equipment used with the proper disinfectant solutions. All ambulances shall be equipped with the appropriate disinfectant equipment. 6. Clothing contaminated with blood, body fluids or excrement shall be immediately removed and decontaminated using approved decontamination procedures. 7. Contaminated supplies will be disposed of in a plastic bag or container in an approved manner and taken to the hospital to be properly disposed of. 8. Report all exposures or suspected exposures of communicable disease, to your shift officer immediately. An entry must be made in the firefighters personnel file which shall remain for the duration of employment plus 30 years, and a separate exposure form shall be filled out in its entirety and forwarded to the designated receivers.

181

9. All personnel shall receive annual training and review of personal protection from infectious/communicable disease.

FIRE INVESTIGATION/FIREARM POLICY PERSONNEL: Only those commissioned members of the fire district assigned as arson investigators will be allowed to carry firearms as outlined in this guideline. Members designated as arson investigators shall be considered peace officers as defined in the Illinois compiled statutes (20ILCS2910). PURPOSE: It is the purpose of this guideline to provide investigators with guidelines associated with the safe handling and proper use of firearms, as well as maintenance, safety, and qualification requirements related to department authorized firearms. The department recognizes that nationally, certain recurrent types of incidents make up the bulk of firearms injuries and cause the majority of firearms-related lawsuits, including the following:  Accidental Discharge  Intentional discharge under circumstances where the use of firearms is NOT justified.  Intentional discharge under circumstances where the use of firearms IS justified, but the discharge results in injury to persons other than the individual at whom the fire was directed.  Recognizing that many , if not most, of the incidents are preventable, this guideline is intended to minimize the human tragedy and financial loss that so often attends, the misuse of policies and procedures designed to limit the improper handling and discharge of firearms. DEFINITIONS: AGENCY: As used in this document the Bensenville Fire Protection District. AUTHORIZED FIREARM: Any make, model or caliber of firearm that meets this agency’s designated requirements and specification and has been formally approved by the chief or his designee for general or individual use. This includes primary service handguns, alternate service handguns, back-up handguns, shotguns and rifles. PRIMARY SERVICE HANDGUN: The firearm authorized by the agency to be carried as part of the service uniform and related equipment for uniformed personnel or the authorized firearm to be carried by plain–clothes officers. BACK-UP HANDGUN: Any authorized handgun, other than the primary service handgun, can be carried in an authorized concealed manner. FIREARM QUALIFICATIONS: Periodic testing of arson investigators to determine their competency to carry authorized firearms. Minimum required testing is once per year in accordance with state laws. 182

PROCEDURES: A. GENERAL PROVISION; 1. Any firearm carried by investigators when off duty with the exception of weapons used for recreational purposed – must be authorized. 2. Only ammunition that has been approved by this agency on a general or individual basis may be used. 3. Only arson investigators who have successfully passed firearms qualifications and the use or force training course are authorized to carry a firearm. 4. Any firearm carried by arson investigators shall be concealed during investigations. B. OFF –DUTY/BACK –UP FIREARMS: If an investigator elects to carry off-duty they should be aware that their off-duty firearm is for the protection of life only and it should only be drawn in preparation to protect themselves or an innocent third party from wrongful and life-threatening criminal action of another. The investigator must believe that if nothing is done, the assailant will cause death or great bodily harm to the investigator or third party.(Use of force guidelines) 1. The firearm carried must be either the primary service handgun, or an authorized firearm. 2. The investigator must have participated in a qualification course, and successfully passed such course with the back-up/off duty firearm before the investigator carries it. 3. The investigator must have their Bensenville Fire Protection District badge and I.D. card on their person when carrying an off-duty firearm. 4. Carrying and off-duty/back-up firearm is to be discrete. Casual observation by the general public should never alert anyone that the investigator is concealing a firearm. 5. Although H.R.218 “Law Enforcement Officer’s Safety Act” was signed into public law 108-2777 and allows for officers to carry firearms concealed throughout the country, there are still many circumstances in which concealed carry is prohibited. Specifically, officers are not exempt from federal law or regulation, which governs the carry of firearms onto aircraft federal buildings, federal property, and national parks. In addition, state (not local) laws which allow private entities to prohibit firearms on their private property would still apply to qualified officers. Therefore, it is prudent for the officer to become aware of any prohibitions on carrying that may affect him/her. FIREARM QUALIFICATIONS: A. All investigators authorized to carry firearms shall be required to qualify with each authorized firearm on an annual basis. B. All investigators shall be graded on a pass/fail. C. On at least an annual basis, all investigators authorized to carry firearms shall receive and shall be required to demonstrate their understanding of the law and agency policy and procedures relating to the use of force as set out in the agency approved course and policy. D. Investigators shall be allowed no more than (2) attempts to qualify on any given day using each authorized firearm. Investigators who fail to qualify on the first day shall be subject to the following requirements: 183

1. The Chief or his Designee shall be notified and shall promptly arrange with the firearms training coordinator for a period of formal remedial training. Such training does not preclude an investigator from engaging in any additional informal practice or training that they may deem necessary. 2. Investigators shall be given (2) additional attempts to qualify within 30 days. 3. Any Investigator who fails to qualify may still function as an investigator but will not be allowed to carry a firearm.

ACCIDENT INVOLVING BENSENVILLE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT VEHICLES The following steps should be taken in the event of any accident, regardless of severity: 1. Check for injuries to civilian or Fire Protection District personnel and render first-aid as needed. 2. Notify Bensenville Police Dispatcher and Norcomm. a. Request an ambulance if civilian or Fire Protection District personnel require transportation to a medical facility. b. In all instances a Police Officer is to be dispatched to the scene. 3. The Fire Chief will be notified as soon as possible. 4. The required accident report will be executed and delivered to the proper authorities as soon as possible. In the event of an accident involving Fire Protection District emergency apparatus engaged in an emergency response, the following additional guidelines are provided. 1. If apparatus and personnel availability permits, another Fire Protection District company should be immediately dispatched to complete the emergency response. 2. If the lack of immediately available apparatus or personnel (or other aspects of the situation) make it necessary, the involved apparatus company may continue its response if it is capable of doing so provided there are no serious injuries involved, and there are sufficient personnel to allow continued response while leaving one member of the company at the scene of the accident.

RESPONDING UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL/ DRUGS A reminder â&#x20AC;&#x201C; DO NOT report to fires, drills, parades or any other activity requiring driving or fire operations while under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Working on Fire Protection District activities with alcohol on your breath does not gain favor with the public! We are facing more serious concerns regarding light roof trusses in construction, hazardous environments at alarm scenes, and other dangers that require optimum reaction time. Increase stress levels and susceptibility to hypothermic environments. 184

Responding while under the influence of alcohol or drugs places the safety of all concerned in jeopardy and the Fire Protection District at risk.

SEAT BELT AND SAFETY RESTRAINT USE Background In order to provide the optimum personal safety for those operating or riding in or on Fire Protection District vehicles or apparatus, this policy is promulgated. It has been proven that the safe operation of a vehicle or apparatus requires that the operator be properly secured while driving. It is also proven that unrestrained passengers become human missiles during a crash and may cause serious injury or death to others in the vehicle. As Public Safety Officers, we also have a duty to set an example for those whom we serve by being properly restrained at all times while operating or riding in or on Fire Protection District vehicles or apparatus. Policy Employees operating or riding in Fire Protection District vehicles or apparatus must have seat belts or safety restraints properly secured during the times the vehicle is in operation. The same rule applies to authorized passengers who may not be members of the Fire Protection District. Riding on the outside of any vehicle or apparatus is strictly prohibited except where authorized and appropriate restraint belts are provided. Passengers will not be permitted to ride in the back of a pickup truck at any time. Failure to comply with the provisions of this policy will result in Fire Protection District disciplinary action being taken against those involved.

MAINTENANCE PROGRAM FOR VEHICLES & APPARATUS Purpose: These guidelines will establish a maintenance program to ensure the service and repair of department vehicles and apparatus for safe operating conditions and readiness for response at any time. Responsibility: All members must become familiar with and use the provisions of these guidelines, and refresh themselves as necessary to maintain their effectiveness. Procedures: 185

Maintenance procedures to service and provide preventative maintenance should be provided at least annually on all vehicles and apparatus. Such procedures will be provided more frequently pursuant to manufacturers recommendations, or as usage and generally recognized service practices dictate. The minimum guidelines are: Level A Service- Level A service should be performed on an annual basis. Level A Service must include, but is not limited to, the following actions: motor oil & filter change, transmission oil & filter change, fuel filter change, chassis inspection, lubrication of chassis, road test, and other more extensive service and inspections as recommended by the manufacturer or recognized practice. Level B Service- Level B service should be performed on an annual basis 6 months after a Level A Service. Level B Service must include, but is not limited to, the following actions: motor oil change, motor oil filter change, tire inflation pressures, and other standard service inspections as recommended by the manufacturer or recognized practice. Aerial Ladder Service- Aerial ladders should be serviced on an annual basis per the manufacturers recommendations. Aerial Ladder Service must include Pump maintenance and repair, annual NFPA 1914 test, cleaning and lubrication of the ladder, changing of the hydraulic filter, and taking hydraulic samples. The Maintenance Department will maintain all vehicle records as they relate to certification, service preformed, outside contractor repair, recalls, and any other necessary information to provide a complete and current history for each vehicle. The Maintenance Department will provide members with operational, procedural, and safety related information regarding the proper use and operation of the department vehicles and apparatus. This information will be distributed in written procedure, manufacturer manual, or industry acceptable format. The Maintenance Department will receive all reported deficiencies or requests for service on vehicles and apparatus. Each report/request will be acted upon accordingly to provide the necessary service or repair, record as an act already preformed, or resolve as unfounded. Criteria defining when vehicles or apparatus are to be taken out of service are provided in another policy. References: American Automobile Manufacturers Association Publications Vehicle Inspection Handbook-Passenger Cars & Light Trucks Vehicle Inspection Handbook-Truck/Bus/School Bus NFPA Publications NFPA 1915 Standard for Fire Apparatus Preventive Maintenance Program

186

OPERATIONS DAILY/WEEKLY DUTIES Purpose: This schedule is meant to serve as a standing order of duties that must be accomplished by fire suppression and rescue personnel on a daily, weekly, and monthly basis. Company Officers are responsible for the completion of these tasks and should ensure that they are carried out in a professional manner. Any deviation should be documented in the daily logbook. Facilities are to be kept clean and all equipment and apparatus should be maintained in a position of readiness to respond to emergency incidents. The ambulances will be cleaned and disinfected on a daily basis. The chief officers may deviate from this schedule at any time to accommodate special duties, functions, or trainings. Daily Duties (Monday through Sunday) 0745

0800

Shift/information exchange. Personnel should confer with off-going shift members to obtain vital information that impacts daily operations (equipment out of service, special calls). All gear will be placed on the apparatus in the ready position and the air pack will be checked out along with pass alarm. Morning roll call (performed while standing on apparatus floor)  All personnel in uniform and ready to assume duties. Company officer should inspect all personnel.  Company Officer should perform the following during roll call: 1. Assure each member is mentally and physically fit for duty. 2. Assure that each member is in proper uniform and the uniform is in good condition. 3. Specify apparatus assignments Riding position 4. Accountability tags are correct and in place 5. Specifies daily duties to each member 6. Deliver safety message 7. Discuss any new General Orders, Operating Guidelines, or Correspondences. The company will sign them at this time.

Apparatus Inspections-(All members) 



Perform daily checks of apparatus, including checking and filling fluids, tire pressure, and cleanliness. Fuel in vehicles should be maintained at a minimum of ¾ tank. The engines of all apparatus should be run and pumps should be operated including valves and drains. Self-contained breathing apparatus checked and face pieces cleaned. Saws, generators and power tools checked and started. Front line Personnel assigned to ambulances and engines, should inspected the EMS equipment according to approved procedures. 187

0915

1000

General Duties  View email and FD calendar for daily information  Light station cleaning-(public presentable)  Personnel should clean administrative area and check support vehicles as needed Break

1015 1200-1300

Training/Public Education Lunch 

1300-1700

Lunch, unless otherwise designated by the company officer. Meals should be eaten in the kitchen area, or outdoor patio. The station television may be on during the lunch hour.

Station Clean-up/ Station Duties if not completed  Facilities and/or vehicle maintenance as determined by company officer or chief officer.  Check interior of buildings and outside grounds for litter and remove as needed.  Office areas to be cleaned on a daily basis including the following: • Administrative facilities • Training facilities  Coordinate/Specialty work may begin at this time with company officer approval.  Training  Physical Training

0700-0800 Prior to completing tour of duty  Reports • Fire • EMS  Training  Logbook Complete  Radio room clean of reports (all in box)  All personnel should be awake by 0700 hours and dressed in the proper uniform until properly relieved as approved by the Company Officer.  Clean snow from sidewalks as needed prior to shift exchange  Final Station Cleaning • Company Officer will ensure station and apparatus is clean and in order prior to oncoming shift. • All gear and personal items are to be removed from apparatus and stored in lockers.

188

Weekly assignments: In addition to routine apparatus checks and general housekeeping activities, the following maintenance task is to be performed as incident volume and weather permits: These items are essential to the operation of the department and may change from time to time, if they do change they must be posted in the common area of the station for members to review. Example of a change would be: ambulance inventory on Monday and cleaning windows on Sunday. The task stayed the same but the jobs dates were changed for better operations. NOTE: To promote alert personnel, at the discretion of the company officer, an employee will be permitted to take a Â˝ hour nap in the afternoon. At no time shall a Company be taken out of service to accomplish said down time. Day: Task . Monday

Clean all windows inside and out. If weather does not permit outside windows, then only clean inside windows. Inventory EMS Jump Bags on all vehicles. Weekly check on Battalion 17- Mass decon of ambulance

Tuesday

Facilities maintenance/Clean Apparatus Floor/cleaning tool rooms, supply rooms, basement stairs, and light bulb inspections. Inventory all IV trays and Ambulances. Weekly check on Tender 92 and Decon 20 and drug draw.

Wednesday

Clean, dust and disinfect bunkroom. Weekly check Engine 89 and Engine 88 and full Ambulance inventory.

Thursday

Clean the stove/oven and microwave. Weekly check on Engine 86 check jump bags 78 & 79

Friday

Check both station generators, drain water from the air compressor. Clean and disinfect shower walls and floors. Weekly on Tower 90 check Peds bag 78 & 79

Saturday

Outside station cleaning (Lawn care), public education as needed and full Ambulance inventory. Clean dumpster area and wash down apron if needed.

APPARATUS MAINTENANCE

Daily Unit Maintenance Reports

189

Daily unit checks will be performed by the assigned FAO or assistants at the start of each shift. The daily check will consist of the following: A. Blank daily maintenance reports will be kept in a designated area on the apparatus floor. B. Please note ALL deficiencies found on this report. For example, if fuel is low, state the level found, or if the oil is low, please state what level was found. Any comments may be made in the location of the deficiency, but always follow it up with the unit number and explanation in the comments section. C. If a repair was made or a deficiency replaced, please do so, but again, this should be noted in the comments section. The back side of the form may be used if necessary. D. Once the form is complete and all deficiencies and corrective actions are taken, list the deficiencies that are not capable of being repaired. E. When the form is completed and there are deficiencies found that cannot be corrected, or are not corrected for whatever the reason, a work order must be filled out. The work order must be turned into the Battalion Commander and the Lieutenant in charge of the apparatus. The Chief and Battalion Commander must be notified when any apparatus is to be removed from service. Notification will also be made to MABAS 20 or the current dispatch center. F. Once the deficiencies are corrected, the work order will be completed and filled into the apparatus file. G. The Chief and/or Battalion Commander will be responsible for the assigning of the personnel who will be responsible for completing the work. Daily Maintenance Check Items 1. Fuel Level must be at least 他 full 2. Radios 3. Warning Devices 4. Water Tank Level 5. Report Forms 6. Hand Tools 7. Ladders 8. SCBA Air Packs 9. Spare Bottles 10. Pass Devices 11. Extinguishers 12. Foam/Emulsifiers 13. Rescue Tools 14. Spare Gas Cans 15. Backboards; Cervical Collars; Head Rolls 16. Blood Pressure Cuff and Stethoscope 17. Oxygen Levels, Equipment and Supplies 18. Power Saws 19. Air Brake Pressure 20. Flashlights and Penlights 21. Suction Devices and Airway Kits 22. Gloves 23. Battery Charge Level 190

24. Oil Level 25. Engine Coolant Level 26. Transmission Fluid 27. Run Generator 28. Run Fire Pump Weekly Maintenance Checks At the start of the shift, after daily checks have been completed, the following small tools will be checked on the assigned days. 1. All power generators 2. All air tools, Amkus a. Check fluid levels b. Check all air lines c. Add air lube before using 3. Run all power tools a. Check fluids b. Check saw blades for damage c. Check tips on chain saw for sharpness and proper tension d. Check blade oil 4. Check Tire Pressure

OPERATIONS/RIDE A LONG Purpose: The purpose of this S.O.G. is intended to provide an educational experience for those seeking to improve their knowledge and skills in the fire service or EMS. For members of the general public, this program is meant to increase their awareness of the services we provide and how they are delivered. Scope: This S.O.G. applies to all Bensenville Fire Protection District employees responsible for enforcing this policy. ď&#x201A;ˇ

ď&#x201A;ˇ

Any person wishing to participate in this program must secure a waiver from a Chief Officer, or a Company Officer. The participant and a Chief Officer must sign this waiver. The waiver is valid for a period of one (1) year. It is the responsibility of the rider to carry a copy of the waiver at all times. The rider should be prepared to produce a copy at the request of any Bensenville Fire District Officer. In addition to the above, any person under the age of eighteen (18) must provide a letter of authorization to ride, signed by a parent or legal guardian. Riders will be allowed to ride in any department vehicle, (including engines, trucks, and Ambulance) as long as there are enough seat belts and the rider does not create a safety 191



concern, due to space limitations. A seat belt shall be worn at all times whenever a rider is traveling in a department vehicle. Riders will be assigned to the apparatus appropriate to the desired experience. All participants in the ride-along program should conduct themselves in a professional manner, since the general public views them as representatives of the Bensenville Fire District. Riders must also adhere to the department's grooming and dress standards. Riders must dress in a neat manner and will not be allowed to wear dangerous jewelry, have offensive tattoos or unkempt hair. Males are not allowed to have long hair, beards or unusual mustaches. Females should comb their hair close to the head; long hair must be pulled back off the face and shoulders. Open toe shoes, shirts, and shorts are not allowed. Riders from outside fire departments or EMS agencies must wear their work uniform and provide all protective clothing. Riders should not wear department issued clothing of Bensenville Fire Protection District personnel, unless specifically approved by the Fire Chief. Priority for riding should be given to Provisional Paramedics from the Loyola Emergency Medical Services System, who is completing their certifying hours. Second priority should be given to an EMT student for paramedic school entrance. Last priority should be given to members of the general public, existing paramedics, EMTs, firefighters, and cadets. While riding, only (Loyola) paramedics, EMT’s, and provisional paramedics should be allowed to assist our personnel in patient care. All other riders are observers only, and are not allowed to render medical care. Riders participating in suppression experience will function at the discretion of the company officer. Riders will not be allowed in hazardous structures unless they are members of another fire department, have full protective clothing, their own SCBA, and prior permission to do so by the Company Officer or Battalion Chief. Riders from other Fire Departments must submit a letter from their Chief indicating that the individual is riding for training purposes. Members of the general public wishing to ride are limited to six (6) riding days a year. For those interested in a fire service career additional time may be granted with special permission from the Chief of the department. This is to be considered an observational experience only and they are not allowed to perform any duties. Participants in this program will be allowed to ride from 0800 hours until 2200 hours, seven days a week. The only exception to this rule will be with the approval of a Chief Officer. Riders are expected to report for their shift at 0800 hours, so that they can participate in the morning shift briefing with the station personnel and assist or observe in vehicle and equipment checks. All riders, except those from the general public, whose sole purpose to ride is for observation only, should participate in all day-to-day duties as specified by the Company Officer. After consulting with the Battalion Chief to verify an open riding slot. This is subject to any department activities that may cause a scheduling conflict. Provisional Paramedic ride time will be coordinated through the EMS Coordinator and the Chief of The District. Prescheduled riders have priority to ride. Although every effort will be made to honor the schedule, it is subject to change based on department needs. Riders for EMS experience are limited to Stations 1, and 2. Riders for suppression experience can ride at any of the stations as long as there is no conflict with an EMS ride-along.

192

   

The Company Officer should notify the Chief Officers of a rider when the daily line up sent out via e-mail. If a rider arrives late or does not report at all, the station officer should document this in the station journal. All riders will complete a Personnel/Safety Information form; 1 copy to be kept on file at the participating station and the original forwarded to the Director of Administrative Services. Under no circumstances should a rider be permitted to take any pictures or video while on a call. The only exception to this is through special permission by the Fire Chief. Each person participating in a ride-along experience is responsible to the Chief Officers of the department and should abide by all the rules and Regulations of the Bensenville Fire Protection District. Any violation of the Rules and Regulations should revoke a person's waiver and make him or her ineligible to ride any longer. Officers of the department have the right to refuse a person the right to ride if they deem it to be in the best interest of the Department. Anytime a rider is sent home, the officer must notify the Battalion Chief and make an entry in the station journal.

193

BENSENVILLE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT RIDE-A-LONG/SAFETY FORM

Rider Name: Last

First

Purpose of Ride-Along: Rider Home Address:

Street Address City

Zip

State

Home Phone: Current medications: Significant Medical History:

Emergency Contact Person: Phone

Name

Date: ____________________

_________________________________________ Riding Participant _______________________________ Bensenville Fire District Chief Officer ________________________________ Bensenville Fire District Company Officer

194

OPERATIONS/STATION LOG BOOKS Purpose: The logbook is to provide an accurate and official tracking device of all department, station and company operations. The logbook is to be considered an official legal document a must be maintained in an accurate and professional manner and will be routinely checked by chief officers. The logbook will be maintained by the company officer. A dated logbook will be issued to each station on an annual basis. When the logbook has been completely filled, it should remain in the radio room for thirty days and then be forwarded to the records clerk for permanent filing. The accuracy, completeness and legibility should be the responsibility of the company officer. All entries will be made by the company officer. The following information will be entered in company logbooks. 1. At the beginning of each shift, the company officer will ensure all the shift personnel assigned to work on the company for the shift along with riding positions. All personnel changes are to be entered including, trades, vacations, and early reliefs. 2. Entries made with time critical information should be made using 4-digit 24 hour time system.(Times should be entered in the left margin) 3. All entries should be printed and legible. 4. The movement, exchange, alteration of any equipment or apparatus from company quarters. 5. Phone calls to officers by personnel indicating that they will not be reporting for duty and at what time was the call received. 6. Record all responses for the station in ink. Emergency responses should have the time in the left margin, followed by FIRE or EMS incident, incident number, address of incident, and apparatus response. 7. Record all special duty details, such as station tours, block parties, or EMS standby events. 8. Record all requests for repairs to apparatus, equipment, or buildings and to whom the request were sent. 9. Record all station duties performed, including those classified in or outside the scope of normal activities and completed. 10. Record training subjects and duration completed by company personnel. 11. At the completion of the shift assignment, the company officer should indicate that all required records and reports have been completed.

195

SAFETY EMERGENCY OPERATIONS A. Emergency operations and other situations that present similar hazards, including training exercises, shall be conducted in a manner to recognize hazards and to prevent accidents and injuries. B. An Incident Command system shall be established with written procedures applying to all members involved in emergency operations. All members involved in emergency operations shall be familiar with the system. C. The incident command shall identify roles and responsibilities relating to the safety of operations. Safety responsibilities shall be assigned to supervisory personnel at each level of the organization. D. The officer in command of an emergency incident shall be responsible for the overall safety of all members and all activities occurring at the scene. E. The officer in command of an emergency incident shall establish an organization with sufficient supervisory personnel to control the functions of all members operating at the scene and to ensure that safety requirements are satisfied. This will be accomplished as soon as practical. F. A standard system shall be used to identify and account for the assignments of each member at the scene of an incident. G. At incidents or Situations where special hazards exist, the officer in command shall assign qualified personnel with specific responsibility to identify and evaluate hazards and to provide direction in respects to the safety of operations.

INCIDENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. The Bensenville Fire Protection District shall provide an adequate number of personnel to safely conduct emergency scene operations. Operations shall be limited to those that can be safely performed by the personnel available at the scene. B. When inexperienced members are working at an incident, direct supervision shall be provided by more experienced officers or members. This requirement shall not reduce the training requirements contained in this standard. C. When members are operating at an emergency incident and their assignment places them in potential danger or conflict they shall wear full protective clothing.

INCIDENTS INVOLVING SPECIAL HAZARDS A. When members are operating in hazardous areas, they shall work in teams of two or more. There shall be at least one member specifically assigned to remain outside the hazardous area and maintain an awareness of the operations inside the hazardous area. B. Whenever members are operating in positions or performing functions that include special hazards or that would subject them to immediate danger of injury in the event of equipment 196

failure or other sudden event, back up personnel shall be standing by with equipment to provide assistance or rescue. C. When members are operating in positions or performing functions that involve an immediate risk of injury, qualified advanced life support personnel shall be standing by with medical equipment and transportation capability.

FACILITY SAFETY A. All Fire Protection District facilities shall comply with all legally applicable health, safety, building, and fire code requirements. B. All sleeping areas in fire stations shall be separated from vehicle storage areas by at least one hour fire resistive assemblies and shall be protected by smoke detectors. C. Fire Stations shall be designed and provided with provisions to ventilate exhaust emissions from fire apparatus to prevent exposure to firefighterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s contamination of living and sleeping areas. D. All Fire Protection District facilities shall be inspected on an annual basis to provide for compliance with this standard. When necessary, inspection deemed may be made more frequently. Inspections shall be documented and recorded. E. All Fire Protection District facilities shall be inspected at least monthly to identify and cause correction of any health or safety hazards. F. The Fire Protection District shall have an established system to maintain all facilities, and to facilitate prompt correction of any health, safety hazards, or code violations.

FIRE GROUND SAFETY A. When firefighters are operating on the fire ground the following guidelines will be enforced: 1. Protective clothing will be worn. 2. Self-contained breathing apparatus will be in use. 3. Operate under the direction of their Company Officer. 4. Operate tools in a safe manner 5. Follow the standards of the BFPD S.O.G.â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s 6. Work in teams of two (2) or more when inside fire areas, with radio communications. 7. Obey all ladder standards while working on ground or elevated ladders. 8. Accountability system will be in place. B. For the purpose of SAFETY and to minimize or eliminate the potential for accident, injury or death the following types of activities and behavior are strictly forbidden at incident scenes: 1. Wandering around (sightseeing) 2. Freelancing (doing your own thing) 3. Splitting up (dividing the crew)

197

PROTECTIVE CLOTHING A. The Fire Protection District shall provide each member with the appropriate protective clothing to provide protection from the hazards of work environment to which the member may be exposed. B. Firefighters responding to any alarm must wear turnout gear consisting of: 1. Helmet 2. Coat 3. Pants 4. Boots 5. Gloves 6. Nomex or Carbon Fiber Hood C. Members not wearing complete turnouts will not be assigned firefighting activity. D. Helmets 1. NFPA approved with face shield and chin strap. 2. Color: Candidate Yellow with black shield Fire Fighter Black with black shield Lieutenant Black/2 rear white strips with white shield Chief Officer White with white shield E. Hoods- Fire resistive hoods will be worn under helmets by all members while engaged in firefighting operations. F. Bunker coats- Hip length with NFPA Approved lining and vapor barrier. All turnouts will be color issued by the Fire Protection District, with appropriate reflective striping. Chief Officers will wear white coats. G. Bunker Pants- Fire resistive with NFPA Approved lining and vapor barrier. All pants will be color issued by the Fire Protection District will appropriate reflective striping. H. Boots- Knee length firefighterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s boots with steel toe and insole for all members. If you choose to wear OPTIONAL leather boot style, they must be NFPA approved. I. Gloves- Protective gloves of leather or other suitable material appropriate for fire ground operations will be issued to all firefighters. Issued gloves are to remain in turnout pockets and ready for wear. The above items of protective clothing remain the property of the Fire Protection District and are to be turned in when the member is no longer an active firefighter. J. Maintenance 1. Members shall be fully trained in the care, use, inspection, maintenance, and limitations of the protective clothing assigned to them. This is to be completed on a monthly basis by the Battalion Commander. 2. Firefighters are responsible for the care of turnout gear assigned to them and report any equipment that is no longer serviceable to the proper personnel. 3. Protective clothing and protective equipment shall be used and maintained in accordance with manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. 4. Protective clothing will be inspected at least annually by the Quartermaster. Any clothing found in disrepair or unclean shall be immediately replaced or cleaned. K. Special Items- Members are encouraged to furnish themselves with flashlights of their choice. Any other special item must be approved by the Chief or his Designee before use or carrying on apparatus. 198

SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS A. Breathing apparatus shall be worn WITH THE FACE PIECE IN PLACE, by all personnel when operating: 1. In a contaminated atmosphere. 2. In an oxygen deficient atmosphere. 3. Where both contamination and oxygen deficiency are suspected. 4. In unventilated, confined spaces. 5. Above, in, or around an involved fire area. 6. In an area subject to explosion or sudden contamination. 7. When hazardous materials are present that may release fumes or vapors. B. Breathing apparatus shall be worn and READY FOR USE by all personnel operating: 1. Above ground 2. Below ground 3. In any area where the atmosphere may become contaminated C. The decision to wear S.C.B.A. is based upon the following three (3) Guidelines: 1. Nobody should ever breathe smoke or contaminates. Exceptions: Brush, Controlled burns. 2. Use S.C.B.A. until the atmosphere is confirmed to be safe. This would be by monitoring or ventilation. 3. If in doubt - use S.C.B.A.!!!

PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM PURPOSE The purpose of this S.O.G. is to provide a guideline for the management and accountability of all emergency scene personnel. DEFINITIONS ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM: A procedure that utilizes passports, name tags, and status boards to track the assignments of commanders, companies, and individuals at an emergency incident. NAME TAGS: A plastic, Velcro backed tag with the members rank, last name, and identification number. Name tags will be attached to member’s helmet with Velcro. PASSPORT: A 2” x 4” Velcro and plastic card that identifies and accounts for companies and teams. A. PRIMARY PASSPORT: White, located on vehicle dashboard. B. SECONDARY PASSPORT: Red, located on vehicle dashboard. C. RESERVE PASSPORT: Green, located in station as replacement. 199

MAKE - UP KITS: A kit designed to expand the accountability system at large incidents and provide immediate replacement for lost or damaged system materials. STATUS BOARDS: A large hard plastic board with Velcro strips, located in the vehicles, upon which commanders or Division officers hold passports of assigned teams and take notes. VELCRO PAD: Velcro strips permanently attached to each vehicle, designed to hold passports. COMPANY OFFICERS: Personnel in charge of engine companies, truck companies, or teams. EMERGENCY INCIDENT: Any situation in which the BENSENVILLE FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT responds to deliver emergency services. (i.e. rescue, fire suppression, medical treatment, and other forms of hazard control and mitigation.) EMERGENCY INCIDENT PERIMETER: Any area the public is not allowed access for safety reasons. INCIDENT COMMANDER: Person responsible for the management of the emergency incident. P.A.R. PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY REPORT: A roll call of all teams at an emergency incident to account for all personnel. TEAM: A group of two or more firefighters who work together and are responsible for each other’s safety. TACTICAL CONSIDERATIONS INCIDENT COMMANDERS shall maintain accountability for all personnel responding to the emergency scene. I.C.’s shall use the Incident Management System and the Personnel Accountability System to increase their span of control at larger or more complex incidents. BRANCH OR DIVISION OFFICERS: shall maintain accountability for all personnel assigned to their branch or Division. COMPANY OFFICERS shall maintain accountability for all personnel assigned to their company or team. EMERGENCY PERSONNEL will be responsible to their company officer for the safety of themselves and other company or team members. The shall maintain contact with each other at all times by either voice, visual, or touch. Responding to the Incident PASSPORTS 200

1. Emergency personnel shall place their name tags on both company passports. 2. The Company Officer or Team Leader shall place their name tag in the top position of both passports. 3. The company or team members shall place their name tags below their leaders on both passports. 4. The apparatus operator shall place their name tag, inverted, in the bottom position of both passports if they are separated from their company. Reporting to the Incident UPON ARRIVAL 1. The first arriving company officer will assume Incident Command. The first arriving companies primary passport shall remain on the apparatus if the incident is in the investigation or fast attack mode. If the incident is to be run in the command mode, the first arriving Company Officer shall place their passport on a status board, and prepare to collect incoming company passports. 2. Subsequent arriving companies shall receive an assignment upon arrival. The arriving company officer’s shall deliver their primary passport to the company officer, or the officer in charge of their Division. The company shall not leave its assigned Division without informing their supervisor and receiving their passport. STAGING 1. The company officer of the first vehicle to arrive at a staging area shall become the staging Division officer. All subsequent companies assigned to staging shall deliver their staging cards to the staging officer. These cards are in all vehicles. 2. When a company leaves the staging area, they will leave the staging card with the staging officer During the Incident P.A.R. PERSONNEL ACCOUNTABILITY REPORT At any time during an incident, Command, Branch, or Division Officers may request a P.A.R. Units under their control shall then take a roll call of their assigned personnel. When complete company officer’s shall report their findings to their Division officer with all present, or who is missing. P.A.R.’s shall be taken but are not limited to the following situations:  Following evacuation signals  Following collapse or explosion  During hazardous materials incidents  Upon termination of large or complex incidents  Upon strategic change from offensive to defensive operations. TRANSFER OF COMMAND 1. When Command is transferred, the Incident Commanders shall brief their replacements on the situation, resources, and personnel. The command status board shall be given to the replacement.

201

2. When a Division is formed, the incident commander shall give the assigned Division officers the passports of companies or teams under their operational control. The Division officers shall place the passports on a status board and inform the units of their position. 3. When a company is transferred to rehab, the company officers shall receive their passports from their Division officer or command post. They will then lead their company to the rehab area and present their passport to the rehab Division officer. If no rehab Division has been designated, the company should return to their apparatus, and report to command for reassignment when ready. Incident Termination RELEASING COMPANIES When a company is released from an incident, the Company Officer shall account for each company member. The Company Officer shall then receive their passport from their Division Officer or Incident Command. En route from the incident the company shall replace their name tags on their helmet. REDUCING DIVISIONS When a Division is no longer needed to maintain effective span of control, Command may eliminate that Division. That Division officer must then report to the Incident Commander and deliver that Division company’s passports. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The Chief and/or his designee shall order materials and supplies to maintain the ACCOUNTABILITY SYSTEM as follows: 1. Two (2) engraved passports, One (1) white, One (1) red for each vehicle. 2. One (1) green passport for each vehicle. 3. Six (6) name tags for Bensenville Fire Protection District personnel. 4. Velcro pads for each vehicle. 5. One (1) status board for each vehicle. 6. One (1) Accountability System make-up kit for command vehicle consisting of: a. Two (2) status boards b. Twelve (12) blank, green passports c. Eighteen (18) blank name tags d. One (1) pair scissors e. Two (2) permanent markers f. Four (4) grease pencils g. One (1) 2” roll of medical tape MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES 1. NAME TAGS: A plastic, Velcro backed tag with the members rank, last name, and identification number.  Three name tags will be attached to members helmets by Velcro  Three name tags shall be stored as replacements.

202

2. PASSPORTS: A 2” x 4” Velcro and plastic card that identifies and accounts for companies and teams. Passports have three parts. The top part identifies the company by unit type and number, Fire Protection District name. The middle Velcro part holds the name tags of company members. The bottom part is for notes.  Passports are color coded as follows: A. PRIMARY PASSPORT: White, located on vehicle dash board. B. SECONDARY PASSPORT: Red, located on vehicle dash board C. RESERVE PASSPORT: Green, located in station as replacement. 3. STATUS BOARDS: A large hard plastic board with Velcro strips, located in the vehicles, upon which Commanders or Division Officers hold passports of assigned teams and take notes.

COLLAPSE EVACUATION SIGNAL A. During any operation, if ANY personnel see signs of imminent collapse they are to notify the Incident Commander immediately. B. If warranted, the Incident Commander shall order the evacuation of the entire building. When a PAR is called, 5 blasts of the air horn blast shall be the evacuation signal at any operation. Apparatus or Divisions will activate air horns. C. Upon hearing this signal, ALL personnel will evacuate the structure and exterior collapse zones immediately. D. Immediately after evacuation, company officers will make an accountability check of their personnel and report their finding over the radio to command. E. Company Officers shall report to Command via Division Officer by stating, company number and all accounted for. F. Any personnel not physically present shall be reported by name and last known location. G. Any personnel that are in danger at an incident will use the keyword “Mayday”. This will tell all personnel at the incident that a firefighter(s) need help immediately. All radio traffic except “Emergency Radio Traffic only” will cease until the firefighter(s) are assisted and removed from danger.

HEPATITIS INFECTION VACCINE PROGRAM The Bensenville Fire Protection District has made available to all members, an optional Hepatitis Vaccine Program. Initial vaccination will be given, followed by the second vaccination in thirty days. The final vaccination will be administered six months from the date of the first vaccination. The Bensenville Fire Protection District will provide an Acceptance/Release Form that will be placed in the member’s personnel file. The Acceptance/Release form will also serve as a refusal form. The member and the Fire Chief will sign the form.

203

Post Vaccination testing for serologic response and revaccination of non-responders. Hepatitis B vaccine, when given in the deltoid, produces protective antibody (anit-HBs) in >90% of healthy persons. Testing for immunity after vaccination is not recommended routinely but is advised for persons whose subsequent management depends on knowing their immune status (such as dialysis patients and staff). Testing for immunity is also advised for person for whom a suboptimal response may be anticipated, such as those who have received vaccine in the buttock, persons >50 years of age, and persons known to have HIV infection. Post vaccination testing should be done between 1 and 6 months after completion of the vaccine series to provide definitive information on response to the vaccine. Revaccination of persons who do not respond to the primary series (non-responders) produces adequate antibody in 15% - 25% after one additional dose and in 30% - 50% after three additional doses when the primary vaccination has been given in the deltoid (36). For persons who did not respond to a primary vaccine series given in the buttock, data suggest that revaccination in the arm induces adequate antibody in >75%. Revaccination with one or more additional doses should be considered for persons who failed to respond to vaccination in the buttock. Need for vaccine booster doses Available data show that vaccine induced antibody levels decline steadily with time and that up to 50% of adult vaccines who respond adequately to vaccine may have low or undetectable antibody levels by 7 years after vaccination. Nevertheless, both adults and children with declining antibody levels are still protected against hepatitis B disease. Current data also suggest excellent protection against disease for 5 years after vaccination among infants born to hepatitis B carrier mothers. For adults and children with normal immune status, booster doses are not routinely recommended within 7 years after vaccination, nor is routine serologic testing to assess antibody levels necessary for vaccine recipients during this period. For infants born to hepatitis B carrier mothers, booster doses are not necessary within 5 years after vaccination. The possible need for booster doses after longer intervals will be assessed as additional information becomes available. NOTE: See Attached Form.

204

ACCEPTANCE / RELEASE FORM I, _______________________________________________, have been offered the HBV Program as presented by the Bensenville Fire Protection District. The program will be as follows: Initial Vaccination will be given followed by the second vaccination in 30 days. The final inoculation will be given six months from the date of the first vaccination. I will participate in this program ________________________________________. I will not participate in this program _____________________________________. ______________________________________________. Signature of Firefighter _______________________________________________. Signature of Fire Chief

cc: Employee Fire Chief File

205

DEALING WITH PERSONS WITH SUSPECTED INFECTIOUS DISEASES EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN 1. EXPOSURE DETERMINATION A. In the following job classifications, all personnel may have exposure during the normal performance of their duties. 1. Emergency Medical Technician - Paramedic 2. Emergency Medical Technician - B B. In the following job classification, some personnel may have exposure during the normal performance of their duties. 1. Firefighters C. The following tasks and procedures, performed by Fire Protection District employees, any result in occupational exposure. 1. Basic Life Support functions such as, but not limited to, hemorrhage control, skeletal immobilization or traction, airway maintenance, baby delivery, patient assessment, or cardiopulmonary resuscitation, where infectious body fluids are present. 2. Advanced Life support functions such as, but not limited to, venous catherization, endotracheal intubation, thoracic decompression, drug administration, and the performance of advanced airway maneuvers. 3. Decontamination of any and all equipment exposed to contaminant body fluids. 2. OF METHODS COMPLIANCE General-Universal precautions shall be observed to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. All Bensenville Fire Protection District personnel shall follow the Loyola Emergency Medical Services Standard Operating Procedures (under current CDC guidelines) pertaining to dealing with possible infectious material. In any instance when differentiation between body fluids is difficult or impossible, all body fluids will be treated as potentially infectious. A. Personnel protective equipment shall be available to all personnel. Gloves will be stored on all EMS vehicles. Masks, Gowns, and disinfectant shall be stored on all ambulances. 1. Gloves will be worn by all personnel performing the procedures listed in paragraph 1-C-1, 2, & 3. In any airborne, gowns, eye protection, and or masks will be worn as needed to protect personnel from exposure. 2. All personnel that have been exposed to potentially infectious fluids are to wash their hands as soon as feasible after removal of gloves or other personal protective equipment. B. All contaminated needles will be placed in a puncture proof container and disposed of at the hospital, recapping of needles must be done with a one-handed technique. C. All contaminated waste will be stored in a red garbage bag and disposed of at the hospital. D. Any contaminated clothing, equipment, or vehicles shall be decontaminated as soon as feasible. 206

E. All personnel shall be awarded the opportunity to receive Hepatitis B vaccinations at no cost to them. All personnel shall sign their acceptance or denial of this vaccine. This will be recorded in their personnel file. Declination does not hinder the employee’s chance to receive vaccination at a later date. F. All exposures shall be reported to the shift officer and documented in the employee’s personnel file. Documentation shall include method of exposure and source of exposure (if not prohibited by law). Contact shall also be made with the receiving hospital. 3. EVALUATION OF EXPOSURE INCIDENTS A. An employee may temporarily and briefly decline to use personal protective equipment, under rare and extraordinary circumstances where in their professional judgment its use would have prevented the delivery of health care, public safety, or would have posed an increased hazard to the safety of the worker or co-worker. B. If at any time a worker is exposed, a review will take place to determine any feasible way to prevent further exposure. 4. COMMUNICATION OF HAZARDS TO EMPLOYEES A. All hazardous waste containers shall be red in color or have a BIO-HAZARD label affixed. B. All personnel shall be trained on the methods of working in the presence of infectious diseases annually.

OSHA BLOOD BORNE PATHOGENS FINAL STANDARDS PURPOSE: Limits occupational exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials since any exposure could result in transmission of blood borne pathogens which could lead to disease or death. SCOPE: Covers all employees who could be “reasonably anticipated” as the result of performing their job duties to face contact with blood and other potentially infectious materials. OSHA has not attempted to list all occupations where exposures could occur. “Good Samaritan” acts such as assisting a co-worker with a nosebleed would not be considered occupational exposure. Infectious materials include semen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural fluid, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid, amniotic fluid, saliva in dental procedure, and body fluid visibly contaminated with blood and all body fluids in situations where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluids. They also include any unfixed tissue or organ other than intact skin from a human (living or dead) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) containing cell or tissue cultures, organ cultures and HIV or hepatitis B (HBV) - containing culture medium or other solutions as well as blood, organs or other tissues from experimental animals infected with HIV or HBV. EXPOSURE CONTROL PLAN: Requires employers to identify, in writing, tasks and procedures as well as job classifications where occupational exposure to blood occurs – without regard to personal protective clothing and equipment. It must also set forth the schedule for implementing other provisions of the standard and specify the procedure for evaluating circumstances surrounding exposure incidents. The plan must be accessible to employees and 207

available to OSHA. Employers must review and update it at least annually – more often if necessary to accommodate work place changes. METHODS OF COMPLIANCE: Mandates universal precautions, (treating body fluids/materials as if infectious) emphasizing engineering and work practice controls. The standard stresses hand washing and requires employers to provide facilities and ensure that employees use then following exposure to blood. It sets forth procedures to minimize needle sticks, minimize splashing and spraying of blood, ensure appropriate packaging of specimens and regulated wasted and decontaminate equipment or label it as contaminated before shipping to servicing facilities. Employers must provide, at no cost, and require employees to use appropriate personal protective equipment such as gloves, gowns, masks, mouth pieces and resuscitation bags and must clean, repair and replace these when necessary. Gloves are not necessarily required for routine phlebotomies in volunteer blood donations centers but must be made available to employees who want them. The standard requires a written schedule for cleaning, identifying the method of decontamination to be used, in addition to cleaning following contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. It specifies methods for disposing of contaminated sharps and sets forth standards for containers for these items and other regulated waste. Further, the standard includes provisions for handling contaminated laundry to minimize exposures. HIV AND HBV RESEARCH LABORATORIES AND PRODUCTION FACILITIES: Calls for these facilities to follow standard microbiological practices and specifies additional practices intended to minimize exposures of employees working with concentrated viruses and reduce the risk of accidental exposure for other employees at the facility. These facilities must include required containment equipment and an autoclave for decontamination of regulated waste and must be constructed to limit risks and enable easy clean up. Additional training and experience requirements apply to workers in these facilities. HEPATITIS B VACCINATION: Requires vaccinations to be made available to all employees who have occupational exposure to blood within 10 working days of assignment, at no cost, at a reasonable time and place, under the supervision of licensed physician/licensed health care professional and according to the latest recommendations of the U.S. Public Health Service (USPHS). Prescreening may not be required as a condition of receiving the vaccine. Employees must sign a declination form if they choose not to be vaccinated, but may later opt to receive the vaccine at no cost to the employee. Should booster doses later be recommended by the USPHS, employees must be offered sad vaccination. POST-EXPOSURE EVALUATION AND FOLLOW-UP: Specifies procedures to be made available to all employees who have had an exposure incident plus any laboratory tests must be conducted by an accredited laboratory at no cost to the employee. Follow-up must include a confidential medical evaluation documenting the circumstances of exposure, identifying and testing the source individual if feasible, testing the exposed employee’s blood if he/she consents, postexposure prophylaxis, counseling and evaluation of reporting illness. Health care professionals must provide specified information to facilitate the evaluation and their written opinion on the need for hepatitis B vaccination following the exposure. Information such as the employee’s ability to receive the hepatitis B vaccine must be supplied to the employer. All diagnoses must remain confidential. HAZARD COMMUNICATION: Requires warning labels including the orange or orange-red biohazard symbol affixed to containers of regulated waste, refrigerators and freezers and other containers which are used to store or transport blood or other potentially infectious materials. Red bags or containers may be used instead of labeling. When a facility uses universal precautions in 208

its handling of all specimens, labeling is not required within the facility. Likewise, when all laundry is handled with universal precautions, the laundry need not be labeled. Blood which has been tested and found free of HIV or HBV and released for clinical use, and regulated waste which has been decontaminated, need not be labeled. Signs must be used to identify restricted areas in HIV and HBV research laboratories and production facilities. INFORMATION AND TRAINING: Mandates training within 90 days of effective date, initially upon assignment and annually – employees who have received appropriate training within the past year need only receive additional training in items not previously covered. Training must include making accessible a copy of the regulatory text of the standard and explanation of its contents, general discussion on blood borne diseases and their transmission, exposure control plan, engineering and work practice controls, personal protective equipment, hepatitis B vaccine, response to emergencies involving blood, how to handle exposure incidents, the post-exposure evaluation and follow-up program, signs/labels/color-coding. There must be opportunity for questions and answers, and trainer must be knowledgeable in the subject matter. Laboratory and production facility workers must receive additional specialized initial training. RECORD KEEPING: Calls for medical records to be kept for each employee with occupational exposure for the duration of employment plus 30 years, must be confidential and must include name and social security number; hepatitis B vaccination status (including dates); results of any examinations, medical testing and follow-up procedures; a copy of the health care professional’s written opinion; and a copy of information provided to the health care professional. Training records must be maintained for three years and must include dates, contents of the training program or a summary, trainer’s name and qualifications, names and job titles of all persons attending the sessions. Medical records must be made available to the subject employee, anyone with written consent of the employee, OSHA and NIOSH – they are not available to the employer. Disposal of records must be in accord with OSHA’s standard covering access to records. DATES: Sets effective date 90 days after publication in the Federal Register. Exposure control plan must be completed within 60 days of the effective date. Information and Training Requirements take effect 90 days following the effective date. And the following other provisions take effect 120 days after the effective date: engineering and work practice controls, personal protective equipment, housekeeping, special provisions covering HIV and HBV research laboratories and production facilitates, hepatitis B vaccination and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up and labels and signs.

EMERGENCY INCIDENT REHABILITATION PURPOSE To ensure that the physical and mental condition of members operating at the scene of an emergency or a training exercise does not deteriorate to a point that affects the safety of each member or that jeopardizes the safety and integrity of the operation. RESPONSIBILITIES A. Incident Commander: The Incident Commander shall consider the circumstances of each incident and make adequate provisions early in the incident for the rest and rehabilitation for all 209

members operating at the scene. These provisions shall include: Medical evaluation, treatment and monitoring; food and fluid replenishment; mental rest; and relief from extreme climatic conditions and other environmental parameters of the incident. The rehabilitation shall include the provision of Emergency Medical Services (EMS) at the Advance Life Support (ALS) level or higher. Supervisors: All Supervisors shall maintain an awareness of the condition of each member operating within their span of control and ensure that adequate steps are taken to provide for each memberâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s safety and health. The command structure shall be utilized to request relief and the reassignment of fatigued crews. Personnel: During periods of hot weather, members shall be encouraged to drink water and activity beverages throughout the work day. During any emergency incident or training evolution, all members shall advise their supervisor when they believe that their level of fatigue or exposure to heat or cold is approaching a level that could affect themselves, their crew, or the operation in which they are involved, Members shall also remain aware of health and safety of other members of their crew. ESTABLISHMENT OF REHABILITATION DIVISION ( USE MABAS 20 GUIDELINES) Responsibility: The Incident Commander will establish a Rehabilitation Division or Group when conditions indicate that rest and rehabilitation is needed for personnel operating at an incident scene or training evolution. A member will be placed in charge of the Division/group and shall be known as the Rehab Officer. The Rehab Officer will typically report to the Logistics Officer in the frame work of the incident management system. Location: The location for the Rehabilitation Area will normally be designated by the Incident Commander. If a specific location has not been designated, the Rehab Officer shall select an appropriate location based on the site characteristics and designations below. Site Characteristics: 1. It should be in a location that will provide physical rests by allowing the body to recuperate from the demands and hazards of the emergency operation or training evolution. 2. It should be far enough away from the scene that members may safely remove their turnout gear and SCBA and be afforded mental rest from the stress and pressure of the emergency operation or training evolution. 3. It should provide suitable protection from the prevailing environmental conditions. During hot weather, it should be in a warm, dry area. 4. It should enable members to be free of exhaust fumes from apparatus, vehicles, or equipment (including those involved in the Rehabilitation Division/Group operations). 5. It should be large enough to accommodate multiple crews, based on the size of the incident. 6. It should be easily accessible by EMS units. 7. It should allow prompt reentry back into the emergency operation upon complete recuperation. D. Site Designations: 1. A nearby garage, building lobby, or other structure. 2. Several floors below a fire in a high rise building. 3. A school bus, municipal bus or other like vehicle. 4. Fire apparatus, ambulance, or other emergency vehicles at the scene or called to the scene.

210

5. Retired fire apparatus or surplus government vehicle that has been renovated as a Rehabilitation Unit. (This unit could respond by request or be dispatched during certain weather conditions). 6. An open area in which a Rehab area can be created using tarps, fans, etc. E. Resources: The Rehab Officer shall secure all necessary resources required to adequately staff and supply the Rehabilitation area. The supplies should include the items listed below: 1. Fluids- water, activity beverage, oral electrolyte solutions and ice. 2. Food - soup, broth, or stew in hot/cold cups. 3. Medical - blood pressure cuffs, stethoscopes, oxygen administration devices, cardiac monitors, intravenous solutions and thermometers. 4. Other - awning, fans, tarps, smoke ejectors, heaters, dry clothing, extra equipment, floodlights, blankets and towels, traffic cones and fire line tape (to identify the entrance and exit of the Rehabilitation area). REHABILITATION DIVISION/GROUP ESTABLISHMENT A. Rehabilitation: Rehabilitation should be considered by Staff Officers during the initial planning stages of an emergency response. However, the climatic or environmental conditions of the emergency scene should not be the sole justification for establishing a Rehabilitation area. Any activity / incident that is large in size, long in duration, and/or labor intensive will rapidly deplete the energy and strength of personnel and therefore merits consideration for rehabilitation. Climatic or environmental conditions that indicate the need to establish a Rehabilitation Area are heat stress index above 90F or wind-chill below 10F. B. Hydration: A critical factor in the prevention of heat injury is the maintenance of water and electrolytes. Water must be replaced during exercise periods and at emergency incidents. During heat stress, the member should consume at least one quart of water per hour. The rehydration solution should be a 50/50 mixture of water and a commercially prepared activity beverage and administered at about 40F. Rehydration is important even during cold weather operations where, despite the outside temperature, heat stress may occur during firefighting or other strenuous activity when protective equipment is worn. Alcohol and caffeine beverages should be avoided before and during stress because both interfere with the body’s water conservation mechanisms. Carbonated beverages should also be avoided. C. Nourishment: The Fire Protection District shall provide food at the scene of an extended incident when units are engaged for three or more hours. A cup of soup, broth, or stew is highly recommended because it is digested much faster than sandwiches and fast food products. In addition, foods such as apples, oranges, and bananas provide supplemental forms of energy replacement. Fatty and/or salty foods should be avoided. D. Rest: The “two air bottle rule,” or 45 minutes of work time, is recommended as an acceptable level prior to mandatory rehabilitation. Members shall rehydrate (at least eight ounces) while SCBA cylinders are being changed. Firefighters having worked for two full 30-minute rated bottles, or 45 minutes, shall be immediately placed in the Rehabilitation area for rest and evaluation. IN all cases, the objective evaluation of a member’s fatigue level shall be the criteria for rehab time. Rest shall not be less than ten minutes and may exceed an hour as determined by the Rehab Officer. Vitals must be taken and in the normal range in order for a company to return to the fire ground to work at another task. Fresh crews, or crews released from the Rehabilitation Division/Group, shall be available in the Staging Area to 211

ensure that fatigued members are not required to return to tour before they are rested, evaluated, and released by the Rehab Officer. E. Recovery: Members in the Rehabilitation Area should maintain a high level of hydration. Members should not be moved from a hot environment directly into an air conditioned area because the body’s cooling system can shut down in response to the external cooling. An air conditioned environment is acceptable after a cool-down period at ambient temperature with sufficient air movement. Certain drugs impair the body’s ability to sweat and extreme caution must be exercised if the member has taken antihistamines, such as Actifed or Benadryl, or has taken diuretics or stimulants.

SAFETY COMMITTEE PURPOSE To establish policies and procedures for use by the Safety Committee when investigating injuries or a fatality that has occurred under the Bensenville Fire Protection District’s responsibility. APPLICABILITY All Bensenville Fire Protection District personnel. DEFINITIONS Critical injury - An injury sustained by an employee that requires hospitalization and/or extensive recuperation period. Safety Committee - A unit of the Bensenville Fire Protection District responsible for collecting and reviewing information on critical injury accidents, issuing final reports on probable cause, and making recommendations for policy and procedural changes to reduce future injuries. The Committee is comprised of:    

Fire Protection District Company Officers- who will serve as Safety Officer and liaison to the Battalion Chiefs then to the Fire Chief Health & Safety Officer - will assist in all investigations. Director of Training - will assist in all investigations and be Team Leader in the Safety Officer’s absence. Other personnel as designated.

POLICY The Bensenville Fire Protection District must investigate critical injuries and fatalities utilizing the Safety Committee. Incidents where the potential for serious injury or death existed may be investigated by the Safety Committee. The Safety Officer or his designee must be notified immediately when an employee suffers critical injury or a line of tour death. 212

The Safety Committee will be mobilized immediately when an employee is critically injured or killed in the line of tour. The Safety Committee may also be mobilized when notified of an incident where no injury or death occurred, but where a specific occurrence, action procedure of circumstance indicated injury or death exists. The Safety Officer, will mobilize as many of the Safety Committee as needed. The Bensenville Fire Protection District Safety Officer or his/her designee will serve as the Safety Committee Team Leader. The Safety Committee must collect and review data on service related injuries and deaths. The Safety Committee must submit a final report to the Chief based on information collected through investigation of all line of tour injuries and deaths. The copy of reports may go to the Training Division or published as Safety Bulletins to all Bensenville personnel. Recommendations for policy and procedure changes must be forwarded to the Battalion Commander, then to the Chief via the Safety Officer. PROCEDURES The Safety Officer will mobilize the Safety Committee when notified by the Incident Commander of a line of tour critical injury or death of any Bensenville Fire Protection District personnel or any fire ground personnel under the direction of the Bensenville Fire Protection District Incident Command. The Safety Committee will meet at the location designated by the Safety Officer or his/her designee. The First arriving Safety Committee member must ensure that the incident scene is secured in accordance with Bensenville Fire Protection District and Police Fire Protection District policies. At the termination of the incident, the team will immediately interview all Bensenville Fire Protection District and any fire ground personnel under the direction of the Bensenville Fire Protection District Incident Command and take statements which may be reduced to writing. All personnel must cooperate with the Safety Committee during authorized investigations. The Safety Officer may designate an EMS Officer who shall establish a liaison with the hospital and request appropriate tests (e.g., blood gases). The Safety Officer may request through the Battalion Chief any protective clothing, SCBA, communications and other records, tapes, dispatches, incident reports, and casualty reports as deemed necessary. The Safety Officer and Health & Safety Officer must draft an Injury Investigation report for the Battalion Chief. The report should include:  Nature of injuries, their extent, expected outcome, extent of disability, etc.,;  Characteristics of the employee involved - length of experience, training, etc.;  Description of the incident;  Characteristics of equipment being used, their suitability and applicability; 213

       

Task(s) being performed at the time of injury/death; Time factors (time of day, time of occurrence, time elapsed on tour during occurrences, etc.); Protective equipment used/preventive measures taken; Summary of applicable laws, standards, policies, and procedures; Factors - unsafe acts, hazardous conditions, management failures; Recommendations to prevent recurrence; and Weather conditions, if applicable/appropriate. Copy of EMS report.

At the discretion of the Team Leader, develop area maps, floor plans, and other drawings as needed to indicate location, position, direction of movement, other actions of affected personnel and apparatus, and take photographs and video tape of aspects of the incident scene. The Safety Committee must:  Assist the Incident Commander as necessary.  Recommend the use of the Critical Incident Stress Debriefing Team.  Utilize land line communications as much as practical to reduce radio traffic regarding the affected personnel.  ISSUE NO PUBLIC STATEMENTS.

RADIO PROCEDURES Units responding to alarms will identify themselves only by their respective vehicle to Norcomm. When multiple vehicles are responding to the same call, it will be the responsibility of the Incident Command to notify Norcomm of all units returning rather than each unit returning themselves individually. In the event one unit remains, the Officer on the returning vehicle will then notify Norcomm that all units are returning with the exception of the remaining unit. Norcomm will handle all radio traffic for the entire duration of the call and maintain the times for each vehicle. In the event that an increased amount of radio traffic is expected on the fire ground, units on the scene will switch over to an alternate channel to keep the main channel clear for emergency traffic. In the event of an emergency on the fire ground (i.e., building collapse, firefighter down or missing in accountability), Norcomm will immediately be notified to hold all radio traffic except for emergency traffic to Command on the fire ground. If a firefighter is trying to call on the radio, traffic will be cleared for their transmission.

214

GENERAL RADIO PROCEDURES 1. A radio operator is governed by the rules and regulations of the Fire Protection District, as well as the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission. 2. Communications equipment is to be used strictly for official business. All transmissions shall be concise and impersonal. 3. To properly operate the transmitter, allow two (2) seconds after the transmitter is activated (keyed) before beginning to speak. This will eliminate the possibility of clipping off the first portion of the message. 4. All unnecessary transmissions are to be AVOIDED. We are all inclined to talk too much. At emergency incidents our frequency availability is very critical and only one party should talk at any one time. 5. Do not jump to conclusions with information given over the radio. Stick with the facts. All information necessary should be broadcasts. 6. Construct your message in your mind BEFORE transmitting. If necessary, write it down. Be direct but not brusque. 7. Remember, time you spend on the air is time not available to others desiring to use the radio. Unnecessary time on the air is a senseless waste of a valuable resource. 8. Words or voice inflection which when broadcast reflect irritation, disgust or sarcasm must not be used. 15. Never assume the content of a message. Ask the unit to repeat the message if you did not copy or do not understand. 16. If no reply is received after calling a unit two (2) times, clean it up. Try the call again in a minute. 17. A calling unit should be answered immediately. If it is impossible to take the message immediately, advise the calling unit to “stand-by”. Never allow a calling unit to go unanswered. Answer the call, at least with a request to “stand-by”. 18. Never forget a “stand-by”. Remember to call the unit back. 19. WHEN RESPONDING TO AN AUTO AID MAKE SURE YOU TRANSMIT ON THE CORRECT RADIO CHANNEL 20. WHEN RESPONDING TO A MUTUAL AID REQUEST MAKE SURE YOU SWITCH TO IFERN TO TRANSMIT

UNIFORM GROOMING STANDARD This will serve as a guideline for personal appearance requirements for all personnel.   

Male personnel will be well-groomed and meet the following standards: Hair will be trimmed and worn neatly. Hair will be styled in such a manner so as not to interfere with the proper wearing of the uniform cap or face piece from breathing apparatus. Sideburns will not extend below the bottom of the ear lobe and will not be styled to taper or flare. The sideburn hair will not be excessively bushy. The face will be clean shaven, except that a mustache may be worn but no longer than 1 inch from the side of the upper and lower lip. No other facial hair is permitted. 215

 



 

When a mustache is worn, it will be styled in such a manner so as not to interfere with the proper wearing of a face piece from breathing apparatus. Extreme styles are not authorized. Bushy, mod, beetled, duck tail, bangs, or block style cuts are not authorized. The hair outline will follow the contour of the ear and slope to the back of the neck. It will be gradually tapered overall in order to present a neat appearance. Female personnel will be well-groomed and meet the following standards: The hair will be neatly shaped and arranged. Female members will be allowed to wear their hair down while in quarters but when on a call or when in training, the hair must be above the collar with the ability to wear a face piece or helmet. The helmet will fit snugly and comfortably around the largest part of the head. When hair is gathered in a ponytail style, it shall be pinned up for safety reasons When wearing a fire helmet, hair must be totally enclosed within the helmet. A Nomex hood will also be worn so that all hair is protected from any hazardous conditions.

Wearing of Wigs or Hairpieces: The wearing of a wig or hairpiece is allowed to cover natural baldness or a physical disfigurement, caused by accident or medical procedure. It must also conform to the established Fire Protection District haircut guidelines. Jewelry This will serve as a guideline with regards to safety and uniformity for all uniformed personnel. While on tour, only the following types of jewelry may be worn;  One medical I.D. bracelet and one plastic wristwatch.  no rings are allowed for each hand.  religious medal(s) are not allowed.  All body piercing jewelry will not be permitted to be worn while on tour. Although the Fire District heavily encourages the above practice in no way is the District infringing on your civil liberties. If you as an individual still wish to wear rings. metal watches and/or jewelry you are doing so at your own risk. The Bensenville Fire District shall assume no liability from any and all injuries incurred by the wearing of rings, metal watches, and/or jewelry. You as an individual shall assume all medical costs and damages from said action. Body Tattoos Any tattoos must be covered while on the tour of duty. Ranking Officers will inspect the personnel under their command daily and shall ensure strict compliance with the provisions of this guideline.

APPROPRIATE UNIFORM Responsibility:

216

It must be the responsibility of the company officer to ensure that all members have the appropriate uniform, a spare uniform and to monitor the upkeep of the uniform at roll call. Company Officers are accountable for the enforcement of this policy. Class “A” Full Dress Uniform Firefighter: The firefighter’s Class “A” uniform must consist of a navy blue uniform hat with a silver hat badge displaying the FD. The coat must be navy blue with silver buttons. The coat must be single breasted. The coat must display the dress patch on the left muster. The right muster must display the American Flag patch in silver border, with the stars in the upper left corner. The coat must have the badge and nameplate affixed to it. The coat may have a Maltese cross on the lower left sleeve for every five years of service. This is regardless of the status. The shirt must be navy in color, and contain the same patches as the dress coat. A black tie is to be worn with the shirt and coat. Dress pants, with black belt, and high gloss leather shoes complete the uniform. Black socks are to be worn with the shoes. For funerals, white gloves are to be worn.

Lieutenant: The lieutenant’s Class “A” uniform must consist of a white uniform hat with a silver hat badge displaying a single bugle. The coat must be navy blue with silver buttons. The coat must be single breasted. The sleeves may have a Maltese cross on the end of the left sleeve, one for every five years of service to the district. This is regardless as to their status. The sleeves must also have a single silver stripe-designating lieutenant. The coat must display the dress patch on the left muster. The right muster must display the American Flag patch in silver border, with the stars in the upper left corner. The coat must have the badge and nameplate affixed to it. The shirt must be white in color, and contain the same patches as the dress coat. A black tie is to be worn with the shirt and coat. Dress pants, with black belt, and high gloss leather shoes complete the uniform. Black socks are to be worn with the shoes. For funerals, white gloves are to be worn. Chief Officer: The Chief Officer Class “A” uniform must consist of a white uniform hat with a gold hat badge displaying two to five bugles. The hat must have gold oak leafs on the bill. The coat must be navy blue with gold buttons. The coat must be single breasted. The sleeves may have a Maltese cross on the end of the sleeve, one for every five years of service to the district. This is regardless as to their status. The sleeve must also have two to five gold stripes designating their rank. The coat must display the dress patch on the left muster. The right muster must display the American Flag patch in gold border, with the stars in the upper left corner. The coat must have the badge and nameplate affixed to it. The shirt must be white in color, and contain the same patches as the dress coat. A black tie is to be worn with the shirt and coat. Dress pants, with black belt, and high gloss leather shoes complete the uniform. Black socks are to be worn with the shoes. For funerals, white gloves are to be worn. 217

Class “B” Dress Uniform: The class “B” uniform is the long or short sleeved work shirt, navy blue pants, black boots/shoes, black belt, black tie, and dress hat for appropriate rank as directed by the Fire Chief. The class “B” can be worn for teaching a class, testifying in court, performing a nonfire service funeral walk through, or any other event deemed by the chief. Class “C” Duty Uniform: The duty uniform shirt or polo shirt must be worn during your tour of duty. The duty uniform must also be worn during public appearances such as inspections, block parties, instructing classes, public education, etc. Personnel may go without their duty shirt while performing duties that may damage the shirt. Vehicle maintenance, tool maintenance, etc. are examples, but must be placed back on when going on a call. Long sleeve duty shirts must be worn with the sleeves rolled down/buttoned or rolled up. Rolled up sleeves are recommended when checking vehicle fluids, waxing a vehicle, servicing hand tools are examples. Personnel may also go without the duty shirt when the heat index is forecast to exceed 85 degrees Fahrenheit, but must be worn during public appearances such as, block parties, instructing classes, public education, etc.  From May 1 until October 31 shorts may be worn. The firefighter will maintain long pants and a button down shirt in their locker at all times. At the discretion of the Battalion Chief, for special events, the uniform will be the button down shirt and long pants. In the event that shorts are worn, boots shall not be acceptable as proper footwear.  Personnel are to wear a Bensenville Fire tee shirt at all times while on duty. The only exceptions are while working out and sleeping. A baseball style hat may be worn while on duty. It must be navy blue, and have either the Bensenville Fire logo or name on the front. All other hats are not approved for wear while on duty. Personnel are to wear duty pants and boots at all times while on duty. The only exceptions are while working out, sleeping, or after 2000hrs. After 2000hrs, personnel may wear casual sleepwear and sandals. The exception to this is if there are civilians in the station, trustee meetings and classes are examples. For safety reasons duty boots are to be worn at all times while on the apparatus bay floor. Boots/shoes must have a rounded toe construction. Boots must be black in color. They must have lace closure. Zipper closures are acceptable on boots. Gym shoe style shoes are approved if they are black. Boots/shoes are to be kept in good repair. Boots/shoes must be polished at all times. Boots/shoes must be tied/zipped up while being worn. Personnel are required to have one spare full duty uniform available while on duty at all times. This excludes boots and belt.

218

Personnel are responsible for the upkeep of their uniforms. Faded, torn, stained, and dirty uniforms are not to be worn while on duty. Any personnel may be ordered to change into a different uniform at the discretion of their Company officer, if the officer deems the member is un-presentable to the public. Replacement uniform items are available from the department quartermaster. Firefighter’s Class “C” Firefighters are to wear department issued blue duty pants while on duty. These pants are issued after seeing the officer responsible for uniforms. The pants are plain sided, navy blue, and are constructed of 65% polyester 35% cotton. The shirt is also navy blue and constructed of 65% polyester 35% cotton. The shirt must have the department Maltese patch on the left sleeve, and an American Flag on the right sleeve. The appropriate badge must be worn along with a nametag. Underneath the shirt personnel are to wear a navy blue Bensenville Fire tee shirt. A black leather belt is to be worn, as is black duty boots. If low cut shoes are worn, then dark socks are to be worn. Lieutenant’s Class “C” Lieutenants are to wear department issued blue duty pants while on duty. These pants are issued after seeing the officer responsible for uniforms. The pants are plain sided, navy blue, and are constructed of 65% polyester 35% cotton. The shirt is white or blue and constructed of 65% polyester 35% cotton. The shirt must have the department Maltese patch on the left sleeve, and an American Flag on the right sleeve. The shirt must have silver single bugle insignias on the collars. The appropriate badge must be worn along with a nametag. Underneath the shirt personnel are to wear a white Bensenville Fire tee shirt. A black leather belt is to be worn, as is black duty boots. If low cut shoes are worn, then dark socks are to be worn. Winter dress “Job Shirts” During colder weather, personnel may wear a Bensenville Fire job shirt. This is a navy blue pull over collared sweatshirt. The shirt must have a partial zipper under the neck. The shirt may or may not have a radio pocket on the right breast. The shirt, if worn, will be worn over the duty uniform shirt during work hours mentioned above. Dickies are approved for wear under the job shirt. Jacket The duty jacket issued by the district is provided by Kale uniforms. It is to have a navy blue shell, with navy blue interior. The front must have two pockets. The jacket must have a zipper closure, not snaps. The red Bensenville Fire Maltese cross patch must be on the left shoulder with the right shoulder sporting the American flag. All other coats are not approved for wear while on duty. Stocking Cap 219

Firefighters may ware navy blue stocking caps for wear during colder weather. They are to have a Bensenville Fire Maltese cross or BFPD on the front. A plain navy blue stocking cap may also be worn. The stocking cap is not to be worn while personnel are inside the station. Long underwear Personnel may wear long underwear while on duty during extreme cold weather. The underwear is to be worn under the uniform in such a way that it is not visible. Class “A” Pins The following District issued pins are allowed to be worn on a Class “A” blouse coat:  Badge  Name tag  Maltese service crosses  Citation bars( maximum of nine)  Muster Bugles (Chief Officers only) All pins must be approved by the Chief of Department:

Class “A” Awards, Ribbon, and Citations Bars There are nine standardized campaign ribbons. General criteria regarding ribbon bars: the ribbons will be worn on the right breast centered ¼” above name plate. When wearing ribbon bars, no more than three bars will be worn in a row. At this time, a three ribbon bar slide must be used. The fourth ribbon bar will be placed and centered immediately above the first three bar row. Ribbon bars will be displayed in accordance with their order of precedence with the highest award being placed on the wearer’s right. As additional ribbon bars are received members will realign their ribbons bars so that the highest award is always displayed in the top row. A description of each ribbon is as follows, in order of importance: Order of Precedence of Awards, Ribbons, and Citation Bars

Medal of Honor

Medal of Valor

Individual Citation

Unit Citation

Merit

Fire Officer 220

Purple Heart Individual Commendation Firefighter III

Paramedic

EMT

Technical rescue

Water/Dive Rescue

Instructor

Incident Safety Officer Humanitarian/Katrina

Hazardous Material Fire/Arson Investigation Honor Guard Military

Award: Medal of Honor Description: This award will be presented to those individuals who receive the State of Illinois Medal of Honor. The Medal of Honor award is presented by the State of Illinois to a Firefighter for an act of heroism or bravery that clearly demonstrates courage and dedication in the face of danger while in the performance of duty. Consecutive awards will be signified by a Gold Star. Award: Medal of Valor Description: The highest award that a member of the Bensenville Fire Protection district may receive for an act of outstanding bravery or heroism by which the Firefighter has demonstrated in great degree the characteristics of selflessness and personal courage above and beyond the call of duty, and under adverse conditions with the possibility of extreme personal risk. This ribbon will also be presented to all personnel who receive the Medal of Valor thru the OSFM. Consecutive awards will be signified by a Gold Star. Award: Purple Heart This ribbon is presented to those individuals who were injured in the line of duty. This award is presented to any member of the District who is injured during the performance of their duty while operating on an emergency incident. Award: individual Citation Description: This award will be presented to those individuals who performed exceptional skill with personal risk. The award is presented to any member of the District for an act performed of unusual character requiring initiative or ability worthy of special recognition, including OSFM Certificate of recognition. Consecutive awards will be signified by a Gold Star. The fifth reception will be in the form of a Blue Star. Award: Unit Citation Description: This award will be presented to those individuals who performed and exhibited exceptional skills in coordinated action with personal risk. The award is presented to a company which has demonstrated exceptional skills, and dedication to duty while operating under an emergency incident. Consecutive awards will be signified by a Silver Star. The fifth reception will be in the form of a Blue Star. 221

Award: Individual Commendation Description: This award will be presented to those individuals who performed and exhibited exceptional skills in a coordinated action. The award is presented to an individual who demonstrated exceptional skill, proficiency, and dedication to duty while operating under emergency incident. Consecutive awards will be signified by a Silver Star. The fifth reception will be in the form of a Red Star. Award: Merit Description: This award will be presented for outstanding accomplishment that brought credit to the District. This award is presented to a member of the District who has performed an act of unusual character requiring initiative or ability worthy as viewed by a private citizen or fellow employee. Consecutive awards will be designated by a Silver Star. The fifth reception will be in the form of a Red Star. Award: Fire Officer This ribbon is presented to those individuals who have obtained the OSFM Fire Officer Certificate. A silver star will be added to the ribbon for FO II, a gold star will be added for FO III Award: Fire Fighter III This ribbon is presented to those Fire Fighters who have obtained the OSFM Certificate for Fire Fighter III. This ribbon is retired from the uniform when the Firefighter has obtained the Fire Officer ribbon.

Award: Paramedic Description: This ribbon is presented to those Fire Fighters who are certified Paramedics, in good standing, with the Loyola EMS system. Award: EMT Description: This ribbon is earned by those Fire Fighters who are certified EMTâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s, in good standing, with the Loyola EMS system. Award: Hazardous Material Description: This ribbon is awarded to the individual who have received the OSFM certificate for Haz Mat Tech Award: Technician Description: This ribbon will be awarded to those individuals who have obtained one of the following level certificates. A silver star will be added to the bar for each additional technician level certificate. If the Fire Fighter has obtained all five listed certificates a gold star shall be added to the ribbon. Trench Technician-Rope Operations Structural Collapse Operations Confined Space Operations Vehicle & Machinery Operations 222

Award: Water/Dive Rescue This ribbon is presented to those individuals who have obtained a PADI advanced Dive certificate and a PADI water rescue certificate. Award: Fire/Arson Investigation This ribbon will be presented to those individuals who have received the OSFM certificate for Fire Investigator and/or Arson Investigator. Award: Fire Instructor This ribbon will be presented to those individuals who possess the OSFM certificate for Fire Instructor. A silver star will be added for Fire Instructor II, an additional silver star will be added for Fire Instructor III. Award: Incident Safety Officer This ribbon will be presented to those Fire Fighters who have obtained the OSFM certificate for Incident Safety Officer. Award: Honor Guard This ribbon will be presented to those individuals who are currently active with the AFFI or IAFF Honor Guard. After serving three consecutive years the Fire Fighter may retain this ribbon even if he/she is no longer an active member of the Guard. Award: Humanitarian/Katrina This ribbon will be issued to those who selfishly gave of their time to assist with the devastation of the aftermath of the 2007 Hurricane Katrina relief effort organized by MABAS. Award: Military This ribbon is in recognition all BFPD members who have proudly served in the USCG and the armed forces of the United States of America.

FIRE PROTECTION DISTRICT IDENTIFICATION CARDS The Fire Protection District will issue all members identification cards when sworn in that should be carried at all times. The identification card will not be used to gain entry into events or activities except in an official capacity to conduct Fire Protection District business. The front of the card will have the member’s picture, name, rank and signature. The rear of the card will contain the member’s name, D.O.B., rank/title, social security number, sex, height, weight, hair color, eye color, blood type, allergies, medical history, expiration date and the Chief’s signature.

223

The identification card is property of the Fire Protection District and will be surrendered upon termination or leaving the organization.

PUBLIC RELATIONS The Fire Protection District exists to protect and serve the citizens who live, work and play within the Village. Any one Fire Protection District is an element of a greater network of the fire protection system. In essence, all Firefighters and fire prevention personnel each represent each other as a part of the whole. Each member of the Fire Protection District who has the opportunity to discuss the role of the Fire Protection District has in our community is reminded that the impression they create in any individual citizen often becomes the dominate factor in future relations and attitudes. Always strive to develop positive relationships with the citizens whom we protect and serve! The goal is to work at improving public relations. Refrain from discussing politics, religion or other controversial issues as a representative of the Fire Protection District. Do not criticize other Fire Protection Districts, other fire districts or their personnel. Do not use profanity or slang. Be a good listener. Caustic comments or sarcasm do not add anything meaningful, regardless of the provocation. Make frequent and judicious use of the term “thank you.” It is often necessary to attempt to eliminate superfluous conversation. This is more of an art than a science. A disservice can be done by not taking sufficient time to hear a citizen’s complaint. The public believes that you know all the answers.

STATION VISITORS When citizens visit a fire station they are to be greeted by duty personnel and treated with professional courtesy. Members are to be attired in appropriate clothing and prepared to greet visiting citizens. Tank top, shorts, shower shoes and other informal attire is not appropriate for station duty tour. Tattoos are to be covered. Your appearance, attitude, and enthusiasm are the mirror image of the organization. This should be reflected each time you deal with the public. Duty Tours

224

Visitors requesting a station duty tour are to be given a guided tour of the facilities and apparatus. Members conducting the station tour should accompany the visitors at all times, explaining the Fire Protection Districtâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s role and answering any questions for which they would like answers, but if the correct answer is unknown by tour personnel, encourage the citizen to leave their name and telephone number so that a Senior Officer can determine the answer and report to the citizen. Visitors who require information or assistance are to be aided or directed to the appropriate resource. If tour personnel are unable to assist it is appropriate to contact a Senior Officer.

CITIZEN COMPLAINTS Members are expected to take this initiative and assume an active, rather than passive, role in obtaining a solution for the problem encountered. By way of example, as an alternative to giving the complaining party the telephone number or name of another individual who might best be able to address the problem, the tour Firefighter should make the initial contact; leave a message or return telephone number if the individual or agency is unavailable at that time. Members are expected to follow-up on the situation to ensure that necessary assistance was given to the complaining citizen. It is important to realize that what may appear to be a relatively small deed to you is often very important to the person experiencing a problem. Members should make a habit of taking the extra step and making every effort to resolve citizenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s problems rather than creating more of them.

TELEPHONE PUBLIC RELATIONS 1. Public relations - good, bad or indifferent, begins the moment you answer the telephone. 2. Courtesy, although difficult to define, consists of a sincere consideration and concern for the feelings of others. All too often some thoughtless, discourteous act or statement on the part of one member becomes the gauge by which the entire Fire Protection District is measured. While these inappropriate comments or actions may seem almost trivial at the time, their negative consequences can be far reaching. We must work at avoiding such encounters. 3. Give information in a spirit of willingness and with the desire to be helpful. Citizens seeking information or direction require our attention. It will only take a moment to help them. People form positive opinions about those who helped them. TELEPHONE PROCEDURES 1. Keep all calls as short as possible. The telephone is a business tool and the Fire Protection District telephone system should not be used for extended casual visiting.

225

2. The telephone is the most available, and therefore, most important means of access the citizens have of obtaining the services of the Fire Protection District. The telephone is the primary link between professional and non-professionals in the event of an emergency. 3. The telephone is the fundamental method of communication within the Fire Protection District. 4. Remember, when you lift the receiver of the telephone you are about to MEET SOMEONE! You will be engaging in conversation as important as a face-to-face visit. You are representing the Fire Protection District. To the person calling, this call is important or they would not have placed the call in the first place. 5. Answer promptly. Treat each call as important. Try to imagine the feeling of the caller. They may be ill or experiencing fear or panic. To the caller in this situation, each ring is seemingly an eternity. 6. When answering the phone, identify the Fire Protection District and yourself. This ensures that the caller has properly placed the call. The proper response upon answering the phone is “Fire Protection District, rank, last name, may I help you?” 7. Speak directly into the mouthpiece. This helps you to be understood and will not waste time having to repeat yourself. Speak up. Do not swallow your words. 8. Observe telephone courtesy. A calm, competent, decisive voice that is courteous will never antagonize a caller. 9. After determining the needs of the calling party, lead the call into a meaningful context by asking questions as to who, what, when, and where. Always be courteous but firm. 10. Repeat information the caller provides. This helps ensure that the caller has explained matters and that you understood what was explained. One way to effectively do this is to say, “As I understand what you are saying….” This also reinforces to the calling party that you are at least listening. 11. Write down all information. Never leave anything to memory. Get all of the information you can, especially specifics. Try to get these questions answered: who, what, where, and why. 12. Explain waits or delays. Explain why it takes time to process a call. If the caller is seeking information that is not readily available to you, take a phone number and call back. It causes citizen irritation and is inconsiderate to make callers wait longer than one minute on “hold”. Remember to get back to or check on calls put on “hold”. 13. Avoid jargon or “slang”. Use proper English when speaking and avoid using fire service “buzz words”. Use only terminology which citizens can quickly understand. 14. Use the caller’s name whenever possible. It shows you have an interest in their call. Unless you know the caller on a personal basis, never use first names; use Mr., Mrs., etc. 15. Insure the information you take gets to the proper person. Never guess. If you are not sure, ask an Officer. 16. Fire personnel are frequently requested to call an individual to either obtain or give information. In many cases, upon identifying yourself as a Firefighter, the citizen called may become overly excited and fearful that something tragic has happened. Be prepared in advance to calm the fears that an individual may have. 17. Never make a positive statement on a subject which is unfamiliar to you, or about which you do not have all of the facts or have no knowledge whatsoever. If you do not know, advise the calling party you will work at finding the answer. 18. Make an effort to acquire such knowledge as it will enable you to answer routine questions promptly, knowing where and how to determine answers to non-routine questions. Remember, each question requires an understanding of the question first, then a correct answer. 226

FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT The public may request information and public records from the Bensenville Fire Protection District at 500 South York, Bensenville, Illinois, during the hours of 10:00 a.m. until 4:00 p.m. on normal business days. All requests must be made in writing. Requests shall specify whether production of the public records for inspection alone at the Fire Protection District’s offices is requested or whether a copy of the public records is desired. Requests shall be addressed to the Fire Chief in care of the Director of Administrative Services. At the following address: Bensenville Fire Protection District 500 South York Bensenville, Illinois, 60106 The Illinois Freedom of Information Act (Illinois Revised Statues, Chapter 116, Section 201, et sag” provides that certain documents and records are exempt from public disclosure. The following is a list of some of these exemptions. 1. Information specifically prohibited from disclosure by Federal or State Law or rules and regulations adopted pursuant thereto. 2. Information which, if disclosed, would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy unless such disclosure is consented to in writing by the individual who is the subject of such information. The following are specific examples of such information.  Files and personal information maintained with respect to clients, patients, residents, students, or other individuals receiving social, medical, education, vocational, financial, supervisory, or custodial care or services directly or indirectly from federal agencies or public bodies.  Personnel files and personnel information maintained with respect to employees, appointees or elected officials or any public body or applicants for such position.  Files and personal information maintained with respect to any applicant, registrant or licensee by any public body or applicants for such position.  Information required of any taxpayer in connection with the assessment or collection of any tax unless disclosure is otherwise required by state statute.  Information revealing the identity of persons who file complaints with or provided; information to administrative, investigative, law enforcement or penal agencies. 3. Investigatory records complied for state or local administrative law enforcement purposes or for internal matters of a public body or for the Illinois legislative investigating committee are exempt to the extent that disclosure would interfere with pending or actual or reasonable contemplated enforcement proceedings and deprive a person of a fair trial or an impartial hearing. In addition, disclosure must not reveal the identity of a confidential source or contain confidential information or reveal unique specialized techniques other than those generally used and known. Disclosure must not endanger the life or physical safety of law enforcement personnel or any person. Disclosure must not reveal criminal history record agencies except for chronologically maintained arrest information such as traditional arrest logs and blotters including the name of the person in custody of law enforcement agency and the charges for which that person is being held or the court records which are public, or records which are 227

otherwise available under state or local law, or records in which the requesting party is the individual identified except as provided in Paragraph 207 © (vi), of the Freedom of Information Act. 4. Preliminary drafts, notes, recommendations, memoranda and other records in which opinions are expressed, or policies or actions are formulated. 5. Proposals and bids for any contract where disclosure may cause competitive harm. 6. Test questions, scoring and other exam data. 7. Minutes of meetings closed to the public pursuant to section 2.06 of the Illinois Open Meetings Act. 8. Communications between a public body and an attorney or auditor representing such body that would not be subject to discovery in litigation. 9. Administrative or technical information associated with automated data processing operations, disclosure of which would jeopardize security of the system. 10. Information solely related to the internal personnel rules and practices of a public body. Pursuant to the Illinois Freedom of Information Act, all properly filed requests for information shall receive a response within seven (7) working days. This time limit may be extended for reasons cited in the Act. Denial of requested information and the appeal process shall be administered according to the procedures described in the Act.

GLOSSARY/ADDENDUM’S APPENDIX

DEFINITIONS So that there is a clear understanding, the following words and definitions will be used throughout this guideline. BFPD: Federal: State: County:

The Bensenville Fire Protection District. United States of America State of Illinois Cook, DuPAge, or other applicable counties that we may operate at incidents. Local: Village, City, or Township Fire Apparatus Operator (FAO): State Certified Fire Apparatus Engineer. Bensenville Fire Apparatus Operator. Driver Vehicle Operator Apparatus: Any Equipment, supplies, vehicle, or other object owned, carried, or otherwise supplied, for use by the Fire Protection District for any incident or situation. S.O.G.’s: Standard Operating Guidelines Common Sense: Good Judgment Highway: The entire width between the boundary lines of every way publicly 228

Roadway: Manpower:

maintained when any part thereof is open to the use of the public for purposes of vehicular travel. That portion of a highway improved, designed or ordinarily used for vehicular travel, exclusive of the berm or shoulder. Any person that is trained for operations or incidents, employees or agents of the Fire Protection District. Any person that by nature may be involved with Fire Protection District business or actions. INCIDENT COMMAND SYSTEM

Backdraft: Command: Command Post: Command Vehicle:

An explosion that may result from the sudden introduction of oxygen into space-restricted fire. Fire ground radio designation for the I.C. Refers to the person, the functions and the location of command, (Incident Commander). The standard position for the I.C., usually stationary, inside the command vehicle or fire apparatus. Vehicle used for the transportation of command officers and for storage of prefire plans and other significant fire data. Generally used as an initial command post. Works under the command of a Division Officer. Commands at the task level. An exterior attack, with related support, designed to stop the forward progress of the fire and then provide fire control.

Company Officer: Defensive Strategy: Elevated Master Streams: Defensive fire streams provided by ladder pipes. â&#x20AC;&#x153;Emergency Trafficâ&#x20AC;?: A priority message to be immediately broadcast throughout the traffic. Engine Basic unit of fire attack consisting of apparatus and personnel trained Company: and equipped to provide water supply, hose lines, location and removal of endangered occupants. Fire ground: Defined by the imaginary line (fire ground perimeter) this encloses the space where the fire situation creates potential hazard to fire personnel. Fire ground A list of the basic items that the I.C. must consider when evaluating Factors: tactical situations. These factors are building, fire, occupancy, life-hazard, arrangement, resources, action, and specific considerations Fire Line Marks the area reserved for the Fire Protection District to operate without having to deal with spectators, traffic, and other problems. Fire Stream: Water applied directly to the fire to control the fire. Fire Stream Factors: Fire stream type, size, placement, timing and supply. Flashover: Gases trapped against the ceiling ignite, quickly involving the entire interior space. Forcible Activities required when firefighters encounter barriers that keep them Entry: from the fire area. Fully Involved: Immediate entry and search activities are impossible and victim survival is improbable. 229

Incident Commander (I.C.): Initial Report:

The person who assumes overall command and control of personnel and apparatus at the emergency incident scene. The role of commander and manager, operating at the strategic level. A short radio transmission to provide a description of conditions and the confirmation and designation of Command. Ladder Basic unit of fire attack consisting of apparatus and personnel trained Company: and equipped to provide location, protection and removal of fire victims, provision of forcible entry and gaining access, ventilation, checking for fire extension, control of utilities, operation of elevated master streams, salvage and overhaul. Mushrooming: A build-up of the products of combustion that have charged the top of the fire area and then spread down laterally. “Nothing A “very minor fire” that allows for an interior search until it can be Showing”: reported “all clear”. Offensive An interior attack, with related support, designed to quickly bring the Strategy: fire under control. Post fire Critique: Pre-Plan:

a process that examines the effectiveness of fire ground operations. Written analysis of the fire problems of a particular building in terms of size, hazards, and built in protection. The damage produced by the basic products of combustion.

Primary Fire Damage: Safety Officer: A specialist who provides expertise and individual attention to supplement the role and responsibility of the I.C. for fire ground safety. Search A rapid search of all involved and exposed areas affected by the fire Primary that can be safely entered. Search: All Clear: The primary search has been completed. Secondary A complete, thorough search of the interior fire area after completing Search: fire control, ventilation, and other required support activities. Secondary The damage caused by rescue, support and fire control operations. Fire Damage: Divisions: A smaller, more manageable unit of fire ground command delegated by the I.C. to provide management and Command for specific functions or geographical areas of the fire ground. Functional Assigned to perform specialized tasks or activities which do not Divisions: necessarily coincide with geographical Divisions, i.e., air, recovery, etc. Geographical Responsible for all general firefighting activities in an assigned areas, Divisions: i.e., rear, roof, interior, etc. Division Assigned by the I.C. to manage specific geographical areas of the Officer: incident scene or specific fire ground functions. Operating at the tactical level. Interior Division: Responsible for operations within the fire building. Police Established by the I.C. to coordinate crowd and occupant control. 230

Liaison Division: Water Supply Providing sufficient water for firefighting as soon as possible. Division: Size-Up: The initial phase of the situation evaluation. “Smoke The conditions exist where it is possible to extend rescue and fire Showing”: control simultaneously to gain entry and control interior access. Stagg Staging: The management of committed and uncommitted apparatus to provide orderly deployment. Level I Initial arriving apparatus attack teams go directly to the scene taking Staging: standard positions, assume Command, and begin operations. The remaining units stage about one block from the scene, until ordered into action by the I.C. Standby When assignments are basically stable and the I.C. has more Stage: companies than jobs, a tactical reserve can be created. Standard (S.O.G.’s) A set of organizational directives that establish a standard Operating course of action of the fire ground to increase the effectiveness of the Guidelines: firefighting Team. Strategy: The management of the offensive/defensive decision by the I.C. This critical decision regulates operational control, establishes objectives, sets priorities, and allocates resources. Support The quick development of resources needed to support the attack, i.e. Activities: ventilation, forcible entry. Tactical Operated by Division Officers who have been assigned to specific areas Level: and tasks by the I.C. in order to meet operational objectives. Tactical A systematic approach worksheet that is designed to allow the I.C. to Worksheet: have a standard way to write and record all important fire activities. Ventilation Horizontal, vertical, mechanical, hydraulic (water fog), and positive Types: pressure. Back-up Stretching a 2-1/2” or 1-1/2” line, charging it to be used in the event Line: the initial attack line proves inadequate. Break into Connecting suction lines from an engine to a hydrant and pumping the Hydrant: through laid lines to or from the hydrant. “Drop a A verbal command. Lay a 3” or 2-1/2” line from the street or highway Tail”: down a driveway or other means of access to a designated point. After dark a lit fuse shall be left. A Siamese will be attached at the end of the lay line. Drop Removing the deluge nozzle from the apparatus and connecting it Deluge: with hose lines from an engine. Dwellings: Stretching a 1-1/2” hose from the end of a 2-1/2” hose. The Officer must specify which line is to be used. Example: “2-1/2” hose preconnect or dwelling stretch, long stretch.” “Lay One” A verbal command. Lay one line from a water supply to a designated point and charge the line. “Lay Two” A verbal command. Lay two lines from a water supply to a designated point and charge the line. “Lay One A verbal command. Lay two lines from a water supply to a designated Dry”: point. Do not charge either line. 231

“Lay Two Dry”: Long Stretch: Mobile Pump: Pack-Up a Tail:

A verbal command. Lay two lines from a water supply to a designated point. Do not charge either line. Stretching hose from either hose bed by hand to a designated point. Each Firefighter carrying 100 feet of hose with all hose remaining coupled during the stretch. Pumping in motion. Generally employed in natural cover fires. Using a double male appliance to connect to the Siamese of a single tail or each line of double tail, and reverse laying one or two lines to a water supply. (See Drop a Tail.)

Protect the Exposure Projecting fire streams between a fire and exposed structures: to prevent extension of the fire to the uninvolved structure. Also includes applying fire streams directly to uninvolved structures or other exposures. Pump and Operating the fire pump on an apparatus while the vehicle is in Roll: motion. “Reverse A verbal command. Lay one hose bed line from a designated One”: point to a water supply and charge the line. “Reverse A verbal command. Lay two hose bed lines from a designated point Two”: to a water source and charge both lines. “Set A verbal command. Connecting to and charging a deluge nozzle. Deluge”: Minimum of two lines required. Stair Stretch: A method of advancing hose line up a stairway. “Stand by A verbal command. Stop apparatus near the hydrant and await further the Hydrant”: orders. Do not connect lay hose lines until given specific orders to do so. “Support the A verbal command. Used to provide additional water to a sprinkler Sprinkler system in a structure which is so protected. Lay two hose bed lines System”: from the Fire Protection District Connection (F.D.C.) on the building to the water source and charge the lines. One line is used if the sprinkler has only one inlet. Flow 150 PSI- Flow 100. “Support the A verbal command. Lay two hose bed lines from the standpipe to a Standpipe”: water source and charge both lines through the engine. One line is laid if the standpipe has only one inlet. General Fire Service Terms Automatic Aid- Written agreement which allows fire agencies to respond to the other on a pre-assigned basis (automatic tap-out). Company Officer-Officer (Battalion Chief or Lieutenant) responsible for a crew of an engine or other major piece of apparatus. ChiefThe Fire Chief. Fire Protection District- The Bensenville Fire Protection District. EMSEmergency Medical Services. EMTEmergency Medical Technician. Haz MatHazardous Materials. I.C. Incident Command. 232

I.C.S. I.S.O. Mutual AidN.E.M.S. N.F.A. N.F.P.A. O.S.F.M. S.O.P. -

Incident Command System. Insurance Services Office (rating bureau). Written agreement between fire agencies to allow response to one anotherâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s jurisdiction when requested. National Emergency Management System. National Fire Academy. National Fire Protection Association. Office of the State Fire Marshal. Standard Operating Procedure.

THANK YOU FOR ALL YOU AS A FIREFIGHTER PROVIDE THE RESIDENTS OF THE VILLAGE OF BENSENVILLE. REMEMBER BE SAFE OUT THERE AT ALL TIMES. YOU ARE VERY IMPORTANT TO ME.

233